Today’s News 10th July 2016

  • Is Another 9/11 Necessary To Re-Direct American Anger?

    Via The Daily Bell,

    America’s Anger Is Out of Control, Jeffrey Kluger … After the September 11 attacks, TIME’s Lance Morrow wrote a powerful essay titled, “The Case for Rage and Retribution,” in which he argued:

     

    “For once let’s have no fatuous rhetoric about ‘healing.’ A day cannot live in infamy without the nourishment of rage. Let’s have rage. What’s needed is a unified, unifying, Pearl Harbor sort of purple American fury—a ruthless indignation that doesn’t leak away in a week or two…”

     

    – TIME

    As we can see from the above statement, Jeff Kluger has in mind another convulsive episode like Pearl Harbor or 9/11 that will unify the “anger” that Americans feel.

    Kluger seems to imply that this anger is stemming from current elections. His concern is that it is spilling over into other areas of life.

    If every offensive, unjust or insulting incident turns into a jolt of high-fructose fury mainlined straight to the brain’s amygdala, what’s left when there’s a truly right and righteous reason to rise up in anger? And those important moments do occur. 

    Kluger seems to be saying that anger has become fashionable and applying anger liberally trivializes it.

    Also, if Americans are angry about many things, that makes for a dysfunctional society rather than a unified one.

    Kluger obviously wants a unified America. In order for rage to be unifying it needs to be a “purple American fury.”

    This is actually a somewhat cynical assessment of how to manipulate anger in our view.

    Why do we need another Pearl Harbor or 9/11 just so Americans can feel unified?

    Why should “Americans” feel unified anyway? And, really, what is an “American?”

    Because the “anger in America” meme is ubiquitous in the mainstream media at the moment, there are many other commentaries on it.

    Here’s one from CNN by Michael Smerconish:

    Are the voters really mad as hell? … voters, many of them in the GOP, have outsized weight in politics … The anger that threatens Washington based on partisanship is metastasizing. Now is the time to take back control of our political debate.

     

    Remember, when Howard Beale asked Americans to shout outside that they were “mad as hell”, many followed. It’s time for the rest of us to close our windows.

    CNN is asking us to “close our windows” and not listen to people who are “angry” about the state of America’s politics and economy.

    TIME is hopeful that this anger can be channeled into some horrible, outsized event that will unify the current emotional anarchy.

    Both of these editorials seem frightened by anger. But the description trivializes what is going on.

    People aren’t just “angry.” Many are extraordinarily upset about certain events taking place in the USA. It’s not simply an inchoate emotion.

    Millions upon millions are angry over the reduction in freedoms and the rise of the fedgov political class.

    They are worried and anxious about police shootings, gun confiscation and a general trend toward increased authoritarianism all around them.

    They don’t recognize America anymore. It feels like a fascist or socialist country.

    Like Kluger’s article, Smerconish’s CNN piece suggests ways that the electorate’s anger can be reduced.

    His solution to American anger is to change voting laws so that “silent ones” have more impact and are more noticeable.

    That would make the anger less visible. Eventually, people would calm down.

    We don’t believe in either of these solutions.

    It is not a good idea to root for another major national tragedy in order to resolve American anger. And  changing voter laws to empower people who are not angry surely does not address the causes of the anger.

    Conclusion: What will make people less angry in this case is more freedom. But freedom is rarely given and mostly manipulated. If you want to be free, you will have to do it yourself. Get out of debt. Store gold and silver. Find alternative living arrangements in case of an emergency. Don’t leave it up to mainstream punditry to determine how to deal with what you feel. Inevitably, their solutions will not lessen problems but increase them.

  • Entire US Cyber Network Is Already Compromised, Clinton Emails Are The Least Of Our Worries

    Hillary Clinton's emails and server misconduct are the least of our worries. The fact that her server was receiving files that passed through or originated on the State Department servers is enough to know she exposed her private system to hackers. The US system is/was/has been compromised, for years, since before Hillary tapped in her new network. Michael McCaul, a Texas Congressman and Chairman of The House Committee On Homeland Security called Clinton "careless" and said she "potentially did harm" to national security. Earlier this week McCaul said this:

    One thing is clear from FBI Director Comey’s announcement today—Secretary Clinton was not fully honest in her representation of her use of email to the American people. She was careless with classified and sensitive information and potentially did harm to the United States and our national security. Secretary Clinton will still have to answer to and be held accountable by the American people.

    Congressman McCaul has good reason to think that way. According to his website, the Congressman has been:

    • The Chief of Counter Terrorism & National Security in the US Attorney's office, TX
    • The Led on a Joint Terrorism Task Force charged with detecting, deterring and preventing terrorist activity,

    Recall FBI Director Comey commenting "…we asses it is possible that hostile actors gained access to Secretary Clinton's personal email account".  With that in mind, listen carefully to this 2011 comment from Michael McCaul, Chairman of the US House of Representatives Committee on Homeland Security speaking at a Cyber Security roundtable hosted by the Council on Foreign Relations (comment at 52:08) in which he responds to a question saying:

    This is what keeps you up at night…the intellectual theft is awful and espionage, but the cyber warfare piece can be, the consequences far more damaging than a one-to-two man ISIS operation in the United States. This could literally bring down, you know, the energy grid, you know, the banking institutions, I mean, the stock exchange…cause chaos and enormous damage. I would argue they've [foreign governments] infiltrated many of our data systems already and can turn the switch off. That's the power that they have.

    Allow us to repeat that one more time for dramatic effect for that is a heavily weighted comment buried an hour into a video with only 4,319 views:

    This could literally bring down, you know, the energy grid, you know, the banking institutions, I mean, the stock exchange…cause chaos and enormous damage. I would argue they've [foreign governments] infiltrated many of our data systems already and can turn the switch off. That's the power that they have."

    That's huge! When Hillary began transferring files and connecting emails with the State Department system, she was already compromised. No matter how she felt, what she thought, nothing matters. The open US system is likely why Marcel Lazar, aka Guccifer, said Hillary's server "was like an open orchid on the Internet."

    Mind you, as we reported in May, Lazar had been focusing on US political actors for some time:

    Lazar was indicted in 2014 on nine felony charges stemming from his alleged hack into the emails of several prominent Americans, including former Secretary of State Colin Powell, a relative of former President George W. Bush and George H.W. Bush, and former Clinton adviser Sidney Blumenthal. A set of Blumenthal's emails were published online in 2013, disclosing a private email address Clinton used. She later changed the address.

    What is concerning is that the breached systems, thus far, have only been "patched", like a pothole being covered up. The US and other unsuspecting nations, have made it easy to hack their systems and execute unauthorized directives.  In response there appears to be a focus on whether blockchain will be the answer we all are looking for when it comes to verified security around transmission of messages. As Zero Hedge detailed just last month, Blythe Masters is hard at work using HyperLedger as a way to embed herself into the new central banking messenger platform. What we said:

    The SWIFT rebuild will likely require the insights of an outlet such as Hyper Ledger, run by longtime Zero Hedge CDS and commodity trading icon, Blythe Masters. Hyper Ledger works with a consortium of organizations and corporations tasked with developing systems to offer protection for messages sent between the world's central banks, which will be based on blockchain technology. A rebuild is still likely 2 years away according to well-placed Zero Hedge sources, which opens new concerns about the current integrity of the SWIFT platform and what problems may be lurking within it that we have yet to discover. The question that remains unanswered currently is: Who still has access to the central banking SWIFT system and is capable, right now, of monitoring message flow between institutions? Something to keep in mind as the EU experiment unravels.

    Good question: Who still has access to the central banking SWIFT system and is capable, right now, of monitoring message flow between institutions? Again, we cannot stress this enough, according to Michael McCaul, Chairman of the US House of Representatives Committee on Homeland Security, our cyber systems are already compromised beyond our control. That is scary! We have mass global hacking going on and in the US, the very systems that support the US citizen's day-to-day existence, are believed to be compromised by the Chairman of the US House of Representatives Committee on Homeland Security.

    The US is so far behind their adversaries it is shocking that US citizens are not in an uproar over how exposed they are as a nation. Many of us are aware of the typical response to a slow WiFi, screaming and smashing things wondering "why isn't this connecting faster!?". Imagine the vacuum that would form around the US workforce skills-set if they could not use Google Search for a day, let alone weeks, months, or years, because the US power grid was taken down in a coordinated attack and Google's service couldn't reach the end user. Imagine if Citadel had no way to power their orders?  Armageddon.

    It is time the US citizens stop armchair quarterbacking government through mainstream media cues and begin utilizing the resources available to them to get ahead of the game. The global population would be wise to gather a better understanding of the risks surrounding the Internet of Things and full automation (emails, news, Tesla cars, coffee, etc). Knowing what Michael McCaul thinks about American cyber security protection brings an entire new perspective to the Hillary Clinton email case.  

    No matter what we learn about Hillary's fate, the simple fact that the US systems are already compromised means Hillary's server was exposed the entire time and more importantly, the entire nation continues to leave the back open for cyber-attacks. The only question remaining is…those hackers that are in the US systems already, why are they waiting to "turn the switch off"?

  • How To Fix The FBI's History Of Political Abuse – Abolish It!

    Submitted by Ryan McMaken via The Mises Institute,

    Like all employees of the FBI, James Comey lives off the sweat of the American taxpayer. His large salary, upon retirement, will be converted into a very generous pension. Like most federal employees in a high ranking position like his, Comey continues to look forward to decades of living at a standard of living far above what is experienced by ordinary people in the private sector. 

    To maintain this life of comfort, all he had to do was agree to look the other way as a powerful politician clearly — by Comey's own admission — broke federal law. 

    Naturally, this same treatment would never be afforded to an ordinary taxpayer, who would likely be looking at years in federal prison for offenses similar to that which Hillary Clinton has apparently committed. Moreover, Comey even went out of his way to do his best to ensure no federal prosecutor would proceed with charges when he claimed that "no reasonable prosecutor" would proceed with charges. It wasn't enough for Comey to simply not recommend charges. He had to pre-emptively condemn any prosecutor who might proceed with charges.

    Some have claimed that Comey was forced to cave to Obama administration pressure in order to protect his family. Of course, Comey could have resigned his position rather than take a position he regarded as unethical. Then the task of clearing Clinton would have fallen to Comey's successor. There are precedents for this. When ordered by Nixon to fire the special prosecutor in the Watergate scandal, Attorney General Elliot Richardson resigned rather than do what the president mandated. Comey could have done the same, but then he would have had to give up some of his comforts and privileges. To find work, he might have had to move to an unexciting place like Indianapolis or Albuquerque. 

    Nevertheless, Comey has accidentally done us a great service by publicly exhibiting the true nature of the FBI: it is a political organization that expands the reach and prerogatives of the federal government over citizens and taxpayers, while protecting the powerful.

    Of all federal police forces, the FBI is the most romanticized, and every FBI agent is assumed to be the modern embodiment of a fictionalized version of Eliot Ness: incorruptible, professional, and efficient. Decades of pop culture has driven this home with TV series and movies such as The Untouchables, The FBI Story, and This Is Your FBI have long perpetuated the idea that when local police fail, the FBI will step in to be more effective and simply better than every other law enforcement agency. Corruption cannot touch the FBI, we are told, and they apply the law equally to everyone. 

    A History of Abuse

    This was always obviously untrue to anyone not suffering from crippling naïvete, but Comey has helped make the political nature of the Bureau plain for all to see. 

    The reality and the romance, of course, have always been two totally different things, and it's helpful to remind ourselves that it was the FBI that was in charge of the Waco massacre where 26 children were killed. It was the FBI that led the raid on Randy Weaver's house where an FBI sniper shot a woman dead while she was holding a 10-month old baby. It was the FBI that spied on Martin Luther King, Jr., and targeted peaceful anti-war organizations for political reasons during the 1960s and 70s. It was the FBI that came of age arresting opponents of the First World War. 

    Naturally, in all of these cases, the FBI has actively covered up the facts and denied wrongdoing. 

    James Bovard reported in his 2012 article "A Stasi for America": 

    A ripple of protest swept across the Internet in late March after the disclosure that the Federal Bureau of Investigation was teaching its agents that “the FBI has the ability to bend or suspend the law to impinge on the freedom of others.” This maxim was inculcated as part of FBI counterterrorism training. The exposure of the training material—sparked by a series of articles by Wired.com’s Spencer Ackerman—spurred the ritual declaration by an FBI spokesman that “mistakes were made, and we are correcting those mistakes.” No FBI officials were sanctioned or fired for teaching lawmen that they were above the law…At least the FBI has been consistent. Since its founding in 1908, the bureau has rarely let either the statute book or the Constitution impede its public service. Tim Weiner, the author of a superb exposé of the CIA (Legacy of Ashes) has delivered a riveting chronology of some of the FBI’s biggest crimes with his new book, Enemies.

    Violating the rights of ordinary people has been standard policy at the FBI for decades. But, who can be surprised that the FBI now seeks to protect powerful politicians from the same laws that the FBI would enthusiastically use to prosecute and imprison ordinary citizens?

    The FBI Is Unconstitutional and Ineffective

    Thanks to the enduring view that federal police would tip the balance too far in favor of the federal government, many Americans opposed federal agencies like the FBI throughout the nineteenth century. It was feared that federal police would turn into secret police forces such as those known to be used in imperial Russia. Certainly, the Constitution does not mandate any federal police force. Consequently, it was not until the twentieth century that federal agencies like the FBI gained traction, thanks to a rising tide of pro-federal sentiment brought on by war and hysterical fear of "anarchists." 

    Thanks to war hysteria during World War I, the FBI rose to prominence as Woodrow Wilson's shock troops against "dissidents" (i.e., peaceful opponents of the war). Indeed, persecuting and prosecuting political enemies of the American state would become something of the forte of the FBI, with the role of the agency being expanded ever more during times of perceived national crisis. The idea of the FBI as a crime-fighting organization — the primary message of fawning treatments of the FBI such as The Untouchables and The FBI Story — for decades served as cover for the FBI's political activities. As Foreign Policy pointed out in 2014, though, the FBI quietly dropped its claims of being a crime fighting organization and began declaring itself a "national security" organization. Down the memory hole goes the FBI's original claimed raison d'etre. In its current Q and A, the FBI now acts as if it had never claimed to be a crime fighting organization at all: 

    Is the FBI a type of national police force?

    No. The FBI is a national security organization that works closely with many partners around the country and across the globe to address the most serious security threats facing the nation.

    No longer tied down by the need to waste its valuable time — as the FBI sees it — on mundane, real, and concrete crime such as kidnapping, the FBI can now focus on the far-more-amorphous "national security." Never mind the fact, of course, that the FBI's record on preventing terrorist acts such as 9/11 and the Orlando shooting is abysmal, and the terrorist plots it has "prevented" in recent years were actually facilitated by the FBI itself. Predictably, after the FBI was criticized in the wake of the Orlando shooting, James Comey declared to the press that the FBI did a fine job: 

    "We are also going to look hard at our own work to see whether there is something we should have done differently,” Comey said. “So far, the honest answer is: I don’t think so."

    The FBI Was Created to Compete with Successful Private Agencies 

    It should be noted that the FBI was not created to fill a hole in law enforcement needs. On the contrary, it was created to usurp and displace a highly-efficient and effective private police force that already existed: the Pinkerton National Detective Agency. 

    Writing in Private Investigation and Security Science: A Scientific Approach, Frank Machovec notes that "The FBI, founded in 1908, was modeled from Pinkerton's organization and methods," while Marie Gottschalk writes in The Prison and the Gallows that "In its early years, the FBI modeled itself after the Pinkertons and other private police agencies."

    In fact, government-run police organizations had long been shown to be inefficient and prone to corruption, which is why the private sector turned to private security instead. Gottschalk continues: 

    The unreliability of metropolitan police, with their strong local and partisan ties, prompted major businesses and industrialists to establish the Pinkertons and other private police forces. The Pinkertons ultimately functioned as a de facto national detective and policing service until the 1920s, when the FBI finally came into its own.

    By the early twentieth century, the Pinkertons and other private investigative organizations had established themselves as reliable and effective. It's why the Pinkertons repeatedly show up in popular culture as the highly-efficient and dangerous enemies of beloved Old-West outlaws like Butch Cassidy. 

    As early as 1857, politicians were already noting the public's favorable perceptions of private police over public police, with Chicago mayor John Wentworth noting: 

    Our police system has been gradually falling into disrepute; and it is a lamentable fact that, whilst our citizens are heavily taxed to support a large police force, a highly respectable private police is doing a lucrative business. Our citizens have ceased to look to the public police for protection, for the detection of culprits or the recovery of stolen property.

    The federal government, however, wanted a similar force that it could directly control, and thus turned to a federal police force instead. The desire to present the new agency as like the Pinkertons can be seen in the decision to call FBI investigators "agents" just as many private sector investigators were addressed (as opposed to "deputy" or "officer").

    The Pinkertons were primarily interested in property crime with actual victims (i.e., train robbing). The FBI, however, could be used to go after political enemies, protesters, supposed draft dodgers and others who ran afoul of government regulations created to benefit the government itself. Over time, the FBI would crowd out the Pinkertons as a national police force (although, unfortunately, government organizations were known to contract with the Pinkertons). 

    This was all to the good according to many critics of the Pinkertons who wanted a government-controlled national police force that could be used against the private sector, rather than be controlled by it. 

    The FBI Is a Product of Anti-Capitalist Movements 

    Indeed, the rise of the FBI is very much the product of left-wing and labor unionist movements to curb the power of the Pinkertons in favor of the FBI and similar agencies.

    A recent example of this line of thought can be found in Elizabeth Joh's 2006 article "The Forgotten Threat: Private Policing and the State." 

    As explained by Joh, the left was highly critical of the Pinkertons in the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries for their role in combating striking workers and for being employed by private organizations. While federal police forces such as the FBI would work only in the "public interest" it was assumed, organizations like the the Pinkertons functioned at the morally base level of seeking "profit." 

    The Pinkerton's however, never functioned with the sort of firepower, manpower, and legal immunity enjoyed by federal agencies today. Indeed, in some cases, the Pinkertons surrendered to their "victims" as in the case of the Homestead Riot of 1892 where, according to Joh, "[o]utnumbered, the Pinkerton guards surrendered, and were beaten by an angry mob." 

    Three workers were killed in the melee, making the Homestead Riot a peaceful affair by FBI standards. Under the leadership of the FBI, federal agents killed 17 times as many people at Waco, including children. However, unlike Waco, which produced no sanctions or sustained public reactions against the FBI, the Homestead Riot became the high tide for anti-Pinkerton scrutiny and a flashpoint for action against private security agencies. For example, following an investigation of private security agencies at the time, the US Senate's investigatory committee declared that private security is illegitimate and that "use of private armed men is an assumption [that is, usurpation] of the State's authority by private citizens." Indeed, the Senate committee declared, the use of private arms to secure private property will lead to "anarchy."

    For decades afterward, government committee and pro-labor groups worked together to condemn, investigate, and discredit private security agencies. Government agencies, it was maintained, would be responsive to elected officials and the public at large. If private policing agencies could be done away with, the public was told, no more would police organizations function in their own self-interest.

    Such views have always been impressively naïve, although the public has long fallen for these claims. Moreover, one of the primary benefits of private security has been that it is subject to a totally separate and often hostile (to private security) legal system. Unlike the FBI, which enjoys a variety of government-granted immunities from responsibility for abuses and wrongful deaths, private security is legally subject to the same laws as everyone else. Even worse, agencies like the FBI can directly tap into nearly limitless funds through their taxpayer-funded budgets. Unlike private security firms that are constrained by real-world budgets, government prosecutors and police agencies face no such limitation. Obviously, this places defendants at an even more lopsided economic disadvantage than when dealing with powerful private firms. 

    Today, federal police organizations, federal courts, and federal prosecutors are all part of a single organization. Naturally, these organizations tend to favor each other in their proceedings. On the other hand, if there is a distrust of private security within the court system (or vice versa) that's all for the best, since as a result of this tension, checks and balances are likely to actually mean something. The same cannot be said for the current system which unifies policing and court proceedings within a single organization and in which a sizable number of government judges are former government prosecutors. 

    The Triumph of Federal Police in Public Opinion 

    The war on private security has now been so successful that few Americans would even entertain the idea of doing away with federal police agencies like the FBI in favor of private security organizations. It is now simply accepted that federal police officers may function unimpeded in every community in America, independent of local law enforcement (such as democratically-elected sheriffs), with powers to enforce everything from laws on what we eat, what we grow in our backyards, and whom we can hire. The FBI functions with an immense amount of insulation from the voting public and requires only the approval of the president and the attorney general to function unimpeded. The Hillary Clinton affair has shown how easy it is to choose between serving the White House, or serving the public, which has no power over the FBI. 

    Nevertheless, the FBI continues to benefit from decades of pop culture and government whitewashing which portrays the FBI and other federal agencies as professional and effective. Always a product of left-wing and Progressive desires for more government intervention and a weakened private sector, the FBI continues to benefit from the perception that it functions in the service of the "public." 

    With James Comey's recent demonstration of the FBI's political motivations and origins, we have gained yet another insight into how the FBI works, and public service has very little to do with it.

  • Charting The Epic Collapse Of The World's Most Systemically Dangerous Bank

    It’s been almost 10 years in the making, but the fate of one of Europe’s most important financial institutions appears to be sealed.

    After a hard-hitting sequence of scandals, poor decisions, and unfortunate events,Visual Capitalist's Jeff Desjardins notes that Frankfurt-based Deutsche Bank shares are now down -48% on the year to $12.60, which is a record-setting low.

    Even more stunning is the long-term view of the German institution’s downward spiral.

    With a modest $15.8 billion in market capitalization, shares of the 147-year-old company now trade for a paltry 8% of its peak price in May 2007.

     

    Courtesy of: Visual Capitalist

     

    THE BEGINNING OF THE END

    If the deaths of Lehman Brothers and Bear Stearns were quick and painless, the coming demise of Deutsche Bank has been long, drawn out, and painful.

    In recent times, Deutsche Bank’s investment banking division has been among the largest in the world, comparable in size to Goldman Sachs, JP Morgan, Bank of America, and Citigroup. However, unlike those other names, Deutsche Bank has been walking wounded since the Financial Crisis, and the German bank has never been able to fully recover.

    It’s ironic, because in 2009, the company’s CEO Josef Ackermann boldly proclaimed that Deutsche Bank had plenty of capital, and that it was weathering the crisis better than its competitors.

    It turned out, however, that the bank was actually hiding $12 billion in losses to avoid a government bailout. Meanwhile, much of the money the bank did make during this turbulent time in the markets stemmed from the manipulation of Libor rates. Those “wins” were short-lived, since the eventual fine to end the Libor probe would be a record-setting $2.5 billion.

    The bank finally had to admit that it actually needed more capital.

    In 2013, it raised €3 billion with a rights issue, claiming that no additional funds would be needed. Then in 2014 the bank head-scratchingly proceeded to raise €1.5 billion, and after that, another €8 billion.

    A SERIES OF UNFORTUNATE EVENTS

    In recent years, Deutsche Bank has desperately been trying to reinvent itself.

    Having gone through multiple CEOs since the Financial Crisis, the latest attempt at reinvention involves a massive overhaul of operations and staff announced by co-CEO John Cryan in October 2015. The bank is now in the process of cutting 9,000 employees and ceasing operations in 10 countries. This is where our timeline of Deutsche Bank’s most recent woes begins – and the last six months, in particular, have been fast and furious.

    Deutsche Bank started the year by announcing a record-setting loss in 2015 of €6.8 billion.

    Cryan went on an immediate PR binge, proclaiming that the bank was “rock solid”. German Finance Minister Wolfgang Schäuble even went out of his way to say he had “no concerns” about Deutsche Bank.

    Translation: things are in full-on crisis mode.

    In the following weeks, here’s what happened:

    • May 16, 2016: Berenberg Bank warns that DB’s woes may be “insurmountable”, noting that DB is more than 40x levered.
    • June 2, 2016: Two ex-DB employees are charged in ongoing U.S. Libor probe for rigging interest rates. Meanwhile, the UK’s Financial Conduct Authority says there are at least 29 DB employees involved in the scandal.
    • June 23, 2016: Brexit decision hits DB hard. The bank is the largest European bank in London and receives 19% of its revenues from the UK.
    • June 29, 2016: IMF issues statement that “DB appears to be the most important net contributor to systematic risks”.
    • June 30, 2016: Federal Reserve announces that DB fails Fed stress test in US, due to “poor risk management and financial planning”.

    Doesn’t sound “rock solid”, does it?

    Now the real question: what happens to Deutsche Bank’s derivative book, which has a notional value of €52 trillion, if the bank is insolvent?

    Source: Visual Capitalist

  • 3 Things stock investors need to know about FX

    The stock market cap in the United States is about $22 Trillion.  The amount of money in Managed Currency strategies is unknown, but it’s very small, even by CTA standards.  According to data based on CTAs listed with Barclay Hedge, there’s about 19 Billion in Currency Strategies.  That’s a lot of money, but not a drop in the bucket when compared with equities.  And remember that although money in equities isn’t all ‘managed’ – all money in equities is an investment of some kind – because people don’t need equities like they need FX.  To contrast it with FX, all money in FX is NOT managed, to the contrary – most money in FX is hedged, or transactional.  FX as an asset class per se is a growth emerging asset class, and may be the ‘stock market’ of the 21st century, what the stock market was to the 20th century.  But at the moment, the idea of investing in FX as an asset class – is just in its infancy.  The more problems associated with stocks, the more that will change.  And while the Fed’s been doing a great job propping the stock market, inflating assets artificially usually doesn’t end well.

    Here’s the 3 most important things stock investors need to know about FX:

    1) No one has to buy a stock.  Businesses need FX.  There’s a huge difference.  

    2) Rich families, old money, always has FX in their portfolio.  Yes, it’s partly because of their international exposures, but Soros family office made a hefty mutli-billion profit on “Brexit Day.”  

    3) Big Wall St. firms that everyone perceives as ‘credible’ – make huge profits in FX.  In the case of many banks, not to name names – their FX profits have kept them alive.  Some of these banks are being eaten alive like a cancer from the inside, with losses on complex derivatives that no one understands exept a few quants, unable to grow in an environment of ZIRP and NIRP (Negative Interest Rate Policy). In many cases, their FX profits have literally kept them afloat.  And to put the icing on the FX cake, many of their FX profits can be flexible for their accounting departments to use them in times of need (i.e. “Currency Headwinds”).

    Brexit and its aftermath should be a wake up call to equity people.  Some FX traders reported making 9% during Brexit and more.

    To learn more about FX as an emerging asset class, checkout the book Splitting Pennies – Understanding Forex – or Dive in! Open an account!

  • Beautiful Brexit & The Five Stages Of Grief

    Submitted by Raul Ilargi Meijer via The Automatic Earth blog,

    The post-Brexit ‘conversation’ in Britain is taking on grotesque proportions. Nobody seems to know how to react, at least not in a rational manner. They all look to be stuck in phase one of Kübler Ross’s Five Stages of Grief, i.e. Denial. Phase two is supposed to be Anger, and while there’s plenty of that, the shape it takes makes one think Angry Denial, instead of a progression between phases.

    That is to say, I don’t think I’ve seen one voice expressing anger at themselves. It’s all somebody else’s fault. And it just keeps going. After Farage, Johnson, Gove et al had been blamed for all there’s wrong with everyone else’s lives, now the anger is pointed at the two women who are supposed to be competing for the poisoned chalice of UK prime minister. That both belong to the clique which has just been voted down 2 weeks ago doesn’t seem to bother anyone. That is not smart.

    But if you must insist on calling 17 million of your neighbors ‘racist’ and ‘stupid’ just to feel better about yourself, perhaps there’s no denying that the Five Stages insist on taking their time. Problem with that is there is no such time, before you know what’s happened the nation will be stuck with another ‘leader’ that far too many people are not going to be listening to. A game of ‘who said what about whom’ is not helping.

    A main issue would seem to be the Anglo(-Saxon) disease version 2.0, as I label it: whereas numerous countries around the world have seen new political parties rise to the fore, Britain, the US, Australia etc. are sticking with the same old same old, even if that makes them essentially ungovernable. What Britain needs is Podemos or a Five-Star movement, and so do the US, Canada, Australia.

    The global economic system is now collapsing so overtly that nothing incumbent powers do can hide it any longer. A more flexible system, and a less ‘let’s stick with what we got’ view of life, can be very helpful during times like these, because they can ease the friction of established powers losing their power, no matter how painful that process still will be.

    In many if not most countries there is hardly any difference anymore between what used to be right and left in politics. Barack Obama, Tony Blair and soon perhaps Hillary Clinton were voted in by what used to be the left wing of their countries, but they might just as well have come from the other side of the aisle. They all represent the establishment, not the people.

    That has worked to an extent so far, but now it is over, simply because too many people have too little left to feel comfortable in their lives. In that regard it’s interesting to see how Labour leader Jeremy Corbyn gets treated by his own party for wanting to take it ‘too far’ to the left, i.e. to represent the people. This may split up the party after all, and Corbyn would and should be happy to be rid of the right wing of the party, but he has caught Anglo Disease 2.0 too.

    If Bernie Sanders or Jeremy Corbyn, even Donald Trump for that matter, were Italian, Spanish or even German, they would have started another party, not try to ‘reform’ an existing one. It doesn’t work, or it’s too much trouble trying. The disconnection is too great, between what the parties once stood for and stand for now, and between what they say and what they do.

    Anglo Disease 1.0, by the way, is the government-induced blowing of housing bubbles in London, Vancouver, Sydney, Auckland etc etc. Take a good look at this graph and you can see what Beautiful Brexit (think I should patent the term?) is set to do to UK home prices: make then affordable again. Why do so many people apparently think that’s a terrible thing?

    And Anglo Disease 1.0 is plenty contagious. Look at private debt levels in the Netherlands, where in the years after the graph below, 2015-6, home prices have kept rising and so have sales. Private debt at 800% (900% now?) of GDP is not a healthy thing no matter how you twist it, but they’ll all tell you they’re making smart investments and money hand over fist.


    EA=Euro Area

    Government and/or central bank induced bubbles are criminal. They make an economy look better temporarily, but people will have hefty prices to pay when they pop. And pop is just what Brexit does with the UK housing bubble. Whether that’s a good or a bad thing is perhaps up to one’s own personal judgment, but no thinking body would say yes when asked if they prefer living in a bubble.

    For me, sitting inside a 10-year central bank liquidity bubble, I’m mostly afraid for those who have ever less left. The jobless, pensioners, anyone relying on benefits or fixed income, have yet to realize how much worse off they will be, but they will. ‘Homeowners’ with huge mortgages, even if they’re at low rates, will see ‘values’ plunge to the point where lenders will come with margin calls. And what then? More bank bail-outs?

    Central banks and governments have been blowing their bubbles with one goal in mind: to keep incumbent powers in place. That part has succeeded, but it’s the only part, and the price to be paid by everyone else will be horrendous. And in the end the incumbents will be gone regardless, albeit with many pockets full of loot.

    The last move the ‘rulers’ have left up their sleeves is perhaps to go to war with Russia, but I don’t see the people of Europe, despite 10+ years of heavy anti-Putin propaganda, allowing it. Europe might instead come to resemble the US, where people have another sort of battle to fight, a domestic one, which if not properly approached could lead to -more and increasing- very ugly confrontations.

    Trump may not be the best person to lead his country into that, but the establishment, represented by Hillary, looks a much worse choice. Trump doesn’t owe nearly as much to those behind the curtains who have so much to lose. Hey, I wish there were better people available, but they’re not. Bernie Sanders has been outpropagandized and outmaneuvered, and he’s not perfect either.

    America, too, will have to reinvent itself, just like so many nations across the planet. At least Trump will give the country a shot at not being dragged down into another war it can’t win, in or with Russia or China. Still, the art of propaganda on all sides and in all media has reached such dizzying heights and contortions that not a lot will seem obvious anymore.

    One thing will though: increasing poverty. That will be the main factor to drive out the old and vote in the new. But the new will have two faces, one of which is Podemos, Sanders, Grillo or Corbyn, and one of which is some form or another of extreme right wing voices. Who come with their own Denial and Anger and other never completed Five Stages of Grief.

    *  *  *

    Elizabeth Kübler Ross: On Death and Dying – 1969

    1 – Denial. Denial is a conscious or unconscious refusal to accept facts, information, reality, etc., relating to the situation concerned. …
    2 – Anger.
    3 – Bargaining.
    4 – Depression. Also referred to as preparatory grieving. …
    5 – Acceptance.

  • Obama Blames "Easy Access To Guns" For Surge In Violence Between Police And Minorities

    Some were wondering how Obama would spin the surge in violence between police and minorities into yet another push for gun control.

    We didn’t have long to wait.

    Speaking in a news conference in Poland, the US president made the claim that contrary to all evidence, “racial relations have improved during his presidency”, to wit:

    Now, when it comes to crime, generally, I think it’s just important to keep in mind that our crime rate today is substantially lower than it was five years ago, 10 years ago, 20 years ago, 30 years ago.  Over the last four or five years, during the course of my presidency, violent crime in the United States is the lowest it’s been since probably the 1960s, maybe before the early 1960s.  There’s been an incredible drop in violent crime.

     

    So that doesn’t lessen, I think, people’s understandable fears if they see a video clip of somebody getting killed.  But it is important to keep in perspective that in places like New York, or Los Angeles, or Dallas, you’ve seen huge drops in the murder rates.  And that’s a testimony to smarter policing, and there are a range of other factors that have contributed to that.

    Reading from a teleprompter, Obama said he’s tried to get all Americans to listen to each other on matters of race, and added that he believes his voice has “been true in speaking about these issues.” Oddly enough it would appear that all Americans have not listened. What he didn’t say is that under his divisive, race/class/ethnicity-baiting presidency, whether due to his social politics or his disastrous economic agenda which has let the Fed’s market boosting, monetary policy as the only game in town, and led to record wealth redistribution that has transferred trillions from the future to the richest 0.01% now (one look at a chart of the $19.3 trillion in US debt should be sufficient evidence) gun sales under Obama have been absolutely unprecedented, as even the NYT has shown:

    As we reported two weeks ago, under Obama, background checks for guns reached 141.4 million through the end of May, amounting to sales of about 52,600 a day, according to the FBI… And 2016 is on pace to surpass last year’s record.

    But ignore all that. Instead, Obama pledged on Saturday to seek ways to calm racial tensions and reduce divisions between police and minorities during his final months in office, but he warned that easy access to guns nationwide exacerbated the problem. “The proliferation of guns among the U.S. citizenry contributes to lethal encounters between minorities and police, heightening the danger law enforcement officers face in even routine interactions with the public,” Obama said.

    Odd: no comments about “Obama’s city”, Chicago, where “only” 10 people being shot on any given weekend is considered a victory. The same Chicago which has ultra strict gun laws, that is.

    Just like Hillary Clinton, Obama also blamed YouTube clips:

    “with respect to, finally, the issue of police shootings, there’s no doubt that the visual records that we’re seeing have elevated people’s consciousness about this. And the fact that we’re aware of it may increase some anxiety right now, and hurt and anger.  But it’s been said, sunshine is the best disinfectant.  By seeing it, by people feeling a sense of urgency about it, by the larger American community realizing that, gosh, maybe this is a problem — and we’ve seen even some very conservative commentators begin to acknowledge this is something maybe we need to work on — that promises the possibility of actually getting it done.  So, it hurts, but if we don’t diagnose this we can’t fix it. “

    It hurts even more if the president makes a disastrously wrong diagnosis of what is causing it – a diagnosis that conveiently ignores Obama’s own contribution to this soaring social violence.

    As Reuters adds, Obama spoke at the end of a week in which five policemen were killed by a sniper in Dallas and two black men were killed by police in Minnesota and Louisiana. He said he would bring together civil rights and law enforcement leaders for talks at the White House next week after returning from a trip to Europe.

    Continuing his push to pivot from last week’s events to another push for more gun control, Obama said that “part of what’s creating tensions between communities and the police is the fact that our police have a really difficult time in communities where they know guns are everywhere,” Obama said adding that “If you care about the safety of our police officers, then you can’t set aside the gun issue and pretend that’s irrelevant.

    Like in Obama’s native and very strictly gun-controlled Chicago, for example?

    * * *

    Ok fine, lots of guns, we get it. But is that the disease or the symptom of something far more rotten inside US society?

    Not according to the president, who said that the violence isn’t a sign of deeper divisions in the U.S. “America is not as divided as some have suggested.”

    So there you have it: guns kill people, not tens of millions of desperate, unemployed people who increasingly have nothing to live for

    Obama’s comments came one day after Donald Trump said that “racial divisions have gotten worse, not better” during Obama’s eight years in office.  “Too many headlines flash across our screens every day about the rising crime and rising death tolls in our cities,” Trump said in a video message. 

    Sticking to his only strong suit, rhetoric written by others, Obama preached unity in the face of rising anger sparked by the killings of black men at the hands of police in Louisiana and Minnesota, and a massacre of five law enforcement officers in Dallas one day later: a combustible escalation from which there is no way out, and certainly which empty words will do nothing to resolve.

    “Americans of all races and all backgrounds are rightly outraged by the inexcusable attacks on police, whether it’s in Dallas or anyplace else,” Obama said. “We cannot let the actions of a few define all of us,” he said, calling the shooter in Dallas a “demented individual” without using his name.

    Obama said that it was “very hard to untangle the motives” of Dallas shooter Micah Johnson, a 25-year-old military veteran who told a police negotiator he was upset by police killings of black men, including those in the past week.

    Actually no, Johnson’s motives were quite clear – he told police he wanted to kill white people and especially white police officers, even though the police officer who killed Philando Castile, Jeronimo Yanez, was hispanic. Johnson was then quickly killed by a bomb delivered by drone.

    Obama noted that protests against the police in many cities over the killings of Alton Sterling in Louisiana and Philando Castile in Minnesota have been “almost uniformly peaceful” and that “you’ve seen, uniformly, police handling those protests with professionalism.”

    Indeed, if one sticks their head in the sand and ignores the numerous and rapidly rising incidents across the country where either cops of blacks were shot in just the past 24 hours, then Obama is correct.

    Perhaps the most troubling part of Obama’s message was the following: “You’re not seeing riots and you’re not seeing police go after” peaceful protesters, he said, drawing a contrast with civil unrest of the 1960s. All else equal, we would expect the number of riots to surge.

    * * *

    After delivering this speech, Obama cut his foreign trip short and elected to return to Washington on Sunday night after visiting Spain. He will visit Dallas early next week, with the goal of bridging divisions between police and minority communities, the White House said.

    Obama’s full press conference below, and the full transcript can be found here:

  • Deutsche Bank Gives Up: "We Can't Think Of A Time The S&P Was More Disjointed From Everything"

    When sellside strategists, such as Deutsche Bank’s David Bianco, throw in the towel and the best they can come up with is a 100 word admission that nothing makes sense anymore, and that the S&P has never been “more disjointed from other assets”, it’s either a time to sell everything… or buy anything.

    From DB:

    For many years we’ve watched a set of market based indicators across seven major asset classes to help gauge cyclical conditions and S&P reward/risk. We can’t think of a time the S&P was more disjointed from these other asset class price moves than in recent days. While we believe interest rates have shifted structurally and thus discount falling rates and a flatter curve as signs of recession, indeed many of our signal criteria need recalibration, recent swings across asset classes still warrant caution and do have direct negative implications for S&P EPS. Offsetting PE upside is unlikely until norms are reestablished and the economic relationships better understood.

    And here are some random charts to make it seems like there is some signal in the infinite noise that the Fed has created with its constant meddling.

     

    And this is what DB’s 7 cross-asset “signals” indicate:

  • End All The Myths – The Demise Of Draghi's Self-Delusion

    Submitted by Jeffrey Snider via Alhambra Investment Partners,

    As it turns out, Mario Draghi is no stranger to blanket promises. In October 2008 as head of the Bank of Italy, Draghi joined Italian Finance Minister Giulio Tremonti in promising “as much as necessary” for Italian banks via a 5-year government guarantee of their bonds. The government standby would be available all the way through the end of 2009, giving Italian banks sufficient time and financial cover, it was thought, to get control in their own balance sheets. On the monetary side, Draghi’s central bank added €40 billion in Italian government bills for use in bank refis against failed collateral for eurosystem liquidity; a telling sum as to the scale of Italian banking missteps.

    Suffice to say, it didn’t work.

    Not quite four years later, Italian banks were again in a lot of trouble. Joined by their “southern” cousins around the PIIGS part of Europe, the threat was judged universally to be existential to the euro. Despite the massive “money printing” of the LTRO’s earlier in 2012, it still seemed as if Europe was destined for a monetary-themed breakup. And so Draghi made another blanket promise.

    What he actually said in late July 2012 was, “within our mandate, the ECB is ready to do whatever it takes to preserve the euro. And believe me, it will be enough.” It was the second sentence more than the first that got everyone’s attention; the (assumed) power behind the promise. The technicality, however, cannot be overlooked in the first part; “within our mandate.” What Draghi meant by that he explicitly stated:

    To the extent that the size of the sovereign premia (borrowing costs) hamper the functioning of the monetary policy transmission channels, they come within our mandate.

    In other words, to save the euro the ECB would do whatever it takes to bring down interest rates all over Europe so that transmission channels would open and full and healthy recovery would begin. It was always full-throated recovery that would permanently hold together the currency union. There can be no doubt as to success in the first part of that equation; bond yields all through Europe are lower now than they have ever been. But that is the problem even if the media and indeed policymakers don’t know it, or at least will not admit it.

    Just one year after making his promise, Draghi congratulated himself, saying, “It’s really very hard not to state that the OMT has been probably the most successful monetary policy measure undertaken in recent time.” Again, however, he was only speaking to the first half of the stated goal – sovereign interest rates. The rest remained to be seen, but no matter what it was taken as a matter of faith. Just six months after that, former euro-skeptics like Paul Krugman were praising Draghi. In January 2014, Krugman gushed,

    Draghi did the bulk of it. It’s pretty clear that the ECB has been decisive in alleviating the European situation.

    In the context of 2016, these are pretty damning statements. What did they actually do? It is an article of orthodox faith that low interest rates mean “stimulus” and success, but history is proving yet again otherwise.

    Though it had been under criticism for not taking to full-blown QE fast enough, in reality the ECB has been in almost constant motion. Whether in accommodation via liquidity, or in unused promises like Draghi’s July 2012 declaration, the ECB was never short of busy. Yet, the effects of all that busyness stopped far short of its full achievement. There is the clear interest rate effect, but then nothing.

    ABOOK July 2016 Europe Total Liquidity Needs

    One technical note for the chart above: ECB QE actually takes place on the National level, meaning that the effect on Net Autonomous factors is to skew it deeply negative as bonds purchased via the PSPP are shipped to the required NCB for holding (credit risk born by individual nations of the bonds purchased). To get at least some sense of both QE and the CBPP3 (and now the Corporate Bond Purchase Program) since 2014 we have to filter out the movement between the NCB’s and the ECB:

    ABOOK July 2016 Europe Net Auto

    ABOOK July 2016 Europe Dep and Curr Accts

    The chart immediately above isn’t a completely accurate statement of “liquidity” per se, but it does offer a sufficient representation of the ECB’s level of activity in banking and bank reserves. What you’ll notice is that sovereign interest rates weren’t very much affected by the first two groupings, the 2008-10 activity and then the LTRO’s; though the initial decline in rates did begin coincident to the announcement of the LTRO’s in late 2011.

    ABOOK July 2016 Europe Italy 10s

    There was an initial positive response but then throughout the rest of the first half of 2012 another threatening backup in rates occurred despite all the “liquidity.” It wasn’t until Draghi’s promise that sovereign benchmark yields began their multi-year descent in Italy and elsewhere. In the context of that promise, it was all taken as “stimulus” when that may never have been the case. Draghi, at best, might have removed the default risk of Italy or even the greater risk of the euro’s breakup, but that wasn’t the same as “stimulus” in monetary terms as implied within his promise.

    The “tight money” regime that followed stands in sharp contrast to the ECB’s activities (including what all flows over to the NCB’s in QE). This is easily observed by the behavior and size of the Italian banks themselves. Bank balance sheets here bear no resemblance to monetary policy, including the expansion in the size and depth of Italy’s mammoth NPL problem.

    ABOOK July 2016 Europe Italy Bank NPLs

    ABOOK July 2016 Europe Italy Bank Govts

    ABOOK July 2016 Europe Italy Bank Assets

    In July 2012, the total assets reported by the combined Italian banking system were €3.54 trillion. In April 2016, the latest data available, total assets were €3.48 trillion. Worse for Draghi, of those assets, Italian banks have nearly doubled their holdings of government securities. In other words, the ECB through his promise did not actually encourage monetary expansion into credit expansion but rather front-running into government debt at the expense of total lending. The reason for that is obvious; with Draghi’s promise in their pocket, Italian banks as banks all over Europe found an outlet for “risk free” profit in buying government bonds at huge discounts. It was not an economic consideration. The mechanism for making good on Draghi’s promise was, in essence, a (deeply) negative factor on the further expected monetary transmission!

    Once again we find this dichotomy between what the ECB classifies as liquidity expansion and the lack of true money expansion in the real economy. The interest rate fallacy holds; lower rates are accompanied by visibly “tight” banking/money conditions regardless of the level, acceleration or promises for ECB activity.

    ABOOK June 2016 Brexit Is Liquidity EU Baseline

    Orthodox economics takes so much of itself on faith alone that it cannot distinguish negative signals from its own self-delusions. Draghi congratulated himself on a job well done without ever considering whether that was actually the case, or what was actually happening. He took low rates as if they were the foregone conclusion of all his blustery magic. Instead, no matter how high the ECB piles its various connected balance sheet factors, the real economy never responds. The most charitable economic description is that Europe has experienced an absence of further recession so far, but given the trillions spent intent on something far better than that it adds up to a colossal failure.

    For almost eight years, Italy has been saying that it is going to fix its banks; Draghi included in all those promises. Four years ago, the end of the threat to the euro was taken as proof nothing more was necessary. Yet, here we are all over again with Italian banks plastered as headlines all over the world for all the same wrong reasons. Nothing ever changes no matter how big or in what monetary form.

    And it is the very same failure that we find all over the world. There is no money in monetary policy, but central bankers still don’t seem to realize what they are missing. The economy, however, sure does; a fact that bond markets have been increasingly pricing.

Digest powered by RSS Digest

Today’s News 9th July 2016

  • How George Soros Singlehandedly Created The European Refugee Crisis – And Why

    By David Galland and Stephen McBride, Garret/Galland Research

     

    How George Soros Singlehandedly Created the European Refugee Crisis – And Why

    George Soros is trading again.

    The 85-year-old political activist and philanthropist hit the headlines post-Brexit saying the event had “unleashed” a financial-market crisis.

    Well, the crisis hasn’t hit Soros just yet.

    He was once again on the right side of the trade, taking a short position in troubled Deutsche Bank and betting against the S&P via a 2.1-million-share put option on the SPDR S&P 500 ETF.

    More interestingly, Soros recently took out a $264 million position in Barrick Gold, whose share price has jumped over 14% since Brexit. Along with this trade, Soros has sold his positions in many of his traditional holdings.

    Soros had recently announced he was coming out of retirement, again.

    First retiring in 2000, the only other time Soros has publicly re-entered the markets was in 2007, when he placed a number of bearish bets on US housing and ultimately made a profit of over $1 billion from the trades.

    Since the 1980s, Soros has actively been pursuing a globalist agenda; he advances this agenda through his Open Society Foundations (OSF).

    What is this globalist agenda, and where does it come from?

    The Humble Beginnings

    The globalist seed was sowed for young George by his father, Tivadar, a Jewish lawyer who was a strong proponent of Esperanto. Esperanto is a language created in 1887 by L.L. Zamenhof, a Polish eye doctor, for the purpose of “transcending national borders” and “overcoming the natural indifference of mankind.”

    Tivadar taught young George Esperanto and forced him to speak it at home. In 1936, as Hitler was hosting the Olympics in Berlin, Tivadar changed the family name from Schwartz to Soros, an Esperanto word meaning “will soar.”

    George Soros, who was born and raised in Budapest, Hungary, benefited greatly from his father’s decision.

    Allegedly, in 1944, 14-year-old George Soros went to work for the invading Nazis. It is said that until the end of the war in 1945, he worked with a government official, helping him confiscate property from the local Jewish population.

    In an 1998 interview with 60 Minutes, Soros described the year of German occupation as “the happiest time in my life.”

    Soros’s Venture into Finance

    When the war ended, Soros moved to London and in 1947 enrolled in the London School of Economics where he studied under Karl Popper, the Austrian-British philosopher who was one of the first proponents of an “Open Society.”

    Soros then worked at several merchant banks in London before moving to New York in 1963. In 1970, he founded Soros Fund Management and in 1973 created the Quantum Fund in partnership with investor Jim Rogers.

    The fund made annual returns of over 30%, cementing Soros’s reputation and putting him in a position of power—one he utilizes to this day to advance the agenda of his mentors.

    The Currency Speculations That Threw Britain and Asia into Crisis

    In the 1990s, Soros began a string of large bets against national currencies. The first was in 1992, when he sold short the pound sterling and made a $1 billion profit in a single day.

    His next big currency speculation came in 1997. This time Soros singled out the Thai baht and, with heavy short-selling volume, destroyed the baht’s artificial peg to the US dollar, which started the Asian financial crisis.

    “Humanitarian” Efforts

    Today, Soros’s net worth stands at $23 billion. Since taking a back seat in his company, Soros Fund Management, in 2000, Soros has been focusing on his philanthropic efforts, which he carries out through the Open Society Foundations he founded in 1993.

    So who does he donate to, and what causes does he support?

    During the 1980s and 1990s, Soros used his extraordinary wealth to bankroll and fund revolutions in dozens of European nations, including Czechoslovakia, Croatia, and Yugoslavia. He achieved this by funneling money to political opposition parties, publishing houses, and independent media in these nations.

    If you wonder why Soros meddled in these nations’ affairs, part of the answer may lie in the fact that during and after the chaos, he invested heavily in assets in each of the respective countries.

    He then used Columbia University economist Jeffrey Sachs to advise the fledgling governments to privatize all public assets immediately, thus allowing Soros to sell the assets he had acquired during the turmoil into newly formed open markets.

    Having succeeded in advancing his agenda in Europe through regime change—and profiting in the process—he soon turned his attention to the big stage, the United States.

    The Big Time

    In 2004, Soros stated, “I deeply believe in the values of an open society. For the past 15 years I have been focusing my efforts abroad; now I am doing it in the United States.”

    Since then, Soros has been funding groups such as:

    • The American Institute for Social Justice, whose aim is to “transform poor communities through lobbying for increased government spending on social programs”
    • The New America Foundation, whose aim is to “influence public opinion on such topics as environmentalism and global governance”
    • The Migration Policy Institute, whose aim is to “bring about an illegal immigrant resettlement policy and increase social welfare benefits for illegals”

    Soros also uses his Open Society Foundations to funnel money to the progressive media outlet, Media Matters.

    Soros funnels the money through a number of leftist groups, including the Tides Foundation, Center for American Progress, and the Democracy Alliance in order to circumvent the campaign finance laws he helped lobby for.

    Why has Soros donated so much capital and effort to these organizations? For one simple reason: to buy political power.

    Democratic politicians who go against the progressive narrative will see their funding cut and be attacked in media outlets such as Media Matters, which also directly contribute to mainstream sites such as NBC, Al Jazeera, and The New York Times.

    Apart from the $5 billion Soros’s foundation has donated to groups like those cited above, he has also made huge contributions to the Democratic Party and its most prominent members, like Joe Biden, Barack Obama, and of course Bill and Hillary Clinton.

    Best Friends with the Clintons

    Soros’s relationship with the Clintons goes back to 1993, around the time when OSF was founded. They have become close friends, and their enduring relationship goes well beyond donor status.

    According to the book, The Shadow Party, by Horowitz and Poe, at a 2004 “Take Back America” conference where Soros was speaking, the former first lady introduced him saying, “[W]e need people like George Soros, who is fearless and willing to step up when it counts.”

    Soros began supporting Hillary Clinton’s current presidential run in 2013, taking a senior role in the “Ready for Hillary” group. Since then, Soros has donated over $15 million to pro-Clinton groups and Super PACs.

    More recently, Soros has given more than $33 million to the Black Lives Matter group, which has been involved in outbreaks of social unrest in Ferguson, Missouri, and Baltimore, Maryland, in 2015. Both of these incidents contributed to a worsening of race relations across America.

    The same group heavily criticized Democratic contender Bernie Sanders for his alleged track record of supporting racial inequality, helping to undercut him as a competitive threat with one of Hillary Clinton’s most ardent constituencies.

    This, of course, greatly enhances the clout Soros wields through the groups mentioned above. It is safe to assume that he is now able to drive Democratic policy, especially in an administration headed by Hillary Clinton.

    Simply, what Soros wants, he gets. And it’s clear from his history that he wants to smudge away national borders and create the sort of globalist nightmare represented by the European Union.

    In recent years, Soros has turned his attention back to Europe. Is it a coincidence that the continent is currently in economic and social disarray?

    Another Home Run: the Ukrainian Conflict

    There’s no doubt about Soros’s great influence on US foreign policy. In an October 1995 PBS interview with Charlie Rose, he said, “I do now have access [to US Deputy Secretary of State Strobe Talbott]. There is no question. We actually work together [on Eastern European policy].”

    Soros’s meddling reared its ugly head again in the Russia-Ukraine conflict, which began in early 2014.

    In a May 2014 interview with CNN, Soros stated he was responsible for establishing a foundation in the Ukraine that ultimately led to the overthrow of the country’s elected leader and the installation of a junta handpicked by the US State Department, at the time headed by none other than Hillary Clinton:

    CNN Host: First on Ukraine, one of the things that many people recognized about you was that you during the revolutions of 1989 funded a lot of dissident activities, civil society groups in Eastern Europe and Poland, the Czech Republic. Are you doing similar things in Ukraine?

    Soros: Well, I set up a foundation in Ukraine before Ukraine became independent of Russia. And the foundation has been functioning ever since and played an important part in events now.

    The war that ripped through the Ukrainian region of Donbass resulted in the deaths of over 10,000 people and the displacement of over 1.4 million people. As collateral damage, a Malaysia Airlines passenger jet was shot down, killing all 298 on board.

    But once again Soros was there to profit from the chaos he helped create. His prize in Ukraine was the state-owned energy monopoly Naftogaz.

    Soros again had his US cronies, Secretary of the Treasury Jack Lew and US consulting company McKinsey, advise the puppet government of Ukraine to privatize Naftogaz.

    Although Soros’s exact stake in Naftogaz has not been disclosed, in a 2014 memo he pledged to invest up to $1 billion in Ukrainian businesses, but no other Ukrainian holdings have since been reported.

    His Latest Success: the European Refugee Crisis

    Soros’s agenda is fundamentally about the destruction of national borders. This has recently been shown very clearly with his funding of the European refugee crisis.

    The refugee crisis has been blamed on the civil war currently raging in Syria. But did you ever wonder how all these people suddenly knew Europe would open its gates and let them in?

    The refugee crisis is not a naturally occurring phenomenon. It coincided with OSF donating money to the US-based Migration Policy Institute and the Platform for International Cooperation on Undocumented Migrants, both Soros-sponsored organizations. Both groups advocate the resettlement of third-world Muslims into Europe.

    In 2015, a Sky News reporter found “Migrant Handbooks” on the Greek island of Lesbos. It was later revealed that the handbooks, which are written in Arabic, had been given to refugees before crossing the Mediterranean by a group called “Welcome to the EU.”

    Welcome to the EU is funded by—you guessed it—the Open Society Foundations.

    Soros has not only backed groups that advocate the resettlement of third-world migrants into Europe, he in fact is the architect of the “Merkel Plan.”

    The Merkel Plan was created by the European Stability Initiative whose chairman Gerald Knaus is a senior fellow at none other than the Open Society Foundations.

    The plan proposes that Germany should grant asylum to 500,000 Syrian refugees. It also states that Germany, along with other European nations, should agree to help Turkey, a country that’s 98% Muslim, gain visa-free travel within the EU starting in 2016.

    Political Discourse

    The refugee crisis has raised huge concern in European countries like Hungary.

    In response to 7,000 migrants entering Hungarian territory per day in 2015, the Hungarian government reestablished border control in order to keep the hordes of refugees from entering the country.

    Of course this did not go down well with Soros and his close allies, the Clintons.

    Bill Clinton has since come out and accused both Poland and Hungary of thinking “democracy is too much trouble” and wanting to have a “Putin-like authoritarian dictatorship.”

    Seeing through Clinton’s comments, Hungarian Prime Minister Viktor Orbán responded by saying, “The remarks made about Hungary and Poland … have a political dimension. These are not accidental slips of the tongue. And these slips or remarks have been multiplying since we are living in the era of the migrant crisis. And we all know that behind the leaders of the Democratic Party, we have to see George Soros.”

    He went on to say that “although the mouth belongs to Clinton, the voice belongs to Soros.”

    Soros has since said of Orbán’s policy toward the migrants: “His plan treats the protection of national borders as the objective and the refugees as an obstacle. Our plan treats the protection of refugees as the objective and national borders as the obstacle.”

    It’s hard to imagine that he could be any clearer in his globalist intentions.

    The Profit Motive

    So why is Soros going to such lengths to flood Europe with hordes of third-world Muslims?

    We can’t be sure, but it has recently come to light that Soros has taken a large series of “bearish derivative positions” against US stocks. Apparently, he thinks that causing chaos in Europe will spread the contagion to the United States, thus sending US markets spiraling downward.

    The destruction of Europe through flooding it with millions of unassimilated Muslims is a direct plan to cause economic and social chaos on the Continent.

    Another example of turmoil equaling profit for George Soros, who seems to have his tentacles in most geopolitical events.

    We all understand correlation is not causation. However, given Soros’s extraordinary wealth, political connections, and his long track record of seeing and profiting from chaos, he is almost certainly a catalyst for much of the geopolitical turmoil now occurring.

    He is intent on destroying national borders and creating a global governance structure with unlimited powers. From his comments directed toward Viktor Orbán, we can see he clearly views national leaders as his juniors, expecting them to become puppets that sell his narrative to the ignorant masses.

    Soros sees himself as a missionary carrying out the globalist agenda taught to him by his early mentors. He uses his vast political connections to influence government policy and create crises, both economic and social, to further this agenda.

    By all appearances, Soros is conspiring against humanity and is hell-bent on the destruction of Western democracies.

    To any rational thinker, some global events just don’t make sense. Why, for example, would Western democracies take in millions of people whose values are completely incompatible with their own?

    When we look closely at the agenda being actively promoted by the leading globalist puppet master, George Soros, things become a little clearer.

    Want to read more? If you haven’t done so already, sign-up for your free subscription to The Passing Parade from Garret/Galland Research.  It’s a rousing weekly romp on economics and markets, with a dose of politics and other follies. It’s free and you can cancel at any time. Click here now to start subscription today!

    On Soros & Gold

    David, again.

    While I’m not a conspiracy theorist per se, I do believe there is a naturally occurring and constant collaboration about shared interests occurring amongst the heads of governments, corporations, investment managers and all of the bottom feeders that survive off their scraps.

    What I find most interesting about Soros is that he is so obvious in his intentions and persistent in their pursuit. Given the consequences of his actions, it is also clear he’s a believer in moral relativism and that the ends justify the means.

    That he turns a nice buck in his crusade for what certainly rhymes with a one-world government is a Soros hallmark.

    “It allows me the money needed to fund my philanthropies” he might answer to the charges he is profiting from blood in the streets he was instrumental in spilling.

    Going forward when something big is happening geopolitically, I am going to start my analysis by checking under rocks for signs of Soros.

    At the beginning of this article we noted that Soros has gone big into American Barrick (ABX), a leading gold producer. As of the end of March it was his single largest holding at 7.36% of his overall portfolio.

    As telling, he has dumped a lot of his more conventional stocks in recent months.

    Given the man’s inside track – and active manipulations – you might want to take the hint and pick up some physical gold as an insurance policy against a systematic shock.

    If you already own gold, I probably wouldn’t chase it here as it has had a good run of late. Ditto silver which is up 46% year to date. But if you don’t own some, adding precious metals to your portfolio as a long-term holding, even at today’s prices, makes sense.

    Per last week, I continue to believe the gold stocks have probably gotten ahead of themselves and could be in for a pretty significant correction. If so, I would be inclined to up my allocation to the sector to 20% of my total portfolio.

    That said, no one can predict the future and gold could continue to power ahead, with the gold shares a more leveraged way to play the sector.

    As always with gold shares, it is important to remember a few things:

    • In most cases, these are speculations. That’s because their financial metrics often don’t line up with anything looking like a good value. What you are really betting on is a revaluation of the ounces of gold or silver a company is sitting on.  Thus, if a company is sitting on one million ounces of gold and gold goes up by $100, the company just got a lot more valuable.
       
    • Never fall in love with a gold stock.  Set a rational return goal and once hit, at least scrape your original investment off the table. That way you are playing with the casino’s money.

      Also per my article last week, keep in mind that should gold stocks buck the trend in a future global equities correction, the money managers who own big positions in gold stocks will almost certainly dump their holdings in order to dress up the rest of their portfolios. As the trading volume in precious metals share is relatively thin, you want to beat them out the door.
       

    • Embrace the volatility. The low trading volume of most of these stocks is a key reason they have such explosive upside. Any significant uptick in investor interest can send a stock soaring.

      However, the flipside is also true. In the bear market that started in 2011, the majority of the precious metals stocks lost upwards of 75% of their value and many simply dried up and went away. Enjoy the ride, but don’t stay too late at the party.

    Earlier this week I commented to a friend that if the EU was going to remain relevant, there had to be some major financial pain dished out post-Brexit. To let that seminal event pass with nothing more than the equivalent of a global shrug would entirely change how people view the European Union.

    The bottom line, I’m expecting some volatility, perhaps triggered by Soros taking a second run at crushing the British pound, the source of much of his fortune and fame.

    It’s promising to be a long, hot summer.

    Here Come the Clowns

    Nothing comes close to the Get Out of Jail card handed by the clowns at the FBI to Hillary over her private email servers. This despite pretty much no one disputes she broke any number of federal laws of the sort which would have landed a lesser clown in jail.

    To quote FBI Director James Comey, “Although there is evidence of potential violations of the statutes regarding the handling of classified information, our judgment is that no reasonable prosecutor would bring such a case.”

    There is nuance in that statement. For starters, that there is evidence of violations. But also the stark political reality that no “reasonable prosecutor” would enforce the laws, considering who the perp is: the standard bearer for the Democrats going into this election.

    Besides, going after Clinton means crossing swords with Soros and no “reasonable prosecutor” would want to do that.

    Just saying…

     

  • A Portrait Of Quantitative Failure

    Simply put, it's not working stupid!

     

     

    Especially in Japan…

     

    But, as BofAML's Michael Hartnett notes, the details of what has been done and the consequences of those actions is, simply put, just embarrassing for all the central planners…

    • Dec’17: first FOMC meeting which market assigns >40% probability of rate hike
    • 659: number of global rate cuts since Lehman bankruptcy
    • $12.9tn: outstanding amount of bonds currently yielding <0% (= 29% of total)
    • $24.6tn: outstanding amount of global central bank holdings of financial assets
    • -1.1%: the most negative bond yield in the world (3-year Swiss government bond)
    • 107 years: time it takes to double your savings in 1-year US deposit account
    • 1387 years: time it takes to double your savings in 1-year German deposit account
    • 6932 years: time it takes to double your savings in 1-year Japanese deposit account
    • 5.7%: level of investor cash as % AUM (Jul’16 FMS), highest since Nov’01
    • $1.6tn: level of cash at US corporate sector, near record high
    • 1978: the year US labor market participation rate was as low as it is today
    • 21,084,000: current number of unemployed men and women in Europe
    • 49%, 45%, 39%: youth unemployment rate in Greece, Spain & Italy

    • 0.16%: the infinitesimal increase in Japan’s real GDP in the past 8 years
    • 25%: annualized YTD return from global government bonds in 2016, a 30-year high

    Eisteinian Yellenian madness… "doing the same thing over and over again and expecting different results."

  • 26 Million Americans Are Now "Too Poor To Shop" Study Finds

    A new study finds that roughly 26 million Americans remain "too poor to shop". The study, performed by America's Research Group, found that about 26 million Americans work on average two or three jobs at a time which, when added together, nets just shy of $30,000 in annual income. All while supporting anywhere from two to four children.

    The chairman of ARG, Mr. Britt Beemer, said in an interview with the NY Post that he first started looking into data when he was tracking a different indicator. Beemer first started tracking a group and surveying roughly 15,000 people to determine who had not finished Christmas shopping in 2014. During that year, the number was 21 percent but recently ran as high as 29%. From there Beemer decided to analyze the data further and learned American's are seeing increasing numbers of fellow citizens who are simply just too poor to shop.

    Beemer told the Post: "The poorest Americans have stopped shopping, except for necessities" and "It's scary when you start to see things that you've never seen before"…"People are so pessimistic about their future"

    Just this past April we wrote: "most Americans' savings continue to decline, and millions of US households not only don't have any money left over to save away, but are forced to resort to credit to fund day to day expenses."

    Recall from January the piece from the Atlantic that review that weak state of American's finances. The Atlantic learned that nearly 50% of Americans were not in a position to find $400 to pay of a doctor visit without reaching out to friends So not only are 26 million Americans too poor to shop, there are also 2/3 of Americans who have no savings.

    "Various surveys that I have talked about in the past have found that more than 60 percent of all Americans are living to paycheck to paycheck, but I didn’t realize that things were quite this bad for about half the country. If you can’t even come up with $400 for an unexpected emergency room visit, then you are just surviving from month to month by the skin of your teeth. Unfortunately, about half of us are currently in that situation."

    As The NY Post details, retailers have blamed the weather, slow job growth and millennials for their poor results this past year, but a new study claims that more than 20 percent of Americans are simply too poor to shop.

    These 26 million Americans are juggling two to three jobs, earning just around $27,000 a year and supporting two to four children — and exist largely under the radar, according to America’s Research Group, which has been tracking consumer shopping trends since 1979. “The poorest Americans have stopped shopping, except for necessities,” said Britt Beemer, chairman of ARG.

     

    Beemer has been tracking this subgroup for two years, ever since his weekly surveys of 15,000 consumers picked up that 21 percent of consumers did not finish their Christmas shopping in 2014 due to being too busy working.

     

    That number grew to 29 percent last year, and Beemer dug in to learn more about them, calling them on holidays. He estimates that this group has swelled from 6 million households four years ago, because their incomes have not kept pace with expenses like medical costs.

     

    Nearly half of all Americans have not seen an increase in salary over the last five to seven years, and another 28 percent have seen their take-home pay reduced by higher medical insurance deductions or switching to part-time jobs, ARG found. “It’s scary when you start to see things that you’ve never seen before,” said Beemer.

     

    “People are so pessimistic about their future.” Most of those living on the edge — 68 percent are women between the ages of 28 and 38 — work in retail or in call centers, according to Beemer.

     

    Another sign that a chunk of the population has pulled back its spending is that discounters like Walmart and the Dollar Store have been “holding their own,” said Richard Church, managing director of Discern Securities.

    The story of the increasing difficulty facing Americans in maintaining their standard of living continues… even after almost 10 years of Federal Reserve market-based intervention.

  • Breakdown Of US Citizens Killed By Cops In 2016

    In the U.S. a total of 509 citizens have been killed this year alone by police. The body count for the previous year stands at a grand total of 990 people shot dead, according to the Washington Post. As the below infographic from Statista shows, most of those killed by police are male and white. 123 of those shot were Black Americans. This is a relatively high share, keeping in mind that close to 13 percent of Americans belong to that ethnic group.

    Infographic: Breakdown of U.S. citizens killed by police in 2016 | Statista
    You will find more statistics at Statista

    What’s also disturbing is that according to the data compiled by the Washington Post a big proportion of those killed obviously showed signs of mental illness. Of the 509 killed this year at least 124 were thought to be suffering from such conditions.

    Many of those killed carried guns according to police records. In at least 22 cases officers mistook toy guns for the real thing.

  • From Cops To Clinton: Impunity Corrupts

    Submitted by Dan Sanchez via AntiWar.com,

    Wednesday, two shocking videos of police officers fatally shooting civilians (Alton Sterling and Philando Castile) surfaced. The day before, many were appalled to hear the Director of the FBI announce that Hillary Clinton would not be charged for mishandling classified information. The two events may seem unrelated, but at bottom, they concern the same fundamental problem: impunity.

    Impunity is the essence of power. What, after all, is power? Is it simply the capacity to exert unjust force? The ability to impress one’s will upon the flesh or belongings of another? No, it’s more than that.

    Most anyone can wield unjust force. Anyone could walk out onto the street right now and exert their will on somebody weaker: say, pushing over an old lady or stealing candy from a baby. And the toughest, or most heavily-armed guy in town can strong-arm just about any other single person.

    But isolated incidents of aggression do not constitute power. The “reign” of the rogue rampager is generally short-lived. It only lasts until the community recognizes him as the menace to society that he is and neutralizes him.

    Power isn’t simply about the exertion of unjust force. It is about what happens next, after the exertion. Does the perpetrator generally get away with, or not? Systematically getting away with it – or impunity – is where power truly lies. And that is what makes agents of the State different from any other bully. State agents can violate rights with reliable impunity because a critical mass of the public considers the aggression of state agents to be exceptionally legitimate. Impunity is power, and as Lord Acton said, power corrupts.

    The Impunity of the Badge

    State impunity is at the root of the problem of police violence. As agents of the exalted State, the police are seen as paladins of public order. The populace grants cops a special dispensation to commit violence that would be considered criminal if perpetrated by anybody else. This privilege is enshrined in law most clearly as the doctrine of “qualified immunity.” As Evan Bernick of the Institute for Justice wrote:

    In the 1967 case of Pierson v. Ray, the Supreme Court held that police officers sued for constitutional violations can raise ‘qualified immunity’ as a defense, and thereby escape paying out of their own pockets, even if they violated a person’s constitutional rights.

    When victims of police violence or their heirs seek redress and are awarded monetary payments, it is taxpayers, and not the cops, who pick up the tab. Police officers are rarely even prosecuted for violence inflicted while they’re on the clock. The worst that an offending officer can generally expect to face is getting fired, but he will more likely just get a paid suspension.

    Thus insulated from responsibility, officer treatment of “mundanes” is predictably often grossly irresponsible. Confident in being sheltered from consequences by their “blue privilege,” officers are far more prone to indulge in lethal cowardice: to place “officer safety” so far above civilian rights that they are willing to gun down a stranger at the slightest whiff of potential danger. Alton Sterling and Philando Castile each carried a gun, as they have the natural right to do. Neither threatened the officers with his weapon, or even brandished it. Yet in both cases, merely becoming aware of the guns sent a cop into a murderous panic. Both Sterling and Castile were fatally shot multiple times in the chest.

    The Impunity of High Office

    State impunity not only corrupts the regime’s low-level enforcers, but its elite policy makers as well. The FBI let Hillary Clinton off the hook for secrecy violations she committed as Secretary of State, even though these were much more egregious than violations that have earned lower-level personnel decades in prison. She used technology that was more open to being compromised by spies and hackers, while at the same less open to legal and public scrutiny.

    But the kinds of activities she was hiding are far more criminal than the fact that she hid them. As Secretary of State, Hillary Clinton played a key role in bringing war to such places as Libya, Syria, and Honduras, and in escalating the war in Afghanistan. She is complicit in causing untold death and misery.

    Yet, thanks to her connections and her position in the state power apparatus, she faces no consequences for her crimes, and is free to acquire even more immunity and power as a likely President of the United States.

    It is the “sovereign immunity” she enjoys as an officeholder that has made Hillary Clinton so reckless and cavalier about the havoc she has wreaked around the world. If she thought she might ever be held accountable for upending entire countries, she would have likely been far less warlike in her policies.

    From policing to foreign policy, impunity corrupts, and absolute impunity corrupts absolutely.

  • What Happens When This Chart Hits Zero?

    Nothing good will come of this…

     

    Source: The Burning Platform

  • The Decline & Fall Of The Biggest Bond Market In The World Has Only One Inevitable Ending

    Government bonds are themselves becoming more illiquid, most particularly, as CLSA's Chris Wood notes, in a country like Japan where the Bank of Japan has been buying more than the net issuance. Monthly trading of JGBs by lenders and insurers has collapsed from a peak of ¥123tn in April 2012 to a record low of ¥15tn in May 2016.

     

    This raises the pertinent issue of whether the Bank of Japan has reached the practical limit of its government buying programme in terms of its current purchase programme of ¥80tn relative to estimated annual JGB net new issuance of ¥34tn.

    In this respect, the Japanese central bank has from a potentially monetisation standpoint always defended the integrity of its JGB purchase programme by stressing that it only buys JGBs in the secondary market, which means that the seller of the JGB to the BoJ forfeits a claim to that asset. This is contrasted to what would happen if the BoJ bought JGBs in the primary market on an open-ended basis.

    Such a process would be highly inflationary and, sooner or later, would be viewed by the market as such.

    And as Wood concludes, the next step is obvious…

    This is why Japan, as well as America, is also a candidate for monetisation of infrastructure stimulus or for what Bernanke has called a “money-financed fiscal programme”, or what has been called in other quarters “overt monetary financing”. This is because Bank of Japan governor Haruhiko Kuroda is now looking for a new alternative form of monetary easing, given he has probably reached the practical limits of responsible JGB buying, as already discussed, while his initial move to impose negative rates in January led to the opposite market reaction than expected (ie, a stronger yen and a weaker stock market, see Figure 8) while also proving politically very unpopular. This probably explains why Kamikaze Kuroda has not expanded the negative rate policy further since January even though inflation and inflation expectations have moved in the opposite direction of what he has been targeting.

     

     

    The latest data will make it harder for Kuroda to do nothing at the next BoJ policy meeting due to be held on 28-29 July given the stress he has put on monitoring inflation expectations. That is unless he just admits he has failed!

     

     

    Given the unattractive options of buying still more JGBs or ETFs, or risking an undoubtedly unpopular expansion of negative rates, Kuroda and indeed Abe will be looking for a new approach. Monetisation of infrastructure stimulus may be the option.

     

    Meanwhile, in an effort to calm potential concerns about the integrity of the fiscal budget central bankers implementing such a future monetisation of infrastructure spending will doubtless be at pains to describe the process as a “one off” though, as the ever theoretical Bernanke stated in his blog: "To have its full effect, the increase in the money supply must be perceived as permanent by the public."

     

     

    a policy of “helicopter money” is only likely to work if it is done on an ongoing basis and in continuing and growing amounts. But at that point the risk of a policy mistake grows exponentially, in terms of a potentially destabilising pickup in inflation expectations and a related pickup in velocity.

    The above discussion on how future experiments with unconventional policy could impact markets is far from theoretical since all the evidence is that central bankers are not prepared to acknowledge the overwhelming empirical evidence that their policies are not working and, indeed, are having the opposite effect of what is intended. Instead they remain obsessed with policy frameworks influenced by inflation targeting and monitoring inflation expectations. It is, therefore, critical for investors to focus on what could be the next version of the monetary laboratory experiment with the obvious catalyst for that turning point market realisation that the Federal Reserve is not going to be able to normalise monetary policy.

    Source: CLSA's Greed & Fear

  • When Narratives Go Bad

    By Ben Hunt Of Epsilon Theory

    When Narratives Go Bad (pdf link)

     

    How many things served us yesterday as articles of faith, which today are fables for us?

    – Michel de Montaigne, The Complete Essays (1580)

    * * *

    That same night, I wrote my first short story. It took me thirty minutes. It was a dark little tale about a man who found a magic cup and learned that if he wept into the cup, his tears turned into pearls. But even though he had always been poor, he was a happy man and rarely shed a tear. So he found ways to make himself sad so that his tears could make him rich. As the pearls piled up, so did his greed grow. The story ended with the man sitting on a mountain of pearls, knife in hand, weeping helplessly into the cup with his beloved wife’s slain body in his arms.

    – Khaled Hosseini, The Kite Runner (2003)

    A fable for our times, the ultimate disposition of extraordinary monetary policy. Bad news is good news until bad news is all we know. Global growth is the wife.

    * * *

    The idea of negative interest rates strikes many people as odd. Economists are less put off by it. … The anxiety about negative interest rates seen recently in the media and in markets seems to me to be overdone. Logically, when short-term rates have been cut to zero, modestly negative rates seem a natural continuation; there is no clear discontinuity in the economic and financial effects of, say, a 0.1 percent interest rate and a -0.1 percent rate.

    – Former Fed Chair Ben Bernanke, “What Tools Does the Fed Have Left?”, March 18, 2016

    Bernanke is right – economists are not put off by the idea of negative rates. And that’s exactly the problem. There’s a huge discontinuity between a 0.1 percent interest rate and a -0.1 percent interest rate, but economists don’t see it because it’s a BEHAVIORAL discontinuity. Positive rates permit investing behaviors based on fundamentals and compounding. Negative rates require investing behaviors based on hope for a greater fool.

    * * *

    My Sunday school teachers had turned Bible narrative into children’s fables. They talked about Noah and the ark because the story had animals in it. They failed to mention that this was when God massacred all of humanity. 

    – Donald Miller, Blue Like Jazz: Nonreligious Thoughts on Christian Spirituality (2003). The condescension of modern status quo Narrative construction is staggering. It’s a mistake to do this with kids, and it’s a bigger mistake to do this with voters and investors

    * * *

    A major European power, a longtime defender of liberal democracy, pluralism and free markets, falls under the sway of a few cynical politicians who see a chance to exploit public fears of immigration to advance their careers. They create a stark binary choice on an incredibly complex issue, of which few people understand the full scope — stay in or quit the E.U.

    – New York Times columnist Tom Friedman, doing his part to create a status quo protecting Narrative post-Brexit, where government “unforgivably” abdicated its responsibility by “allowing” foolish citizens who can’t possibly know their own self-interest to vote on something that’s “incredibly complex” and can only be understood by wise men … like Tom Friedman.

    * * *

    He spotted the entourage and security personnel that signaled another important person’s plane. With the temperature over 103 degrees, Mr. Clinton, rather than chatting on the scorching cement, climbed aboard to say hello to Attorney General Loretta E. Lynch.

    – New York Times “reporter” Amy Chozick, in a yeoman effort to maintain the status quo protecting Narrative. Nothing to see here folks, move along, just a sociable man trying to get out of the heat.

    * * *

    Stooges:  Simple Simon met a pieman,
                   Going to the fair;
                   Says Simple Simon to the pieman,
                   Let me taste your ware.
                   Said the pieman to Simple Simon,
                   Show me first your penny.
                   Said Simple Simon to the pieman:

    Moe: Scram! Ya don’t get any! [throws pie in face]

    You can learn a lot about political Narrative creation by looking at dominant forms of satire and comedy. Satire today is as arch and elitist as the status quo institutions it defends, in sharp contrast to the populist, slapstick comedy of the Marx Brothers or the Three Stooges. I’ll bet there’s a 99% correlation between UK Leave voters and people who think Benny Hill is funny, and the same between UK Remain voters and people who think John Oliver is funny. For the Tom Friedmans of the world, the solution is simple: “educate” people that John Oliver is hilarious, but you’re a racist dope if you laugh at Benny Hill. Yeah, that’ll work.

    * * *

    I wrote my way out of hell.
    I wrote my way to revolution.
    I was louder than the crack in the bell.
    I wrote Eliza love letters until she fell.
    I wrote about The Constitution and defended it well.
    And in the face of ignorance and resistance,
    I wrote financial systems into existence.
    And when my prayers to God were met with indifference,
    I picked up a pen, I wrote my own deliverance.
    – Lin-Manuel Miranda, Hamilton (2015)

    Why does Hamilton work? Because it’s not arch and it’s not elitist. Because it takes one of the most powerful and long-lived Narratives in modern history — the Founding Fathers — and tells the story without irony, without condescension, and without the (literal) whitewashing of other storytellers.
    The Old Stories still work when you play them straight. Thank you, Lin-Manuel.

    * * *

    Choronzon: I am a dire wolf, prey-stalking, lethal prowler.
    Morpheus: I am a hunter, horse-mounted, wolf-stabbing.
    Choronzon: I am a horsefly, horse-stinging, hunter-throwing.
    Morpheus: I am a spider, fly-consuming, eight legged.
    Choronzon: I am a snake, spider-devouring, poison-toothed.
    Morpheus: I am an ox, snake-crushing, heavy-footed.
    Choronzon: I am an anthrax, butcher bacterium, warm-life destroying.
    Morpheus: I am a world, space-floating, life-nurturing.
    Choronzon: I am a nova, all-exploding… planet-cremating.
    Morpheus: I am the Universe — all things encompassing, all life embracing.
    Choronzon: I am Anti-Life, the Beast of Judgment. I am the dark at the end of everything. The end of universes, gods, worlds … of everything. Sss. And what will you be then, Dreamlord?
    Morpheus: I am hope.

    ? Neil Gaiman, The Sandman, Vol. 1: Preludes and Nocturnes (1991)

    There was a tale he had read once, long ago, as a small boy: the story of a traveler who had slipped down a cliff, with man-eating tigers above him and a lethal fall below him, who managed to stop his fall halfway down the side of the cliff, holding on for dear life. There was a clump of strawberries beside him, and certain death above him and below. What should he do? went the question.

    And the reply was, Eat the strawberries.

    The story had never made sense to him as a boy. It did now.

    – Neil Gaiman, American Gods (2001)

    The fin of any siècle is almost always a rough ride, even if we end up dreaming a better dream. In investing as in life there’s never enough time, and we are beset on all sides. Eat the strawberries

    * * *

     

    Here’s my most basic view on everything that’s happening in the world right now, politically, economically, socially … all of it: the Fix is still in, but it’s getting harder and harder to maintain.

    The Fix is the status quo, and it goes by different labels of identity depending on what you’re talking about. “European Union” is one of those labels. “Central Banking” is one. “Clinton” is another. They aren’t real things at all, but are statements of shared identity that channel our behavior in highly predictable patterns that are, in turn, highly useful to The Powers That Be, and are maintained by expressions of Common Knowledge such as “everyone knows that everyone knows that Brexit was a grievous mistake” or “everyone knows that everyone knows that low interest rates spur the economy.” Those expressions of Common Knowledge are also called Narratives, and the Narratives are dying.

    And yes, I know that this all sounds suspiciously philosophical and divorced from our investing reality, but bear with me for a moment, because the punchline here is going to be that I think what I’m describing is the ONLY thing that matters for our investing reality. Our reality is not determined by the antics of the flesh-and-blood Hillary Clinton or Donald Trump, but by the status quo ideas and institutions represented by and threatened by the human-shaped cartoons we call “Hillary Clinton” and “Donald Trump”. To figure out what’s next for markets, we have to figure out why “Clinton” – shorthand for globalism (it’s not called The Clinton Global Initiative for nothing) and a sort of technocratic, condescending, principle-less, democracy-suspicious manner of governing – is failing. We have to figure out why Bill Clinton’s stroll across the Phoenix tarmac to chat up the Attorney General was a) reported at all, and b) greeted by derision and despair within his own party. If you don’t like my use of the label “Clinton” or if you think I’m being too political, replace it with “Brussels” or “Beijing”. It’s all the same thing, just three different shades of gray.

    And I really couldn’t care less, professionally at least, what actually transpired between Bill Clinton and Loretta Lynch, or what Hillary Clinton actually believed about her email security classifications. What I care deeply about, however, is how the Narrative around these events is being shaped and reshaped, because that Narrative will determine the path and outcome of every election and every market on Earth. And what I can tell you is that I am shocked by the diminishing half-life of status quo protecting Narratives, by the inability of Big Institutions and Big Money and Big Media and Big War and Big Academia to lock down an effective story that protects the State, even when their competition is primarily comprised of clowns (dangerous clowns, but clowns all the same) like Donald Trump and Nigel Farage. There’s a … tiredness … to the status quo Narratives, a Marie Antoinette-ish world weariness that sighs and pouts about those darn peasants all the way to the guillotine.

    We’ve seen this before. History is littered with failed Narratives, once-powerful arrays of Common Knowledge that somehow lose their ability to compel human behavior and eventually become mere myth. That’s where Narratives go to die. They become fables, stories that we chuckle at, stories that we shake our heads at and ask “did people really believe in all that?” Michel de Montaigne – who invented the essay as a literary form and was the first blogger, albeit more than 400 years before Al Gore invented the Internet – wrote about the devolution of faith to fable back in the 16th century. It’s a phenomenon as old as humanity itself. Manifest Destiny … Cultural Revolution … these were Narratives every bit as powerful in their day as European Union or Clinton in ours. Now they’re historical curiosities, something you come across on a Wikipedia bender.

    The rarity isn’t the Narrative that dies and fades into myth, but the Narrative that survives by re-inventing itself, by finding its words and stories repurposed and retold for a modern ear. For example, the Narrative of the American Founding Fathers is as potent today as it was 100 years ago, maybe more so, and that was before Hamilton gave it a new telling and a new power chord.

    Why are the status quo protecting Narratives faltering so badly? I think it’s because status quo political and economic institutions – particularly Central Banks – have failed to protect incomes and have pushed income and wealth inequality past a political breaking point. They made a big bet: we’re going to bail-out/paper-over the banks to prevent massive losses in the financial sector, we’re going to inflate the stock market so that the household sector feels wealthier, and we’re going to make vast sums of money available for the corporate and government sectors to borrow really cheaply. And as the McKinsey chart here shows, by Q2 2014 they had largely succeeded on all counts, certainly in getting the corporate and government sectors to borrow trillions in new debt.

    salient-epsilon-theory-ben-hunt-when-narratives-go-bad-july-7-2016-global-stock

     

    The result, or so the thinking went, of all this pump-priming or bridge-building or whatever metaphor you please would be for all four basic sectors of the global economy – households, corporations, governments, and financial institutions – to consume more and invest more and fail never, which would in turn create a virtuous, self-sustaining cycle of risk taking, real growth, and real wealth creation.

    salient-epsilon-theory-ben-hunt-when-narratives-go-bad-july-7-2016-john-oliver

    It was a reasonable bet to make. But the bet failed. Why? There’s a book or two to write on this, but I’ll sum it up this way: you can no more force corporations to invest for growth if they don’t believe it’s safe than you can force people to watch John Oliver if they don’t think he’s funny. Sure, they’ll tell you that they think he’s funny, because everyone knows that everyone knows that John Oliver is funny, and they need to go along with the Common Knowledge to be successful social animals. But in their heart of hearts, they don’t think John Oliver is funny. Now to be clear, I’m picking on John Oliver to make a point. Personally, I think he’s funny. Some of the time. Well … kind of funny. I guess. Okay, I don’t really think he’s very funny. Sorry. And the truth is that if you paid me to watch HBO, just as Central Banks are basically paying corporations to borrow money, I’m going to watch 20 Game of Thrones re-runs before I watch a single episode of Last Week Tonight with John Oliver, just as corporations are going to buy back stock and hoard cash 20 times more than invest in new jobs or new equipment.

    So what does this have to do with incomes? Two things.

    First, little of the increased corporate or government borrowing trickled down into jobs or wage income growth. We’ve all seen the charts. Real wage growth is nonexistent in the Western world. Second, to make it feasible for corporations and governments to borrow these trillions of dollars in the first place, every bit of Central Bank balance sheet expansion (buying bonds) and balance sheet “twist” (buying longer duration bonds) and expansion of allowable securities for purchase (buying more kinds of bonds) and imposition of negative rates (charging you interest if you don’t buy longish-term bonds) was designed to – you guessed it – buy more bonds and thus drive up bond prices and drive down interest rates, particularly longish-term bond prices and longish-term interest rates. That’s great if you’re an investor looking for a percentage return on your bond portfolio. That’s terrible, however, if you’re an investor looking for an income from your bond portfolio. Over the past seven years, Central Banks have rewarded the return-seeking bond buyer many times over, and they’ve done nothing but punish the income-seeking bond buyer.

    Put these two income squelchers together – zero wage income growth because corporations aren’t investing for growth and less-than-zero investment income growth because Central Banks have crushed rates – and you have a vast swath of the voting public in every developed nation on Earth that (rightfully!) feels aggrieved and left behind by the gleaming economic recovery that the status quo Narrative Missionaries tout at every turn. Notably, the failure of wage income growth skews younger and Democrat/left. The failure of investment income growth skews older and Republican/right. The status quo Narratives could survive (and have many times) an assault from one wing of the electorate or the other. But from both simultaneously? It’s going to be a close call.

    But here’s the even larger problem lurking in the not-so distant future, and it’s found in the behavioral WHY of return-seeking bond buyers versus income-seeking bond buyers. These are two entirely different investor populations from a behavioral perspective, with different languages and different investment genotypes. When I hear an investor or financial advisor ask, “Why in the world would I buy a Swiss bond with a -0.5% interest rate?” I know that I’m talking to an income-seeking bond buyer. The return-seeking bond buyer, on the other hand, says “Hey, if you’re right about the world, those Swiss bonds currently yielding -0.5% are going to -1.0%, which means that the price is going up. Where can I buy one of those?”

    The only rational owner of a negative rate bond is a pure return seeker; there are zero income seekers holding negative rate bonds. Why is this a problem? Because income seekers will continue to own bonds even if the price goes down (for a while, anyway; at the very least, they are sticky owners). Return seekers, on the other hand, are not sticky owners at all. They will only own a bond if they think that the price is going up – meaning in this case that yields will continue to become even more negative, i.e., that there’s a greater fool (probably in the form of a Central Bank) willing to pay higher and higher prices for these income-destroying bonds – and they will sell in a heartbeat if they think this dynamic is changing.

    There is, to cop a phrase from the People’s Bank of China, a massive “one-way bet” on negative rate sovereign debt today. The momentum trade has crystallized to perfection in negative rate bonds, which has grown to become a $10+ trillion (yes, that’s trillion with a T) asset class. I think it’s the most crowded trade in the world from a behavioral or investment DNA perspective, and the moment you get even a whiff of the ECB or BOJ backing down from or reaching its limit of greater foolishness, you are going to get a rush to the exit on ALL sovereign bonds that will shake global capital markets to their core. It’ll be good times till then, as it always is, and I am seeing zero signs of Central Bankers backing down from their greater foolishness. But we have once again set up the global financial system as an inverted pyramid, with a $10 trillion asset class poised on a single, solitary piece of Common Knowledge —– what everyone knows that everyone knows. In 2008, the $10 trillion asset class of residential mortgage backed securities (RMBS) was entirely based on the Common Knowledge that it was impossible to have a nationwide decline in U.S. home prices. When that Narrative failed, the entire inverted pyramid came crashing down. In 2016, the $10 trillion asset class of negative rate sovereign bonds is entirely based on the Common Knowledge that there is no limit to the greater foolishness of Central Banks. If this Narrative fails, the entire inverted pyramid will come crashing down again. Hence my punchline: monitoring this and related status quo protecting Narratives (like the concerted effort to paint Brexit as a one-off blunder, just like Bear Stearns was painted in 2008) is the only thing that really matters for our investment reality.

    What to do? Convexity, convexity, convexity. Our portfolios should minimize the maximum risk the world actually presents, not maximize the reward our crystal ball models predict. Timing, timing, timing. We need to pay attention to what matters, and right now that’s all policy and all Narrative all the time. In a negative rate world, you’ve got to think in terms of catalysts, not “stocks for the long haul”. And one more thing. To paraphrase Groucho Marx in Duck Soup, if a four-year-old can’t understand what you’re doing in your portfolio, don’t do it. For me, that means real assets and real yield, fractional ownership in real companies with real cash flows from real economic activity with real people. You know, what a stock market used to mean before it became a Central Bank casino. For more on all these points, I’d point you directly to the recent Epsilon Theory notes “Hobson’s Choice and “Cat’s Cradle.

    I know that this all comes across as very negative about the world and our investing future, and that’s because it is. To use a poker analogy, we were dealt some bad cards, the Central Banks waaay overplayed the hand, and now we’ve got to figure out how to extricate ourselves without losing our entire stake. But is this a hopeless situation? No. The most important lesson I ever learned from my mentors in this business is this: always live to fight another day. We can do that. It won’t be fun and it won’t be pretty and we’ll have some scars to show for it, but we can do that. The useful lesson from the Biblical Flood Narrative isn’t a pleasant fable about Noah saving the cute and cuddly animals. The useful lesson is that hubris must be confronted, hope is always present, and that preparation and honest actions will see us through any storm. Yes, we can do that.

     

  • Dramatic Footage Shows Dallas Shooter Engage In Firefight With Policeman

    As more and more video emerges following Thursday night’s deadly Dallas shoot out, we get a new understanding of just how intense last night was.

    The video embedded below is 1:16 in length and shows an SUV with flashers on in the foreground.  The suspect in the background is distracted with someone who starts out off camera and eventually comes into the scene.  The suspect appears to hide behind a pillar while looking off to the right hand side of the shot:

    A few moments pass and coming in off the right hand side of the shot we see a person in black clothing appear before a shootout begins:

    A close range shootout takes place, with sparks from shots hitting metal spraying in the background.  It is unclear though if this shootout involved a police officer or an armed citizen providing some line of defense:

    * * *

    FULL VIDEO:

Digest powered by RSS Digest

Today’s News 8th July 2016

  • Lagarde Flip-Flops Again On Brexit, Warns Of "Disastrous" Trump-Style Protectionism

    Submitted by Michael Shedlock via MishTalk.com,

    Ahead of the vote on Brexit, IMF head Christine Lagarde warned of a prolonged period of uncertainty.

    After the vote, Largarde said Brexit provided the EU a better opportunity for reform.

    Today Largarde is certain of disastrous consequences if another large county turns protectionist. In doing so, she pointed her finger at Donald Trump.

    Lagarde's Changing Tune on Brexit

    Lagarde Points Finger at Trump

    Please consider Lagarde Warns Trump-Style Protectionism Would Hit World Economy.

    Britain’s vote to leave the EU is already casting a shadow over international growth, the International Monetary Fund chief said in an interview, adding that the imposition of new trade barriers in another large economy could have ruinous effects.

     

    “I think it would be quite disastrous, actually. Well I don’t think I should say disastrous because that is an excessive word and I should refrain from excessive words. But it would certainly have a negative impact on global growth,” she told the Financial Times.

     

    [Mish Comment: So is it quite disastrous or simply negative? Her meaning is uncertain]

     

    Any uncertainty surrounding a Trump presidency would probably yield more instability in financial markets, similar to the upheaval in the wake of last month’s UK referendum, she said in response to a question. But the IMF chief took care to avoid singling out any politician or referring to Mr Trump by name.

     

    [Mish comment: Lagarde took care to avoid singling out Trump, while singling out Trump]

     

    Ms Lagarde said “waves of protectionism” in the past had “preceded many wars” and that protectionism “hurts growth, hurts inclusion and hurts people”.

     

    Ms Lagarde said she did not want to get involved in the political debate in the US, the IMF’s biggest shareholder. But she made clear her dim view of the policies of Mr Trump, who has proposed punitive tariffs on goods from China and Mexico and ripping up US trade pacts such as the North American Free Trade Agreement.

     

    [Mish comment: Lagarde does not want to get into the political debate in the US, but hands Hillary campaign talking points on a silver platter]

     

    The IMF’s assessment of the impact of the Brexit vote on the UK economy depends heavily on what sort of trade relationship with the EU a new government would be able to negotiate, she said.

     

    Should a deal preserve access to the single market — such as Norway now enjoys — then the UK economy would be only 1.5 per cent smaller by 2019 than would be the case if Britain remained part of the EU. Were a deal to lead to the UK’s access to the EU’s 27 other economies being subject to tariffs under World Trade Organisation rules, it would cost the UK 4.5 per cent growth.

     

    The IMF had not modelled the economic impact of a scenario in which the UK’s exit from the EU drags on and uncertainty continues for a year or more, Ms Lagarde said, but the political crisis set off by the vote could make such events likely.

     

    [Mish comment: The IMF warned of a prolonged period of uncertainty but did not model the result even though the “political crisis set off by the vote could make such events likely”. How likely? The following paragraph provides the answer]

     

    “Do we have a forecast and scenario with prolonged uncertainty, total lack of clarity, no triggering of Article 50 [the official notification required to leave the EU], things staying in limbo for a long period of time? No. We don’t have that. We doubt that it would be sustainable politically, geopolitically,” she said.

     

    [Mish comment: Prolonged uncertainty is both likely and unlikely]

     

    For the July 19 update of the IMF’s World Economic Outlook, Ms Lagarde said the organisation was looking at presenting a variety of possible scenarios for the global economy depending on the outcome of Brexit discussions — a departure from its usual format.

     

    [Mish comment: I can hardly wait. Until then, the uncertainty is nearly killing me]

    Waves of Protectionism

    If Lagarde wanted to make a positive contribution she should have embraced free trade, totally and completely.

    She is correct on one thing. And it’s a very big thing: “Waves of protectionism in the past had preceded many wars. Protectionism hurts growth, hurts inclusion and hurts people“.

    The solution is so simple it’s beyond Lagarde’s comprehension.

    The EU, US, and Asia ought to work out a genuine free trade agreement not a mind-numbing set of rules and regulations that encompass the EU, nor secret agreements like Obama’s proposed Trans Pacific Partnership (TPP) that has little to do with free trade.

    A genuine free trade agreement would consist of a single statement: “Effective immediately, all tariffs and subsidies, on all goods and services, are removed.”

    For more on TPP, Tariffs, the WTO, and free trade, please see …

    Lagarde finally issued a statement on trade that made sense. But it was buried in a series of flip-flops and conflicting ideas that makes it clear she really does not understand what free trade means.

    Nonetheless, her warning about trade is correct. A global trade war could indeed have disastrous consequences. And it’s not just Trump who could start one.

    Clinton, Trump and Sanders have all made similar statements on trade. For details, please see Today’s Quiz: Donald Trump, Bernie Sanders, Hillary Clinton – Who Said It?.

  • What Are You Going To Do About It?

    Authored by StraightLineLogic's Robert Gore via The Burning Platform blog,

    Even small children recognize injustice, especially when they are its victims. “No fair” is the common schoolyard refrain. A sense of justice undoubtedly serves a host of evolutionary purposes. Imagine a world where the unjust, the wrong, always triumphed. Thieves prospered as crime went unpunished, the few stalwarts hewing to honesty and rectitude were marginalized or eliminated, and this social order evoked commendation rather than condemnation. How long would such a society survive? Cynics will say we are there now. That’s overblown, but they have a point.

    A desire for political change that becomes an actual movement drip-feeds on perceived injustices. No political movement of consequence fails either to wrap its objectives in the mantle of justice or portray its opponents as evil. The Declaration of Independence is a transcendently important work of political philosophy, but it’s also a laundry list of grievances against King George. The aggrieved, not the political theorists, propel revolutions. The straw that breaks the camel’s back is often relatively minor, even trivial. However, it generally has disproportionate symbolic importance. The tea tax exacted on the colonists was a pittance, but it inspired the Boston Tea Party and the revolutionaries’ “No taxation without representation” slogan.

    Eric Hoffer noted that: “What starts out here as a mass movement ends up as a racket, a cult, or a corporation” (The Temper of Our Time, 1967). The government birthed after the revolution has indeed degenerated into a racket, and those not in on it increasing recognize its injustices. It still tries to wrap its objectives in the mantle of justice, but the sole objective of government has become more government.

    When the American welfare state got started during the Depression, it was sold as a humanitarian response to that crisis. That sentiment may have animated some of those who paid for the New Deal back then; those who pay now know they’re getting fleeced. The government is a giant redistributive mechanism (with a substantial portion redistributed to the government), and most of those on the receiving end are not “needy.” They are, however, desirable sources of votes and payola.

    Between the low-class grifts of phony disability and unemployment and the high-class swindles of government contracting, labor racketeering, influence peddling, subsidies, tax breaks, regulatory machinations, spurious litigation, and all the other ways the denizens of America’s richest metropolitan area line their and their cronies’ pockets, those stout souls who still engage in honest and productive labor know they’re being robbed blind. Beneath the shrugs and resignation, fires of anger burn, and cauldrons of resentment bubble.

    Fires and cauldrons dot the landscape. Nobody has forgotten who got bailed out in the last financial crisis—banks, other large financial institutions, and a couple of car companies—and who didn’t—millions of homeowners with underwater homes and foreclosed mortgages. It requires no great perspicacity to recognize who has benefitted from central bank policies since the crisis—leveraged speculators—and who has not—everybody else, with particular harm suffered by savers and those living on fixed incomes. Burn and bubble.

    We’re all supposed to be blind to race, gender, ethnicity, sexual preference, and every other characteristic held to be irrelevant to human worth, except when it comes to government contracting, employment, and admission to institutions of learning. Might that rile those excluded because they didn’t have the right set of irrelevant characteristics? Proponents of such exclusion are invited to make their case directly to the excluded, and are advised to be careful when they do so. Victims don’t like being told they’re being screwed for the greater good.

    That would include the victims of Obamacare, who have seen their medical and insurance choices shrink as their premiums and deductibles rise. Trite homilies that they are helping fund insurance and care for those who previously had none do nothing to assuage their anger, and undoubtedly increase it. Access to quality medical care is a significant concern for the nation’s aging population, and the law’s destructive absurdity, blessed by tortured Supreme Court rationalizations, is now obvious. As the quality of the US medical system deteriorates, people will suffer needlessly, or die when they should have lived. Victims and their survivors will be understandably perturbed.

    Justice and equality are inseparable. Equality here does not mean the fatuous and impossible equality of outcomes that animates collectivists, but equality before the law. Equality of outcomes in all its collectivist guises obliterates equality before the law, the foundation of which is the concept of individual rights. For that concept to have any meaning, each individual must have the same rights, which receive the same protection from the government. Individual, equal rights must be the basis of the law, and when they are not, no justice is possible.

    Law instead becomes a tool wielded by those who control the government against everyone else. This week’s announcement by FBI Director James Comey that the FBI would recommend against charging Hillary Clinton in the email matter is the government wielding the law to protect its own. The fix has been in since at least 1913, when it gave itself permission to steal its constituents’ money (the income tax) and to begin the process of profitably substituting its scrip for gold (the Federal Reserve Act). The Clinton fix is business as usual. The exempt-from-the-law class expect outrage and contemptuously ignore it. Indeed, disclosure of the Loretta Lynch-Bill Clinton meeting may have been designed to rub the noses of the not-exempt in it. Yes, it looks terrible, but we run things, you don’t. You don’t like it? Tough shit, what are you going to do about it?

    The not-exempt are left with the thin gruel of cynicism and the even thinner gruel of resignation. Are we without recourse? There are those burning fires and boiling cauldrons, fueled by Mt. Saint Helens’ magma-builds of righteous rage. Comey’s decision notches up the temperature. As important, there are the manifest weaknesses of the exempt, not the least of which is their arrogance and inability to even recognize, much less acknowledge, them. A not exhaustive list: debt; their anachronistic command and control philosophy; an imperial, costly, stupidly counterproductive, and unsustainable foreign policy; an economy held together by central bank baling wire and illusion; a hollowed-out industrial base; stagnant incomes; a bought off class of savages that must stay bought off to forestall chaos; immigration; terrorism, and cities on the verge of financial collapse.

    King George and cohorts enacted the tea tax with the same insouciance with which the exempt have once again exempted Hillary. They had no idea they were lighting the fuse of revolution. What are we the outraged, the disgusted, the cynical, and yes, even the resigned, to do about this latest depredation? That last, one-too-many evil of the exempt turns ordinary citizens into nothing-to-lose revolutionaries. Don’t say it can’t happen; it has happened, repeatedly throughout history. Power’s inevitable corruption, oppression, and the best of humanity’s refusal to live their lives in chains has extinguished, against daunting odds, many an evil regime… and will continue to do so. Revolutions require revolutionaries. It would be altogether fitting and proper if this travesty—announced one day after Independence Day—was the tea tax to a Boston Harbor-style rebuke of the Clintons and their criminal class come November, and served as a rallying cry for a revolt that doesn’t end until the entire lot of them are overthrown.

  • What To Expect From Tomorrow's Jobs Report And One Troubling Chart

    Remember all those hyperbolic warnings over the years that “this is the most important jobs report” ever? Well, the one due out tomorrow may not be that, but it certainly is one of the most important ones in the past year, and one that will certainly have an impact if not on the Fed’s future actions then certainly on the market’s (once again erroneous) expectations of what Yellen may do, especially if it is a +/- 60,000 outlier from the consensus estimate of 180,000.

    Recall last month’s “shocking” jobs print, when only 35,000 new jobs were created, the lowest number since September 2010?

    Well, that one print was sufficient to convince the market there would be no more rate hikes in 2016 and most of 2017. A few weeks later, first the capitulatory June Yellen press conference and shortly after the just as “shocking” Brexit, effectively killed the rate hike cycle, with the market now pricing in one full rate hike (that is 0.25bps) all the way in 2018. As LIesman raged, “The Fed Is As Close To Capitulation As I’ve Ever Seen Them.”

    But maybe there is some hope still. If so, it will be revealed in tomorrow’s payrolls report. As Bloomberg says, “the June jobs report will take on even more importance than usual. Economists and policy makers will use it to determine whether the strongest part of the economy slowed sharply even before concerns over global growth intensified, or if the labor market was merely hit by a temporary soft patch.” Ignoring that jobs are among the most lagging economic indicators known, the general (confused) consensus about what payrolls indicate suggests an outsized market response may be forthcoming.

    “There is a potential for a big reassessment on Friday for the outlook,” said Jim O’Sullivan, chief U.S. economist at High Frequency Economics Ltd. in Valhalla, New York. “Given how much views changed after the last report, I get the sense that the anticipation level going into this one is unusually high.”

    Wall Street consensus expects 180,000 jobs to be added in June following the abysmal 35,000 in May. One benefit will come from the return to work of striking employees at Verizon. 35,100 Verizon employees ended their almost seven-week work stoppage on May 31. Once the strikers are factored out, “that does imply some net slowing of the trend,” O’Sullivan said. Still, that rate of hiring “remains more than strong enough to keep the unemployment rate trending down.”

    Another “good” datapoint will be unemployment rate, expected to rise to 4.8% after falling to a more than eight-year low of 4.7% in May. This however was due to an exodus of workers from the labor force, as the participation rate resumed its plunge.

    Earnings will also be closedly watched, with average hourly earnings expected to rise 0.2% in June from the month before and 2.7% Y/Y. However, if that again comes at the expense of yet another decline in hours worked it will be a clear stagflationary sign for the economy. Furthermore, since the wage number weakened in June 2015, a bigger bounce this year may be expected due to a base effect. Looking past that, there still seems to be a nascent acceleration in pay, said Ethan Harris, head of global economics research at BofA.

    There is also the strawman of the Brexit effect. Bloomberg paints it as follows: “Brexit complicates things. With U.S. economic data now being pored over for signs of weakness, there’s extra downside risk associated with a bad payrolls number — anything under 100,000, Harris said. Unfortunately, the report will offer little clarity on how employers reacted to the U.K.’s decision to leave the EU. With the referendum held June 23, any immediate impact to U.S. employment may have been limited, even as investors grew concerned that the global economy’s growth prospects have dimmed.”

    All of this is bunk, as Brexit will have had zero impact on US hiring (and firing) intentions for US corporations in the middle of last month, when the widely accepted probability of an actual Brexit outcome was virtually nil. Indeed, as the latest ISM surveys showed, producers expected a ‘negligible’ impact on their business due to Brexit and signaled they would probably not pare headcounts as a result of the vote.

    And speaking of ISMs, except for the non-manufacturing ISM report, all of the service sector employment surveys declined or were unchanged in June, including the Markit PMI (-0.1 to 52.4), the New York Fed’s Business Leaders survey (-0.2 to +2.0, after our seasonal adjustment), the Dallas Fed services survey (-2.5 to +2.0), and the Richmond Fed services survey (unchanged at +18.0). Today’s collapse in manufacturing jobs per the ADP report was the worst since 2010.

    Then again, and it goes without saying, when one cuts through the chase, the only thing that will matter is what instructions the guy who mans the BLS’ goalseek function is given.

    * * *

    What to expect from the market reaction? Here is a handy breakdown from one of the few voices on Wall Street we respect, BofA’s Michael Harnett:

    • Payroll risk is strong payroll (>225k) which causes relative outperformance of banks at the expense of bonds & quality stocks; strong US labor market & consumer data (note that US mortgage refi activity has been slowly creeping higher) that raises Fed hike expectations from the dead would lead to a short-term unwind of some very extended pair-trades across the world.
    • In contrast, a weak payroll (<125k) removes “terra firma” of US expansion, would in absolute terms be best for gold & volatility, and would ultimately cause further barbell outperformance.

    * * *

    But perhaps the best indicator of what may be really coming tomorrow is the following chart showing the complete collapse in online help wanted ads: as shown below, the Conference Board’s Help Wanted Online (HWOL) report showed another sharp drop in job posting in June, with the index now down 16% from its highs late last year.

     

    On its face, this chart would suggest a collapse in payrolls, incidentally something that we have seen in recent months. But fear not: the intrepid economists at the Federal Reserve who are always and everywhere able, willing and ready to explain away any negative data point, already have a ready explanation – the collapse in online help wanted ads is due to… rising prices for Craigslist ads.

    About 60 percent of online advertised vacancies are posted on only five of the largest job boards (?ahin et al., 2014). One of these five boards is Craigslist, which has used a particular business strategy in order to dominate the market for online vacancies. In particular, while its competitors like CareerBuilder or Monster typically charge $250-$500 for a 1-2 month job ad, Craigslist initially entered all geographical markets by allowing employers to advertise job postings for free. As a result, Craigslist “rose from near obscurity in 2005 to become a major contender, if not the leader, in online job posts by 2007” (Kroft and Pope, 2014). However, over time Craigslist gradually moved away from the model of free online vacancies and began charging $25 for a job ad in many metropolitan areas (Table 1). Moreover, at the end of 2015 Craigslist raised fees from $25 to $35 or $45 in selected metropolitan areas. All told, the average price for Craigslist job ads rose substantially, and roughly doubled since the end of 2012 (Figure 2), coinciding with the period when online vacancy posting as measured by HWOL noticeably underperformed the JOLTS vacancy growth.

     

    In this note, we suggest that interpreting the measure of job vacancies from HWOL data requires careful consideration of changes in the quickly-evolving market for online job postings. We have analyzed one such change–rising prices for Craigslist job postings–which explains an important part of the recent divergence between JOLTS and HWOL vacancies. Our finding is reminiscent of similar concerns about the now obsolete Help Wanted Advertising Index of print ads, which was affected by changes in advertising practices and changes in competition within the newspaper industry (Abraham, 1987). Given the critical nature of HWOL data in tracking the health of the US labor market, we believe the adjustments proposed here are a step towards improving analysts’ ability to interpret these data and can lead to a fuller understanding of labor market developments in real time.

    In short, if tomorrow’s jobs report is another epic disaster, we expect that the following blog post on the federal reserve website will mysteriously disappear. On the other hand, if June payrolls soar by 200,000 or more, well, just blame the greedy capitalists at Craigslist.

  • 1 Suspect In Custody After Snipers Kill 4 Cops, Wound 7 More In Downtown Dallas – Live Feeds

    Update – 0055ET: Oakland protesters block main freeway 880

    Police update on suspect…

    Caught on tape: 1 Shooter kills an officer…

     

    *  *  *

    Update – 0033ET: 1 Suspect in custody – found with suspicious package, person of interest whose picture was displayed turned himself in.

     

     

    *  *  *

    Update 4 – 1155ET

     

     

    Person of Interest Identified…

    Warn of possible bomb…

     

     

     

    *  *  *

    Update 3 – 1130ET – Police Chief confirms 10 Police Officers shot by snipers in Dallas, with at least 3 dead, 2 in surgery, and 3 in critical condition.

     

     

     

     

    • BREAKING NEWS: POLICE CHIEF CONFIRMS 10 POLICE OFFICERS SHOT IN DALLAS, TEXAS.

    *  *  *

    Update 2: According to Breaking 911, the Dallas gunman has been described as a black male wearing green ballistic vest with a long gun. Fox adds that 3-6 officers have been "gravely wounded" while according to the International Spectator there is an active situation at the Omni Hotel in Dallas. There are reports of two suspects.

    "There are three to six officers who are gravely wounded, according to my sources inside the Dallas Police Department," KDFW's Shaun Robb reported, adding, "This is going to be an international story."

    One was a Dallas police officer and the second officer was a Dallas Area Rapid Transit officer, KDFW is reporting. KDFW also reports that police are in negotiations with a second suspect.

    Local Fox-affiliate KTVT relayed police commands that the suspect was armed with a rifle in a nearby alley, after previously, the station had reported that at least one suspect was down, following SWAT officers with shields storming a parking garage.

    * * *

    Update 1: amazing video footage from the scene of the shooting

    * * *

    Earlier today we said that we expected violent retaliations during tonight's numerous rallies to protest the shooting of Philando Castile, and sadly just a few hours later, we were proven right. According to local news sources, several Dallas police officer have been reportedly shot down during a protest, causing the demonstrators to run out to clear the area. The armed suspect is reportedly on the loose, and police are urging people to avoid the area.

    The extent of the injuries are not known.

    The shootings took place as a rally and march in downtown was ending that showed solidarity for communities affected by officer-involved shootings this week in Louisiana and Minnesota.  Several hundred people gathered at Belo Garden Park in Dallas and marched to the Old Red Courthouse near Main and Market streets, where the rally ended just before the shots rang out nearby at about 9 p.m.

    There is no word on whether any civilians have been shot. Police have not released information on any possible suspects in the shooting. DART public transportation service is suspended in downtown due to police activity.

    As KDFW reports, an officer on the scene confirmed that at least two officers were shot but their conditions are unknown. The shooting happened just before 9 p.m. as the protesters were marching near Lamar and Main St.

    A uniformed officer confirmed that two officers were shot, a Fox News reporter on the scene has reported. G.J. McCarthy of the Dallas Morning News caught video just after shots were fired.

     

    Live feeds below

     

  • As Gun Violence Drives Sales, Shooting Ranges May Aid Local Education Efforts

    Emotions are running high in the US following a recent spate of violence at home and abroad. The gun debate, as exhausting as it has been, continues to rage on. Data shows us that the percent of total households who claim to have a gun has been declining, down to 36% in June from 53% back in January 1994.  

     

    At the same time, we have been witnessing YoY increases to the number of FBI background checks, aka NICS. Even though some polls show ownership rates are declining, it's not surprise to see gun sales increasing.  As we have covered in prior posts, using the FBI background checks – or NICS as they are known – we can reasonably deduce the demand for weapons in the US (excusing the fact that the dataset is incomplete given that we cannot track private gun sales which account for a material amount of overall sales).

    We have an increase of repeat buyers. And this cycle only grows as each violent event brings about increased government chatter of more regulation which then sparks fear in gun-owners and results in a spike in background checks and typically boosts sales.

    This morning Bloomberg noted the surge in background checks following the Orlando nightclub shooting:

    They also supplied an annotated chart of seasonally adjusted background checks:

    The rub here lies within education and maintenance of self-defense awareness. In 2015 IBIS published a report on shooting ranges in the US. Oddly, the areas with a greater concentration of shooting ranges relative to the population concentration in that region there was a lower degree of gun-related violence.  

    The following image shows regional concentration in percent of the total population of Establishments (shooting ranges) and the US population.  

    The southeast has roughly 25% of the US population concentrated there but only about 22% of the total Establishment (shooting range) population in the US is located in that same region. New England, Plains, Rocky Mountains all have a greater concentration of the total Establishments (shooting ranges) relative to their overall concentration of the US population.  

    Compared that with the next chart from the LA Times, one wonders if proper gun-owner education is what we should all be discussing since the areas with a higher human population and lower relative shooting range population appear have a higher level of gun violence:

    It is not as if the ranges lack use either.  Shooting ranges bring in about $1.3 billion in revenue annually and there are about 2100 businesses operating. Those are locations where education should and often does take place. People are influenced by other responsible gun-owners and safety always comes first. These are the places on the corner of your neighborhood near the county thruway maybe or in the commercial district just minutes away from a neighborhood. Amid swelling gun interest and sales, we have a way to not only control the upside insanity to what is legally allowed to be sold, but also have a way to work with those already packing heat and can help promote intelligent self-defense if only the current population of localized shooting ranges could be used more efficiently.

  • What's Starting Now Will Overturn The Entire System: "Complete Collapse of Everything"

    Submitted by Mac Slavo via SHTFPlan.com,

     

    “There’s too much of everything…” The debt, the currency collapse, the global economy, and the institutions we’ve all taken for granted.

    All of it is head for prolonged collapse, and revolution.

    economic-collapse-consequence

    Michael Krieger of Liberty Blitzkrieg warns about the immense scale of the problems that have been triggered by the Brexit – and could lead to the complete disintegration of the European Union.

    The status quo is being disrupted, and a major, major event is coming. This one may well be big enough to wipe everyone out, that is those who aren’t able to duck out and survive.

    As Michael Krieger tells Greg Hunter at USA Watchdog:

    Former Wall Street analyst and journalist Michael Krieger contends the recent so-called “Brexit” chaos is signaling something much bigger than coming economic trouble. Krieger explains, “I think the biggest thing with Brexit, and I think it is far bigger than an economic downturn, is the disintegration and ultimately the overthrow of the entire status quo regime, the entire post WWII establishment. That’s way bigger than an economic decline. It’s way bigger than the economic decline in 2008 and 2009. When you think about it, since 1945, we’ve had all kinds of economic declines. We’ve had bear markets and bull markets, but the status quo, the establishment, the basic principles that have been guiding the world for, let’s say 80 years now, those are what are going to be overthrown, and that is a way bigger deal than an economic downturn, in my opinion.”

     

    On the odds of a financial crash, Krieger contends, “In my writings, when I first came out of Wall Street, I focused on debt, I focused on economics and I focused on financial markets. I did all of that stuff, but I stopped doing that for one simple reason.

     

    It was obvious to me . . . that this thing had only one way to go, which is a complete collapse of everything. We’re going to need to start over. There’s too much debt. There’s too much corruption. There’s too much BS. There’s too much war. There’s too much everything that is bad in this world, and debt is one aspect of it. Are we going to have to wipe out the debts one way or the other? Of course, we will. I guess the reason I have stopped talking about that and writing about that is because it is so obvious. So, what I have been doing over the last three years is getting people aware and engaged on everything, not just the economics, but the political corruption. Every single industry in this world is basically hitting peak corruption, peak shadiness, peak violence and peak everything. So, it’s not just the debt or the economies that are going to collapse, it’s everything, the political establishment and the social fabric. All of these things we have been living under our entire lives will be replaced by something else. . . . The only question is, are we going to get something better or are we going to get something worse?”

    Things have reached fever pitch, and the populists are fed up with the system, and ready to revolt. Technology has changed all the arrangements, and literally everything, not only in economics, but in politics, and throughout society, is about to change in a transformative way.

  • Europe's Bank Crisis Arrives In Germany: €29 Billion Bremen Landesbank On The Verge Of Failure

    When most recently reporting on the latest European banking crisis, yesterday we observed a surprising development involving Deutsche Bank, namely the bank’s decision to quietly liquidate some of its shipping loans. As Reuters reported, “Deutsche Bank is looking to sell at least $1 billion of shipping loans to lighten its exposure to the sector whose lenders face closer scrutiny from the European Central Bank. 

    “They are looking to lighten their portfolio and this includes toxic debt. It makes commercial sense to try and sell off some of their book,” one finance source said. Deutsche Bank, which has around $5 billion to $6 billion worth of total exposure to the shipping sector, declined to comment.”

    This confirms what had long been speculated, if not confirmed, namely that German banks have been some of the biggest lenders to the shipping sector, a sector which has since found itself in significant trouble as a result of the ongoing slowdown in global trade.

    And now, it appears that some shipping loans gone very bad could be the catalyst for Europe’s banking crisis to finally breach the most impenetrable border of all, that of Germany.

    Because it is in Germany where we find what may be the next domino to fall as part of Europe’s latest banking crisis incarnation: Bremen Landesbank.

    Several weeks ago, the FT reported that the German Landesbank NordLB was considering taking full control of its smaller peer Bremer Landesbank (BLB), which is struggling under the weight of a portfolio of bad shipping loans. BLB, in which NordLB already owns 54.8%, warned last week that it would have to take a €400m writedown on its shipping portfolio, and that as a result it was facing a “mid-triple-digit million loss” this year.

    As the FT added, the admission prompted concerns about the health of the Bremen-based bank, which had €29bn in assets at the end of 2015, and BLB’s owners have since been holding talks on how to bolster the stricken lender’s capital position.

    In a statement made one month ago, NordLB’s chief executive, Gunter Dunkel, and Bremen’s finance minister, Karoline Linnert, said that BLB’s owners — NordLB, the city of Bremen, and the savings banks association in Northrhine Westphalia — had agreed to keep BLB’s capital “intact at an appropriate level”. “The form and size of the capital increase are currently being intensively discussed,” NordLB and the city of Bremen said. “The necessary decisions will be carried out by the end of 2016.”

    The market quickly read, and internalized the news, then promptly moved on: after all, with a bigger backer set to rescue the bank, there is nothing to worry about.

    Just one problem: that may no longer be the case.

    In an article released moments ago by Germany’s Handelsblatt titled a “Capital increase for ailing Landesbank is questionable“, the German paper writes that “shipping loans have brought Bremer LB into distress and the bank can not survive without government help, but a direct capital injection from Lower Saxony now looks unlikey.”

    The punchline, and where the narrative veers dramatically from the smooth sailing scenario presented last month by the FT, is that according to “Lower Saxony’ President Stephen Weil, a capital increase by his state and Bremen for the ailing bank is currently not realistic. “The classic method, namely when partners provide the necessary capital, does not seem to work,” the Prime Minister said to the “Weser-Kurier”. But, he added, “we will make every effort to save the Bremer Landesbank.

    Bremer LB’s sudden fall from bailout grace appears to be the latest result of political conflict, because as Handelsblatt notes, Weil was responding to remarks by his colleague Carsten Sieling (SPD), who excluded capital support for the BLB. In a scenario that Italy is all too familiar with, Sieling said that such an action would not be in line with EU requirements.

    In other words, Germany may now find itself in the ironic situation that its own bailout intransigence will force it to engage in a bail in for one of its bigger banks.

    To be sure, it is possible that a solution is found, and Merkel will need to concede to not only a Bremen LB bailout, but one of Italy as well, as the two would go hand in hand. On the other hand, it just may be the case that Germany refuses to save even one of its own.

    And while the final outcome remains uncertain, the market quickly read between the lines and responded in preparation for a worst-case outcome: in intraday trading the bank’s “equity-like” 9.5% Contingent Convertible bond of 2049 has plunged by almost half from 120 to 73 in minutes, a move which has likewise spooked broader global markets.

  • The Number One Goal to Own Gold and Silver is NOT What You Think It Is

    The number one reason to buy physical gold and physical silver (not paper gold and paper silver, which is not the same thing) is very likely not what you think it is. I can deduce the number one reason why most people buy gold and silver simply from the disproprotionate amount of questions I receive about buying gold and silver whenever gold and silver prices are rising significantly versus when gold and silver prices are falling. In other words, most people believe that that top reason they should buy gold and silver is to profit from rising prices. However, this is far from the best reason to buy physical gold and physical silver. The number one reason to buy physical gold and silver, bar none, is the global currency rot that is happening today, that is relentless, and that Central Bankers are now helpless to stop (though they are responsible for creating it). Of course, some may say that benefiting from rising fiat currency prices of gold and silver is the same reason as protecting onself against currency rot, but in reality, these two reasons for buying gold and silver are as different as night and day, and here’s why. Of those that want to benefit from rising fiat currency prices of gold and silver, the vast majority are looking for a quick score, and they buy gold and silver for this reason without even taking the time to truly understand the value of gold and silver. Those seeking a quick profit from ownership of gold and silver typically fail to understand that:

    (1) the true value of gold and silver is immutable and defined by its weight in grams or troy ounces;

    (2) that gold and silver should never even be priced in terms of illegitimate fiat currencies; and

    (3) during periods of time when fiat currency prices of gold and silver drop, a dropping fiat currency price is only indicative of an incredible opportunity to buy similar values (weights) of gold and silver while spending less fiat currencies to do so.

    As an example of this incorrect mindset, a the end of this past May, I informed a couple of friends that gold was making a short-term low at about $1200 and silver was doing likewise at $16. Because both PMs have risen considerably in fiat currency prices since then, one of these friends incredulously asked me at the start of this week if he should sell his gold and silver because both PMs had moved significantly higher in such a short time-span. In hearing this inquiry, I realized that he didn’t understand the number one reason to buy physical gold and physical silver in the first place – the protection it affords all of us against Central Banker-induced global currency rot.

     

    Everywhere you look, there are stories from every continent in the world regarding currency collapse and the hundreds of millions of lives ruined by Central Banker-created currency rot. Of course, you will never hear of this critical global issue promoted by the  banker-bought-and-paid-for mainstream media even though these unfolding tragedies should be front and center on page 1 as these are critical stories of which everyone should be aware. And because these stories are largely ignored by the banker-bought-and-paid-for mainstream financial media, this is the number one reason most people are shockingly unaware of the global currency rot that is happening right now. Fortunately, with a tiny bit of effort and just a little bit of research online, one can easily track down and uncover these stories.

     

    If you haven’t been asleep for the last five years, if one knows nothing else about this super important story of global currency rot,  the main story of currency rot everyone knows about is the rapid collapse of the Russian ruble from about mid-2014 to the end of 2015. Since then, the ruble has recovered slightly, but not enought to save anyone that stored large amounts of their wealth in rubles during this time period. Many times, people make the mistake of thinking that because their domestic currency has only devalued slightly up until now, that there will always be time to exit the currency and move to a sound currency like physical gold and physical silver. Thus, they endlessly delay executing strategies they know they should have executed at least a year ago, due to this “slow burn” that can be quite deceptive. For example, from early 2012 to the end of 2013, over 2 years, the Russian ruble lost 3% of valuation against the US dollar, a “slow burn” that tricked many Russians into remaining complacent about their faith in an unsound fiat currency. And in the first 7 months of 2014, the ruble lost another 3%. Again, many Russians were unhappy with the devaluation of the ruble, but they felt as though they could live with such devaluation and would take action if it became necessary, thinking they could front-run the event, even though warning after warning and red flag after red flag in the form of ongoing devaluations had already occurred that should have prompted every ruble-owning Russian to convert their fiat currencies into the sound money of physical gold that was far more stable. Then, while most Russians were still ignoring all the previous warning signs from July to the end of the year in 2014, the ruble fell off a cliff and collapsed, rapidly lost a massive 50% in purchasing power, and unfortunately, for the procrastinators,  rapidly destroyed their savings in the process. In other words, by the time the “event” happened for which Russians were waiting to trigger action, it was already too late to act. What about those that converted rubles to gold in mid-2013 because they had the foresight to plan for the time in which Central Bankers would ruin the ruble fiat currency? From mid-2013 to present day, their gold, priced in rubles, has risen by about 120%, more than enough to preserve their purchasing power in their home country and more than enough to help them avoid the fate of most of their fellow countrymen that lost much of their life savings in a very short period of time.

     

    Though there are literally dozens more examples I can provide that are comparable to the story above and I will provide one more example in this article of a failing emerging market fiat currency, people that live in industrialized nations tend to believe that there domestic currencies are “safe” because they fail to understand that Central Bankers are ruining currencies in every single country in the world today. They make a huge mistake of thinking “I don’t live in an emerging market, and that problem in Russia is an emerging market and third world country problem that will never happen in my country.” They further mistakenly believe, “A 50% devaluation of my fiat currency in 6 months can never happen. That is a problem of emerging markets and not industrialized, ‘modern’ markets.” Thus, they mistakenly conclude, with great confidence, that the process of fiat currency devaluation in their country will be much less volatile, and therefore provide them with much more time to react to the problem when it develops.  In other words, they believe that there is no need to plan because they can just react to warning signs in the future without realizing that multiple red flags and warning signs are already here. The free fall in purchasing power of the Ukranian hyrvnia, the Russian ruble, the Venezuelan bolivar and the very significant 20% to 30% devaluations of fiat currencies in several industrialized nations and dozens of other emerging markets ARE the red flags for which residents of industrialized countries are waiting, but have failed to identify.

     

    Let’s use Canada as an example to make my point. No one ever thinks of Canada as anything but a modern, industrialized nation that would not suffer the same fiat currency problems as an emerging market country, and indeed, if you are not Canadian, you may be entirely unaware of the real and very significant struggles that have afflicted the Canadian dollar, or looney, in recent years. Like the Russian ruble, for the past two years, the Canadian dollar suffered some fairly significant swings in value against the US dollar but nothing that concerned most Canadians, though these swings should have been massive red flags to all Canadians of the already unstable nature of the looney. In 2011, the Canadian dollar swung 5% higher and nearly 7% lower from its starting point against the USD during the year but by year’s end was nearly unchanged, so most Canadians did not believe there was any need to diversify out of the Canadian dollar into a sound form of money like physical gold. The following year in 2012, during the course of the year, more red flags materialized as the volatility of 2011 continued, but again, the year closed with the Canadian dollar nearly unchanged against the USD, so most Canadians continued to ignore the massive red flag of currency volatility and instability, falsely believing that they still had time to respond reactively, instead of proactively, to the unstable Canadian dollar. However, as was the case with the Russian ruble, the fall came quick and hard for the Canadian dollar and in just 2-1/2 years, from mid-2013 to the end of 2015, the Canadian dollar plunged by more than 30% against the USD. Again, for those Canadians that understood that Central Bankers are destroying fiat currency valuations in ALL countries and consequently moved out of the Canadian dollar into gold before this significant currency rot happened, their gold appreciated significantly in Canadian dollars over this same time period, helping to preserve their purchasing power versus the substantial losses in purchasing power they would have suffered had they continued to hold devaluing Canadian dollars. If one needs to be reminded of how quickly a “strong” fiat currency (an oxymoron of word association) can unravel, merely recall the successful Brexit vote last month that caused the British pound fiat currency to plunge to 31-year lows in a single day.

     

    Next, let’s look at the currency disaster that has afflicted citizens of Venezuela to provide a warning to everyone as to what they need to do to preserve their wealth during the continuing great currency rot and worldwide fiat currency collapse that is currently under way. In 2002, a USD could be exchanged for 1.6 Venezuelan bolivars. In April of 2016, many media sources reported that a dollar could be exchanged for more than 1,000 Venezuelan bolivars on the Venezuelan black market. Here’s how such a steep and rapid devaluation translates into real world problems. As of April 2016, Venezuelan media reported that a one kg bag of rice cost two days of wages for the average wage earner. And as of last month, the dailycoin.org reported that the average Venezuelan worker,  if they wished to buy a plane ticket to leave the country to escape this massive currency rot, would need to save two years of wages to purchase such a ticket! In other words, fiat currency collapse has ruined the life of the average Venezuelan. But what about those Venezuelans that took their cues from the currency rot events that had already been unfolding all around them and exchanged their bolivars into gold?  Within the past 5-1/2 years, gold priced in Venezuelan bolivars has soared by more than 444%, and this is just in terms of “official” government-set forex rates, which due to multiple “official” exchange rates, bizarrely range from 9 or 10 bolivars to several hundred bolivars per dollar. However, because the black market rate, as of Q1 2016, frequently reached in excess of 1000 bolivars per dollar, in essence, if one had changed bolivars into physical gold in Venezuela, and then sold some of this gold for US dollars to later be exchanged back into Venezuelan bolivars, not only would one be totally unaffected by the collapse of the Venezuelan bolivar, one would be prospering in such an environment of fiat currency collapse simply by having had the foresight to exchange intrinsically near-worthless bolivars into gold before the bolivar collapsed. And if no one wants Venezuelan bolivars, which is quite common, then one still owns gold, accepted as a universal money everywhere, or one can exchange gold into another fiat currency that is accepted. With the Venezuelan bolivar, this fiat currency is merely in the process of returning to its intrinsic value of zero, as is the destiny of all fiat currencies. In case one believes one is safe from our current orgy of Central Banker-induced fiat currency implosion by holding US dollars, remember two points.

     

    One, the strongest option among a bunch of bad options is not a good option, and two, the destiny of all fiat currencies is to return to their intrinsic value of nothing, including the US dollar.

     

    As I’ve stated above, procrastination is the enemy of wisdom, as procrastination in exchanging fiat currencies into sound money literally translated into an extreme difference between financial suffering and misery and financial prosperity in Venezuela today in less than a 6-year time span. Who will be the next country to become the next Venezuela? Most likely it will be another emerging market, but this probability does not negate the likely probability that these same problems will find their way back home to the industrialized nations that started these very problems as well (well, at least to the nations of the Central Bankers that rule these industrialized nations). And when it does, as we have all learned from the example of Venezuela above, you will either be prepared for it before it happens or try to react as it happens, but react too late,  and be wiped out financially.

     

    The Central Banker destruction of all fiat currencies in every country of the world today demands a proactive approach and a reactive approach will fail.  

     

    The example of Venezuela has taught us that we all have been provided ample and adequate warning to prepare for currency rot before it truly escalates in our own nation, but that shockingly, only a few among us will take the necessary actions  to survive it when currency rot rapidly escalates in our own country. Unfortunately, even those that see the beginning and intermediate stages of what has happened in Venezuela happening in their own countries, as is the currently the case in Canada, Australia, the UK, Portugal, Greece, Italy, Spain, Ireland, Kenya, Brazil, and on and on, likely will still ignore these red flags, simply because banker propaganda has prevented most of us from realizing the simplest of solutions – converting fiat currencies into the sound money of physical gold and physical silver.

     

    In other words, not only is it human nature to not believe something can happen until it actually does happen,but it is also human nature to incredibly discredit an event as it unfolds before us, as long as it does not directly impact us significantly, until it invades our own personal space, directly affects us and denial of the truth is no longer plausible.

     

    If you have read this article and are still skeptical, I urge you to study the current cases of fiat currency collapse that have happened/ and are happening right now in Venezuela, Russia, Mexico, Colombia, Argentina and Brazil. Studying and understanding the timeline of these currency collapses should truly awaken you to the very sobering probability of severe fiat currency devaluation and/or collapse in your country, no matter where you live.  Please refer to our prior two articles, “Three Charts that Show We’re Just Getting Started in the Second Leg Higher For All Gold and Silver Assets”, and “Why Intelligent Gold and Silver Mining Company CEOs are Deferring Sales of Current Production” to gain a fuller understanding of the global currency crisis.

     

    To listen to a recent interview about where silver is heading, given by our Managing Director, JS Kim, to the SGT Report, click here.  Click here to learn more about the best junior gold and silver mining stocks in our Platinum Membership (mainly for accredited investors) and click here to learn about our flagship Crisis Investment Opportunities portfolio, up more than 16% in just the past month (3 June to 6 July). To be informed of our articles when we first release them (we originally released the above article on our website on 2 July 2016), please subscribe to our SmartKnowledgeU RSS feed. For occasional unpublished content, similar to this article, and unavailable anywhere else, sign up for our free newsletter.

  • Measuring America – 30-Year-Olds: Then & Now

    A lot has changed for 30-year-olds in the last 40 years… apart from median incomes…

     

    In 1975, nearly 3 in 4 30-year-olds had married, had a child, had left school, and lived on their own. In 2015, just 1 in 3 30-year-olds have these characteristics.

    And as Census.gov details, that's not all…

    Measuring America: 30-Year-Olds: Then and Now

    [Source: U.S. Census Bureau]

Digest powered by RSS Digest

Today’s News 7th July 2016

  • Meanwhile In Greece, Homeless Family Of 5 Lives In Carton Boxes

    Just when you think, you’ve seen and heard everything possible and impossible in Greece with regard austerity and the crisis… there comes this incredible human story: a family of five living in carton boxes in the city of Patras in western Greece.

    As KeepTalkingGreece.com details, the family ended up on the streets after a labor accident of the father. The family has no income. For the last 8 months, the two adults and the three children live in a provisional “shelter” made of carton boxes they have places in a corner of an abandoned and half-constructed building.

    The parents need to feed two toddlers aged 1.5 and 3.5 years old and an older child from the father’s previous marriage.

    The family receives no disability pension or any allowance from the state that can help them make a living.

    “They tell their children that living in boxes is a game,” local media TheBest.gr reports.

    The father is unable to work. The family’s relatives cannot help them as they are also in dire economic situation.

    They get meals from the local church, a neighbor to the building gives them from time to time the opportunity to take a bath.

    Basic sanitary conditions are non-existent, the smell where these people live is beyond any description.

    The father has been unemployed for the last 3.5 years. His leg was badly cut during works with a chainsaw.

    Speaking to thebest.gr, the father said, he wished to have space in a plot to put a tent for his family and two hens in order to have something to feed his children.

    And a job. “Anything that will help me be back on track.”

  • “Italian Government Collapse More Than Just A Possibility”

    Submitted by Mish Shedlock of MishTalk

     

    Four new polls show comedian Beppe Grillo’s Five Star Movement (M5S) ahead of prime minister  Matteo Renzi’s Democratic Party (PD) were an election held today.

    The next election will be no later than May 23, 2018. Renzi promised to step down if he fails a constitutional reform referendum later this year.

    The reform referendum will likely be held no later than this October.

     

    Beppe Grillo – Comedian Founder of Five Star Movement

    Renzi Rocked Yet Again

    Please consider Renzi Rocked as Five Star Surges in Polls.

    The populist Five Star Movement has emerged as Italy’s leading political party, overtaking Matteo Renzi’s ruling Democratic party (PD) in four separate opinion polls that have exposed the growing vulnerability of the country’s centre-left prime minister.

     

    The primacy of the Five Star Movement, which is led by the sardonic comedian Beppe Grillo and has called for a referendum on ditching the euro, reflects a shift in public opinion against Mr Renzi that will heighten fears of a return to political instability and uncertainty in the single currency’s third largest economy.

     

    “A government collapse is more than just a possibility, it is a scenario that we are looking at very closely,” said Federico Santi, an analyst at the Eurasia Group consultancy. “The trend has been clearly bad for the ruling party and favourable to the Five Star Movement, driven by issues — like migration, the banking troubles and corruption scandals — that are not going to go away. It’s hard to see what it could take for Renzi and the PD to make a comeback at this point.”

     

    According to polls released on Wednesday by Ipsos, the Five Star Movement is supported by 30.6 per cent of Italians, compared with 29.8 per cent for the PD. Similar polls in January had Mr Renzi’s party leading the Five Star Movement by nearly six percentage points. In the 2014 European elections, shortly after Mr Renzi took office, the PD defeated the Five Star Movement by nearly 20 percentage points.

     

    Three other surveys taken after the Brexit vote also showed the Five Star Movement ahead, with the next national elections due in early 2018.

     

    One by Demos released on July 1 showed the party ahead by a margin of 32.3 per cent to 30.2 per cent over Mr Renzi’s PD. Others by Euromedia and EMG showed the Five Star Movement with narrower leads of 0.5 and 0.4 percentage points. Another poll showed the Democratic party hanging on to a narrow lead.

     

    The polls look even darker for Mr Renzi if the likelihood of a run-off between the two largest parties — which is called for under Italy’s new electoral law if no party exceeds 40 per cent — is taken into account. In those scenarios, the Five Star Movement would defeat the PD by as much as ten percentage points, as right-wing voters would coalesce around the protest party.

     

    Beneath the surface, there is increasing talk of what might happen should his efforts fail. Most likely, said Mr Santi, a technocratic government would have to take charge, rather than a quick move to fresh elections. But no clear candidate has yet emerged who would take the reins.

    Credibility of the Italian Political Class at Stake.

    Renzi asked voters to stick with him and promised an aggressive campaign in favor of the referendum.

    His rationale is laughable: “The referendum is not crucial for the destiny of an individual, but for the future credibility of the Italian political class,” said Renzi.

    Are voters really supposed to rally around the notion of saving the credibility of the ruling political class?

    Wow! The statement is so ridiculous one has to wonder if Renzi secretly wants the referendum defeated.

    40% the New Majority

    The referendum would shrink the Italian senate and give a majority of parliament to any political party that could achieve 40% of the vote in national elections.

    If no party achieved 40%, a runoff would take place and the winner would automatically receive a majority of parliament.

    Curiously, M5S is against this reform although it may the best way for Grillo to get the vote he seeks on leaving the Euro.

    Renzi Stung in Mayoral Elections

    In recent mayoral elections Renzi’s party went down in defeat in in Rome, Turin, Naples and Trieste. Rome and Turin went to the Five Star Movement.

    For mayoral details and details of the constitutional referendum, please see Stinging Defeat of Renzi in Italian Mayoral Elections; 40% the Proposed New Majority

    Italian Banking System Near Collapse

    Monte dei Paschi, the oldest bank in the world, and Italy’s third largest is so woefully undercapitalized that even the ECB recognizes that fact.

    On July 4, I commented the ECB Triggers Another Bank Shares Selloff, Tells Monte dei Paschi to Shed More Assets.

    German Chancellor Angela Merkel and the ECB are at odds with Renzi over how to fix €360 billion in nonperforming loans in the Italian banking system.

    Merkel rebuffed Renzi’s request for state sponsored bank bailouts on four occasions.

    On June 30, I asked Italy’s Zombie Banks on Death Bed, Bail-Ins Coming?

    Merkel chastised Renzi, “We wrote the rules for the credit system, we cannot change them every two years.

    Under a bail-in scheme bondholders and depositors will take a huge hit. Voters are already angry over the bail-in of bondholder of much smaller Banca Etruria last December.

    In Italy, individual investors own close to €200 billion in Italian bank bonds. Imagine the anger should they lose even a portion of their investments.

    This is why Italy Threatens to Defy Merkel, Brussels Over bank Bailouts.

    Italy on the Euro

    What has the Euro done for Germany vs. Italy?

    Voters Hold the Key

    Yesterday I asked Can the EU Survive as a Prison? Who Has the Keys?

    The short answer is voters hold the key, and they are already mad as hell. If bail-ins happen, it will be the end of the Renzi government for sure.

    Renzi Slams Deutsche Bank

    ZeroHedge has an excellent article out today on the state of Deutsche Bank through the eyes of Renzi.

    Please consider A Furious Italian Prime Minister Slams Deutsche Bank As Europe’s Most Insolvent Bank

    In a surprising admission of reality, none other than Italy’s prime minister Matteo Renzi, “went there” and slammed Deutsche Bank as the true “derivative problem” facing Europe.

     

    As Reuters adds, speaking at a joint news conference with Swedish Prime Minister Stefan Lofven, Renzi said other European banks had much bigger problems than their Italian counterparts.

     

    “If this non-performing loan problem is worth one, the question of derivatives at other banks, at big banks, is worth one hundred. This is the ratio: one to one hundred,” Renzi said

    So just like that the Mutually Assured Destruction doctrine is activated, because now that Deutsche Bank’s dirty laundry has been exposed for all to see, Renzi’s gambit is clear: if Merkel does not relent on bailing out Italian banks, the collapse of Italian banks will assure the failure of Deutsche Bank in kind.

    Also see Diving Into Deutsche Bank’s “Passion to Perform” Balance Sheet.

    This kind of insanity is precisely why the euro is doomed.

    Get Out Now!

    I repeat my warning from last December: Get Your Money Out of Italian Banks Now!

  • SeRVeRGaTE FoR FRiNGe LoWBRoWS…

    PATRIOT 2.0

     

    He released TOP SECRET INFORMATION to expose how the gubmint is illegally spying on all of us…

     

     

    .
    MSM LIPSTICK

     

    She released TOP SECRET INFORMATION because she is an extremely careless and lazy assed pig…

     

    .
    LEAVING ON A JET PLANE

     

    He did it to her in a private jet.

    She does not understand the meaning of : “A lawyer shall avoid the mere appearance of impropriety.”

     

    .
    James B. Comey

     

    He is a clown.

     

    .
    BANANA REPUBLIK

     

    He ate the HillBilly Investigation.

     

    .
    YOUNG DONALD TRUMP

     

    He is going to have a field day in the debates.

  • Globalists Are Now Openly Demanding New World Order Centralization

    Submitted by Brandon Smith via Alt-Market.com,

    I have said it many times in the past – when elitist criminals start openly admitting to their schemes it means that they are ready to pull the plug on the current system. They simply don’t care anymore who knows their plans because they think that victory is inevitable.

    There have been more subtle and less prominently published calls for a "new world order" in the past, to be sure.  However, at no other time have I seen international financiers and their puppet political mouthpieces so brazen about calling for global centralization than in the wake of the successful Brexit referendum. It is as if the Brexit flipped a switch in the existing narrative and set loose a flood of new propaganda, all aimed at convincing the general public that central banks must combine forces and act as one institution in order to combat an economic crisis that isn’t even visible to laymen yet.

    Though I predicted the activation of this propaganda campaign in my article “Brexit: Global Trigger Event, Fake Out Or Something Else?,” published before the referendum vote took place, the speed at which it is developing is truly astonishing.

    Now, under the current circumstances of the previous week’s market rally post-Brexit (driven by hopes of central bank intervention and extremely low trading volume) one would think that the globalist calls for total centralization of financial policy management don't make much sense. Where is this “crisis” that the bankers keep warning about?

    As I outlined in great detail in recent articles, I believe the Brexit to be a partial trigger event for a future market disaster that has been engineered for many years. That is to say, a worldwide financial calamity has been deliberately staged in advance, and the Brexit is meant to act as a scapegoat for it.  The fundamentals of the global economy have been increasingly negative since 2008, and the only "indicator" left to appear positive has been stocks.

    There are plenty of people out there who assume that equities have escaped without consequence after the UK referendum because of the pre-4th of July rally. However, I would suggest they not get too comfortable with the hollow low volume spike in stocks at this early stage.

    These kinds of rallies should not be a surprise. They were common during the derivatives and credit crash that struck in 2008 after Bear Sterns and Lehman. Ultimately, stocks are an irrelevant faith driven indicator, and the fundamentals will always win in the end.

    As Forbes notes in a surprisingly honest analysis — the “Lehman moment” of 2008 was not really a “moment” at all. The derivatives crash was driven by numerous frailties within the debt bubble structure; Lehman was just a higher profile element of a more chaotic mess. When Lehman’s bankruptcy went public, equities took a considerable dive, rather similar in velocity to that which occurred right after the Brexit referendum. But, only a week later stocks had rallied back near the exact highs seen before Lehman had folded.

    The psychology of market investors is to always first go with what they are familiar with and what they have been conditioned to do, much like Pavlovian dogs. Investors today, as then, were conditioned to “buy the dip no matter what”. Of course, once reality and the fundamentals set in, stocks were back in free-fall only two weeks later.

    The Brexit is not going away, and the negative effects it heralds are still barely visible to the mainstream. This process is going to be actively weighing on the markets for months as investors continue to lose their blind faith in the system. We haven’t even begun the party yet, and this is assuming there are no other catalyzing moments around the corner.

    Beyond the mechanics of the economy, the elites themselves are often a good litmus test for predicting what is about to take place within the stock casino and outside the stock casino.

    The fact that the mainstream financial media is now awash in calls for extreme measures in central bank coordination and numerous elites warning of greater crisis should be of some concern to the public. Just as the Bank of International Settlements (BIS) and International Monetary Fund (IMF) warned of a crash back in 2007 and early 2008 and were proven “correct,” they have also been warning of a crash in 2016. Post-Brexit, the chorus of “warnings” from the elites has exploded. They are rarely wrong about economic crisis exactly because they are the people that create the conditions for crisis in the first place.

    George Soros continues to claim that the Brexit has “accelerated a financial-market crisis” even after the latest stock rally.

    Bloomberg, in support of European Central Bank President Mario Draghi, published an article titled “Draghi Wishes For A New World Order Populists Will Love To Hate.” Bloomberg later removed the word “New” from the title.

    The article repeats a rising call by central bankers around the world to stop concerning themselves with “domestic” policies and problems and start coordinating globally to deal with “global problems.” The BIS ALREADY controls the policy making decisions of all other central banks as admitted in the infamous Harpers expose on the BIS titled “Ruling The World Of Money.” But this is never mentioned by Draghi or Bloomberg.

    Interestingly, the BIS is now arguing not only for global policy coordination, but also GLOBAL RULES for all central banks. If the BIS already controls the policy decisions of the Federal Reserve, the ECB, and every other central bank member, then why do they want “global rules” put in place for those same central banks?

    They are doing this because the goal, the end game, is for the general masses to accept and even demand a global central bank, either in the form of the BIS or the IMF, or perhaps both of them combined into a single entity. Once again, the elites are using the Hegelian problem-reaction-solution strategy to manipulate the public into wanting globalist control.

    The BIS has been building up to this moment for quite some time.  In May, for example, BIS chief economist Claudio Borio argued that a "new global monetary order" was needed to replace the dollar system.  This new system would prevent crisis by reigning in all national central banks under rules which would force them to act in a coordinated fashion, apparently under the administration of the BIS itself.  Now it would seem the central bankers have the beginnings of their "crisis" which they clearly plan to put to good use.

    In yet another recent article Bloomberg calls for central banks to “kiss their domestic bias goodbye”; arguing that national economies are now so “intertwined” that central banks all need to work off a single set of guidelines in support of the global economy rather than individual national economies.

    On the day after the Brexit vote, China stated its desire for the Asian Infrastructure Investment Bank (AIIB) to work closely with World Bank. For years I have been pointing out that the Chinese never had any intention for the AIIB to become a counter-system to the IMF or World Bank and that the Chinese were working with the globalists, not against them. Now we have open confirmation.

    The Chinese premier also warned of a “butterfly effect” leading to crisis after the Brexit, and called for “enhanced coordination” among all the economies of the world.

    European Union officials are going for broke as they suggest the formation of a European “super state” in the wake of the UK referendum. This system would essentially erase political boundaries and sovereign borders to make the EU a single entity in every capacity up to and including a single European army.

    The amplified calls for total centralization and a “New World Order” go on and on, and I believe they are a blaring signal that something very ugly is about to happen.

    Consider this: Central banks will never gain public support for globally centralized policy or a global economic authority unless they are proven right and a crash does indeed take place. The crash does not necessarily need to be immediate and “total”, as some liberty movement activists assume. It is more likely to be gradual and micromanaged, though still resulting in a level of suffering in certain regions not seen since the Great Depression.

    More bank coordination requires more chaos and examples of “conflicting policies,” which will probably take the form of “currency wars” among certain nations. The elites must conjure a theater in which some central banks work at cross purposes and muck up any potential recovery. They can then argue to the public that a single internationally recognized and obeyed global banking authority is needed to prevent this sort of thing from ever happening again.

    The concept of central banks “working globally” rather than domestically could only be sold to the masses if a fiscal disaster was triggered on a global scale that outmatched the needs of any single nation state. Each central banker initiative suggested after the Brexit requires a financial implosion in order to be justified.

    In my next article I will be listing the many reasons why I believe the globalist plan for centralization and a NWO is destined to fail. This does not mean, though, that extensive effort and sacrifice will not be necessary in the near future on our part. For now, vigilance is our best defense. The elites are telling us exactly what is about to happen through their very behavior and statements. It is time for those who are aware of the bigger picture to start listening if they are not already, and prepare accordingly.

  • US Marines To Accept Chubbier Women

    In an effort to maintain the new status quo of cutting standards everywhere in the name of equality and "progress", the Marine Corps announced major changes over the Fourth of July holiday weekend regarding how much it will allow service members to weigh, and the biggest shift comes for women: going forward "larger" ladies will be allowed to defend the country while also standards used within the physical fitness test will also be relaxed.  

    In a document released by USMC Fitness division, the new height and weight standard took effect on July 1, 2016 and is relaxing regulations to increase the pool of potential parties. Think of it as a covenant lite loan in a way… only "heavy."  Why would the US do this?  One could be excused for understandably saying that the US is becoming more progressive and is accommodating those who have the heart to serve but not necessary the physical capability.

     We see a different reason for the US to be relaxing admission tests, which is this chart highlighting weak capacity from the Heritage US Military Strength Index:

    What's changing? According to the Washington Post, the Marine Corps will now allow chubbier women to, so to say, slip through the cracks.

    "Female Marines will be allowed to weigh five to seven pounds more than before for each inch of their height, according to new guidelines published by the service. A 5-foot-6 woman, for example, was previously allowed to weigh up to 155 pounds, but can now be 161. A 5-foot-9 woman was allowed to be up to 169 pounds, but can now be 176."

    The Corps is also relaxing the rules on pull-ups. The new rule will eliminate fixed-arm hanging as an alternative choice to pull-ups for women. In place of fixed-arm hanging women, and men, will have the option to choose push-ups instead. The incentive remains skewed toward the more demanding pull-up, as Military.com explains:

    "'Push-ups become an option on the PFT, but Marines are incentivized toward pull-ups, as these are a better test of functional, dynamic upper body strength and correlate stronger to physically demanding tasks,' Marine Corps Commandant Gen. Robert Neller said in an administrative message to the Corps released Friday. 'Push-ups are also a valid exercise and good test; however maximum points can only be earned by executing pull-ups.'"

    Explaining the new physical fitness test requirements, Military.com went on to say:

    "The hybrid pull-up option is the Marines' solution to a four-year conundrum of how to promote pull-ups for all Marines without making it impossible for women to succeed."

    As we march further into a state of "gender equality" there is nothing wrong with admitting rules need to be eased but when it comes to defending a nation, is the best answer really to just relax the standards?  When we observe banking institutions do that with their prequalification requirements, the results are virtually always disastrous and in the last prominent case, led to a bailout of the entire financial system.

    Who will bailout the US military if pudgy push comes to shove.

    Either way, these are the new rules.  We have reported extensively on robots replacing workers and as that trend spreads deeper into the workforce, expect the American military to relax admission requirements even further to "help" accomodate even greater enlistment numbers by those who have been recently displaced by a robotic "Johnny 5" barrista.

    Full message from Gen. Robert Neller:

    R 011230Z JUL 16

    ALMAR 022/16

    MSGID/GENADMIN/CMC WASHINGTON DC DMCS//

    SUBJ/CHANGES TO THE PHYSICAL FITNESS TEST (PFT), COMBAT FITNESS TEST (CFT), AND BODY COMPOSITION PROGRAM (BCP)//

    REF/A/ALMAR 030/15 REVIEW OF PHYSICAL FITNESS AND BODY COMPOSITION STANDARDS// GENTEXT/REMARKS/

     

    1.  Last November we began a comprehensive review of physical fitness and body composition standards.  Subsequent efforts focused on developing a physical fitness program that incentivizes behavior toward an end state of a healthy and fit force able to better answer the call in any clime and place.  The review was a collaborative effort that drew from fitness experts and Marines, and provided wide-ranging options for consideration.

     

    2.  As a result, a number of PFT and CFT changes are being implemented that ensure standards are relevant, challenging, and also allow for greater distinction between Marines of different fitness levels and age groups.  There are significant adjustments to the PFT and CFT scoring tables, requiring most Marines to demonstrate greater performance to meet the new minimum and maximum standards.  A major change to the PFT is the elimination of the Flexed Arm Hang for females and incorporation of a push-up / pull-up hybrid event for all Marines, recruits, and officer candidates.  Push-ups become an option on the PFT, but Marines are incentivized toward pull-ups, as these are a better test of functional, dynamic upper body strength and correlate stronger to physically demanding tasks.  Push-ups are also a valid exercise and good test; however maximum points can only be earned by executing pull-ups.  These changes go into effect 1 Jan 2017.

     

    3.  Performance on the PFT and CFT will also be a consideration in BCP decisions.  Marines scoring 285 and higher on both the PFT and CFT will be exempt from weight and body fat (BF) limits.  Marines scoring 250 and higher on both the PFT and CFT will be afforded an additional 1 percent BF.  However, all Marines are still subject to the requirements of the Military Appearance Program.  These changes also go into effect 1 Jan 2017.

     

    4.  Other changes to BCP include modifying the maximum allowable weight limits for female Marines, use of more precise tape measuring devices and de-centralizing BCP waiver granting authority from Manpower and Reserve Affairs (Manpower Management) to the first General Officer in a Marine’s chain of command.  These BCP changes go into effect immediately.

     

    5.  Additional details, including the new PFT/CFT scoring tables, physical fitness training recommendations, and BCP adjustments are available at:  https:(slash)(slash)fitness.usmc.mil.  Follow-on MARADMINS will further address administrative details and the associated Marine Corps Orders will be updated accordingly.

     

    6.  America expects its Marine Corps to be the most ready when the Nation is least ready.  Collectively, these are the biggest changes to the PFT since 1972 and CFT since 2009.  We will monitor the effects of these adjustments for two years and then adjust if required to ensure our standards continue to contribute to the effectiveness of our force and enhance our ability to respond when our Nation calls.

     

    7.  Robert B. Neller, General, U.S. Marine Corps, Commandant of the Marine Corps.//

  • A Period Of Major Civil Unrest Looms – How To Win An Inevitable Confrontation With The Status Quo

    Submitted by Mike Krieger via Liberty Blitzkrieg blog,

    At this point I’d like to remind everyone that crime in the U.S. has been dropping since the 1990’s. So why has domestic police force militarization been growing exponentially since then? Ostensibly, it is for the “war on terror” and to keep us safe. In reality, we know this is bullshit. Just like the NSA’s unconstitutional spying hasn’t stopped a single terrorist attack, turning local cops into a domestic army hasn’t done a single thing to make us safe. To the contrary, it is creating an environment where the general public harbors increased resentment and skepticism toward police, and the police view the citizenry as the “enemy.” This takes the societal tinderbox that already exists and makes it downright explosive. Ferguson is just the latest example of the tension bubbling to the surface, but there will likely be many more in the future.

     

    – From the 2014 post: “A Good Time Was Had By All” – The Obamas Dance the Night Away as Ferguson, Missouri Burns

    Last spring, I highlighted the egregious and barbaric shooting of Walter L. Scott as he fled from a South Charleston, South Carolina police officer. In light of recent events, it’s crucial to recall the sordid details of this case. As such, here’s a excerpt from the post, South Carolina Cop to Be Charged with Murder for Shooting Man 8 Times in the Back as He Ran Away:

    The video at the end of this story is really hard to watch. Not just because we see a police officer gunning down a man as he ran away, but because he repeatedly yells at a dead body to “put his hands behind his back,” and then seemingly plants his taser by the corpse to cover up the crime.

     

    Just like with banker theft, unless people are held accountable with serious jail time, the criminality will not only continue, it will get worse. The rule of law must be restored and applied equally to the rich and powerful, or we are truly doomed as a society.

     

     

    Although I haven’t been as focused on police brutality and murder this year, that doesn’t mean the problem’s gone away. Just yesterday, a very disturbing incident occurred in Baton Rouge, Louisiana that once again looks a lot like straight up police murder. As is often the case, the victim was a marginalized black man merely trying to make a buck in an incredibly corrupt and rigged economy.

    Here’s the tragic case of Alton Sterling, as reported by the New York Times:

    Scores of protesters gathered in Baton Rouge, La., on Tuesday night after a black man was fatally shot in an encounter with police officers earlier in the day, an incident that was captured in a graphic cellphone video that began circulating on social media.

     

    The victim, Alton Sterling, 37, was killed in a shooting at about 12:35 a.m. on Tuesday, the Baton Rouge police said in a statement. The police had received a call from someone who reported having been threatened by an armed man wearing a red shirt who was selling CDs outside a store in the eastern part of the city, the statement said.

     

    A police spokeswoman reached early Wednesday said that she could not comment beyond the statement, which provided no details of what it called an “altercation” between Mr. Sterling and the two officers who responded.

     

    William Clark, the coroner of East Baton Rouge Parish who is known as Beau, said that Mr. Sterling had died at the scene from multiple gunshot wounds to the chest and back.

     

    A cellphone video shot by a bystander, which was released later in the day, showed Mr. Sterling being tackled by a police officer. He is then held to the ground by two officers, and one of the officers appears to hold a gun above Mr. Sterling’s chest.

    In a Twitter post early Wednesday, the Rev. Jesse L. Jackson called the shooting a “legal lynching.”

    Before you accuse Mr. Jackson of exaggeration, watch the video below and make up your own mind.

    I think it’s quite fitting that the shameless police murder above occurred on the exact same day that Hillary Clinton was set free by the top cops in the nation thanks solely to her position of power and influence. Benjamin Dixon said it perfectly last month in the following tweet:

    None of this will be lost upon a citizenry which is already seething with rage and very close to a tipping point. Increasingly, the general public is coming to the very unpleasant realization that they live in a corporate oligarchy in which they are subjects rather than citizens. The more they are pushed into a corner, the sooner they will lash out in all sorts of ways.

    The generational level revolts I anticipate have been a long time coming and will emanate from both rural, largely white America, as well from inner city communities populated mostly by minorities. The key thing we must all bear in mind going into the turbulent times ahead is that we are all in this together. 

    The status quo doesn’t care whether you are black, white, Jewish, Muslim, Christian, male, female, straight, gay or transgender. To the status quo we are all expendable peasants — cannon fodder. The establishment loves to play up the differences between us in order to divide us, but they don’t care about any of us. They will allocate all their energy and efforts into dividing and conquering the public in the period of civil unrest to come. If we fall for this trap we will have only ourselves to blame for the failure to turn grassroots protests into genuine, systemic change.

    The other key variable as to whether the forthcoming rebellions result in any positive change will revolve around what form they take. When I say civil unrest, I am well aware that this likely means some degree of violence and looting; however, such expressions of frustration will do far more harm than good. We must recognize that as it stands the status quo has no actual legitimacy, and therefore can only succeed if it’s able to portray the abused public as the bad guys, and sell us on the idea that the U.S. government is the only thing standing between us and violent mobs.

    If you want to win this battle, you need to be smart. Winning the hearts and minds of the general public is absolutely critical, and shouldn’t be difficult in an environment in which the establishment discredits itself on a daily basis.

    To summarize, I think the activist community across American needs to do two things:

    1. Stick together. Black, white, rural, urban, we are all in this together. Don’t allow yourselves to become divided — we have the same opponent. Never forget that.

     

    2. Keep things non-violent. If violence happens, always make sure the government fires the first shots. If the general public perceives you to be out there looking for a fight as opposed to reacting to state aggression, you will lose. Think outside the box, be creative and employ non-violent civil disobedience whenever possible.

    A perfect example of what not to do was seen earlier this year in Oregon. See: A Stupid Standoff but a Just Cause – My Thoughts on the Hammond Situation.

    John Lennon had it absolutely right. If we’re going to achieve real paradigm-level positive change we must always remember his words:

    Screen Shot 2016-07-06 at 9.42.37 AM

  • China To Boost "Economic Growth" By Changing Definition Of GDP

    In the summer of 2013, at a time when the topic of soaring US debt was still paramount to the US public (total debt is now a far more ludicrous, and gargantuan, $19.3 trillion but nobody cares since all the central banks are monetizing global debt at an unprecedented pace and investors are happy to frontrun them, thus keeping yields low) the US surprised everyone by “increasing” GDP, and thus reducing the debt/GDP ratio which was at about 100%, in a very simple way: it changed the definition of GDP, in the process boosting GDP by about $500 billion, or 3%, with the flip of an Excel spreadsheet switch.

    This is what we reported at the time:

    The US economy will officially become 3 per cent bigger in July as part of a shake-up that will see government statistics take into account 21st century components such as film royalties and spending on research and development. Billions of dollars of intangible assets will enter the gross domestic product of the world’s largest economy in a revision aimed at capturing the changing nature of US output. Brent Moulton, who manages the national accounts at the Bureau of Economic Analysis, told the Financial Times that the update was the biggest since computer software was added to the accounts in 1999.

    Fast forward three years later, when the biggest fabricator of economic data in the world, China, finally realized that its lowly disciple, the US Bureau of Economic Analysis, has overtaken it. And since China will never rest if it is upstaged in this particular area, China has announced that it too was about to adopt new methodology to assess the economic contribution of the various new sectors of the economy, said Xu Xianchun, a deputy head of the National Bureau of Statistics, cited by China Securities Journal. China’s official GDP growth has been underestimated due to the emergence of this “new economy,” he said.

    Specifically, the NBS announced on July 5 that it will adopt the current System of National Accounts (SNA) 2008 standard by treating R&D expenditure as part of capital formation, or in other words, China will do in 2016 what the US did in 2013.

    The outcome: billions in “economic output”, retroactively created out of thin air as a result of growth that had previously not been accounted for.

    How much growth is China about to add from a mere change in definitions? As it turns out not much (as China’s GDP is measured in terms of Y/Y growth and not in absolute amount), but it will be sufficient to, as Goldman puts it, “eases stimulus pressures on the margin.

    Or, just like in the case of the US, China will have suddenly grown more than it actually grew, even when in reality it may well have been contracting.

    Here is the explanation of Goldman’s Yu Song. 

    Under the new method, the size of the economy is larger than previously estimated; 2015 GDP was revised up by 1.3% to 11tn USD, the Real growth rate was also revised up (rates vary from year to year and averaged 0.06% (6 bps) over the past 5 years). The upward revision is because China’s R&D expenditure growth has been consistently faster than that of overall GDP–though the difference the change makes to the GDP growth rate is small as R&D is a small part of the economy. The NBS announced 1Q real growth was revised up by 0.04% (4bps), but it did not specify whether the growth rate is now 6.8% yoy or remains at 6.7% yoy. We believe the latter case is slightly more likely as an upward revision would have been highlighted. A higher trend level would mean 2Q GDP growth should be higher as well. As a result, we revise our Q2 real GDP growth forecast to 6.7% yoy from 6.6% yoy previously with slight upside risk to our full-year forecast of 6.6% yoy.

     

    Many other economies have already adopted the new method; we note China had been expected to do so as well though the change has come later than expected. As the new method is in accordance to the latest international standard, we do not expect it to have an incremental impact to sentiment around methodology/data credibility. We see this move as beneficial for the economy on the margin as it makes it slightly easier to quantify statistically how to achieve the target of doubling real income by 2020; the method provides added flexibility to pursing potentially necessary reforms. We note that sometimes reform can have a negative impact on short-term growth and the need to meet short-term growth targets can distract policy makers from reform initiatives leading to the potential risk of overstimulating the economy beyond its potential growth rate.

     

    Judging from the rise in inflation since the start of the year, the current level of potential growth is no higher than the recent actual level of around 6.7% yoy. This level is likely to moderate further in the coming years, because of the demographic headwind and modest pace of reform implementation. While the magnitude of the changes to growth rates appear to be small, we believe these seemingly small changes are relatively more important when growth is right around the target level, as opposed to when the economy is overheating or in recession. Furthermore, the move to the new standard opens room for further adjustment as self-owned housing services should now also be captured in GDP according to the SNA 2008 standard, potentially leading to a modestly higher growth rate. Other “new economy” activities such as sharing economy are also being considered according to news reports. In 2018, the government will also conduct the next economic census. As the new sectors in the economy are potentially underestimated by the standard methodology, which is relatively strong with the accounting of the production of tangible goods, previous census typically led to upward revisions to historical data. With further upward revisions, which appear likely, there should be incrementally lower pressures to reach the growth targets in the coming years.

     

    Real GDP growth was revised up marginally because R&D expenditure has been growing consistently faster than overall GDP

    Goldman’s conclusion is somewhat troubling for the world’s liquidity addicts as it means that instead of relying on trillions in new credit creation, China may tone it down to just hundreds of billions, and fill the gap with “optics.” This means that as a result of this “non-GAAP” GDP adjustment, China will be able to get away with an even faster true growth slowdown as long as it can fabricate enough numbers to get away with it.

    of course, it won’t end there, because in the new normal, where the world may have already hit its debt capacity (as Citi recently speculated), when all else fails, one’s economy will “grow” simply as a result of definition changes, changes which in the case of China, almost certainly make a minus sign into a plus.

  • It's Over: DOJ Won't File Charges Against Hillary, Ends Probe

    Well that didn’t take long… HILLARY CLINTON WILL NOT BE CHARGED FOR E-MAILS, LYNCH SAYS


    Bloomberg headlines

    • *ATTY GENERAL LYNCH SAYS SHE MET TODAY WITH FBI’S COMEY
    • *DOJ’S LYNCH ISSUES E-MAILED STATEMENT AFTER MEETING WITH COMEY
    • *LYNCH ACCEPTING RECOMMENDATION NOT TO CHARGE CLINTON ON E-MAILS
    • *LYNCH ACCEPTED FBI’S COMEY, AGENTS’ UNANIMOUS RECOMMENDATION

    Note: “unanimous

    As AP reports,

    Attorney General Loretta Lynch says the Hillary Clinton email investigation is being closed without any criminal charges.

     

    Lynch announced the Justice Department decision Wednesday, one day after FBI Director James Comey recommended against any prosecution.

     

    The decision was largely a formality given Comey’s public statement on the case.

     

    Lynch said last week that she intended to accept whatever recommendations and findings were presented by the FBI and by her career prosecutors.

    Here is the full statement from the US Attorney General Loretta Lynch regarding the State Department’s email investigation:

    “Late this afternoon, I met with FBI Director James Comey and career prosecutors and agents who conducted the investigation,” Lynch said in a statement. “I received and accepted their unanimous recommendation that the thorough, year-long investigation be closed and that no charges be brought against any individuals within the scope of the investigation.”

    As The Hill adds, Lynch largely relinquished her role overseeing the investigation following outrage that she met privately with former President Bill Clinton, Hillary Clinton’s husband, on the tarmac at Phoenix’s airport, in what she has described as a purely social but nonetheless inappropriate encounter. After facing backlash last week, Lynch said she would defer to the FBI and prosecutors’ recommendations. Which, incidentally, may have sparked an even greater flame of public anger.

    The Justice Department’s decision Wednesday nonetheless formally closes the book on the investigation into Clinton, which began with a referral from inspectors general at the State Department and intelligence agencies one year ago. The issue has loomed over Clinton’s campaign for longer, and criticism will likely continue to haunt her through the presidential election in November.

    Some critics questioned Comey’s decision to get out in front of Justice Department lawyers since prosecutors — not the FBI — ultimately decide whether to press ahead with charges. As such, his public announcement of his recommendation could be seen as tipping the scales.

    “I disagree with the FBI necessarily telling the prosecutors, ‘Here’s what you should do,’” Senate Intelligence Committee Chairman Richard Burr (R-N.C.) told The Hill off the Senate floor on Wednesday. “That should be left up to the Justice Department.”

    Burr nonetheless maintained that he had faith in the FBI’s “thorough” investigation, he said.

    The decision has inflamed criticism on Capitol Hill, where Republican lawmakers questioned how Clinton escaped indictment despite Comey’s scolding of her behavior as “extremely careless.”

    Comey will testify before the House Oversight and Government Reform Committee on Wednesday to respond to critics’ allegations and defend the FBI’s efforts. Not like that will change anything, of course, because “what difference at this point does it make.” Incidentally, none at all. All that matters is that “justice” has again been served:

  • "Crazy" – The Complete Story Of Debt, In A 40 Minute Video

    Real Vision TV’s Grant Williams offers a true look into what is known as an absurd debt level and unimaginable central bank manipulation.  Less than a week ago we highlighted Grant’s comments on commodities.  Although the information contained in the video below is nothing new to Zero Hedge, we do enjoy the way the information is presented.  Set aside some time to listen as Grant tells a story about debt and the current investment landscape.

    Grant sees people “with more power than you can possibly imagine” as the ones responsible for experimental economics that led the world down a path of self destruction.  

    I don’t think there is any argument about whether or not the central bankers of the world should have done something in 2008.  The question is ‘should they still be doing it 8 years later‘?”

    We recommend viewing the entire clip

    ********

     

Digest powered by RSS Digest

Today’s News 6th July 2016

  • Surprise: Refugees Are Making The Military Industrial Complex Even Richer

    Via TheAntiMedia.org,

    As Europe comes to terms with a Brexit vote fueled in large part by anti-immigrant hate-mongering, a new report exposes how war profiteers are influencing EU policy to make money from unending Middle East conflicts as well as the wave of refugees created by that same instability and violence.

    The report (pdf), Border Wars: The Arms Dealers Profiting from Europe’s Refugee Tragedy, released jointly by the European Stop Wapenhandel and Transnational Institute (TNI) on Monday, outlines arms traders’ pursuit of profit in the 21st century’s endless conflicts.

    “There is one group of interests that have only benefited from the refugee crisis, and in particular from the European Union’s investment in ‘securing’ its borders,'” the report finds. “They are the military and security companies that provide the equipment to border guards, the surveillance technology to monitor frontiers, and the IT infrastructure to track population movements.”

     

    The report shows that “far from being passive beneficiaries of EU largesse, these corporations are actively encouraging a growing securitization of Europe’s borders, and willing to provide ever more draconian technologies to do this.”

    In the past decade, the report says, corporate players have viewed intractable Middle East warfare as a windfall: “Several large international arms companies cited instability in the Middle East to assure investors about future prospects for their business. The arms companies are assisted by European governments, which actively promote European arms in the region and are very reluctant, to say the least, to impose stricter arms export policies.”

    Indeed, “from 2005 to 2014, EU member states granted arms exports license to the Middle East and North Africa worth over 82 billion euros,” according to the report.

    The report details how a steady flow of arms from outside the Middle East supplies all players in multi-part conflicts, such as Syria’s civil war, with an endless supply of high-tech weaponry—thus ensuring that those conflicts endure.

    And as these wars create more and more refugees who seek asylum in Europe, the very same corporations are lobbying the EU to ‘securitize’ its borders against them—thus creating additional profit for those in the business of militarization.

    Moreover, Stop Wapenhandel and TNI found “industry representatives, government officials and military and security personnel meet around the year at conferences, fairs and round tables.”

    The report quotes Nick Vaughan-Williams, international security professor at the University of Warwick, saying: “At these events it is possible to identify a cyclical culture whereby the presentation of new technologies not only responds to, but also enables and drives the formulation of new policies and practices in the field of border security and migration management.”

    And these “special fairs and congresses on border security are relatively new,” the report notes. “They all started within the last decade.”

    “I believe the influence of the military and security industry on the shaping of the [EU’s] border security policy is quite big, especially on the securitization and militarization of these and on the expanding use of surveillance technology and data exchange,” Stop Wapenhandel’s Mark Akkerman told Common Dreams. “Industry efforts include regular interactions with EU’s border institutions (including high ranking officials and politicians), where ideas are discussed that later turn up in new EU policy documents.”

     

    “For example, the industry has been pushing for years to upgrade [EU border agency] Frontex to a cross-European border security agency,” Akkerman added. “The new European Border and Coast Guard Agency the European Commission has proposed, which has a lot more powers (has its own equipment, direct interventions in member states, binding decisions forcing member states to strengthen border security capacities) than Frontex has now, is exactly that.”

     

    “If the establishment of the European Border and Coast Guard Agency proceeds,” the report notes, “this would mean a fundamental shift to an EU-controlled system of border security, with the possibility of bypassing the member states and forcing them to strengthen controls and purchase or upgrade equipment.”

     

    “It is not hard to predict that this will lead refugees to use increasingly dangerous routes, strengthening the business case for traffickers. For the military and security industry, however it means the prospect of more orders from the agency itself and from member states,” the report continues.

    Akkerman pointed out the EU’s stunning dismissal of human rights in this profit-motivated process:

    The human rights of refugees play no real role in this thinking, except for promotional purposes. Both the policy makers and the industry sometimes try to sell the increase in and militarization of border security as a humanitarian effort, in terms of strengthening search and rescue capacities. The EU has repeatedly tried to put all the blame for refugee deaths on traffickers. This has resulted in narrowing its response to ‘taking away the business model of smugglers’, with even more military means to try to accomplish this.

     

    This creates a downward spiral: the greater the controls and the more the repression, the greater the risks refugees are forced to take resulting in more deaths. Experts (academics) and human rights organizations have been warning about this for years, but they have been ignored.

    As death tolls rise and a record number of people are displaced by conflict, it seems that the fear-mongering and profiteering—and devastating human rights abuses—will only continue.

    *  *  *

    Full report below…

    Border Wars Report Web

  • This Is How They Protect Us!

    Authored by Paul Craig Roberts,

    The Latest TSA Horror

    “These people think they are God. They think they can do anything they want.”

    A partially blind, partially deaf young woman returning home from treatment for a brain tumor was brutally smashed to the ground by goon tug TSA “security” while her mother, a nurse, was shoved away.

    The goon thugs responsible should get at least 30 years in a maximum security prison for assault with intent to kill. But nothing will happen to them. Their corrupt bosses always cover up for the psychopaths who occupy so many “security” and police positions from which they exercise unaccountable brutality over those of us forced to pay their salaries.

    This is America today. We are forced to pay for our own brutilization by a criminal element that has taken refuge in “security” that “protects us.” We are in far more danger from the security forces allegedly protecting us than we are from terrorists. Indeed, the security forces are the terrorists.

    Remember, during eight years of the Iraq War, US police killed more Americans than the US lost troops in combat. We needed our soldiers at home protecting us from the police, not over there “protecting” us from Iraqis who were not bothering us at all.

    The only way to stop the continuous murder and brutalization of American citizens by “security” is to give the same jail sentences to the psychopaths, who comprise a large percentage of police, as are given to criminals without badges to hide behind. Until this happens, no one is safe, not even a handicapped young women traveling home from a hospital with her mother.

    The same prison sentences should be given to executive branch officials who initiate wars of aggression on the basis of lies and fraud. These officials are criminals, not “world leaders.”

    Read the article from the Guardian and weep for your lost country in which we are far less safe from “our” government than we were under King George. Indeed with Washington’s record of destroying seven countries in 15 years, no one in the world is safe from the government of “the land of liberty.”

    America is now justice-proof. “Security” has so thoroughly inoculated us against justice that justice cannot happen in America. Winning some taxpayer money in a civil lawsuit is not justice. Justice is prison for the goon thug criminals with badges.

  • Some Refugees Are Being Sold For Organs

    While there have been numerous headlines and stories that have come out of the immigrant crisis over the past year and a half, one recent revelation is particularly disturbing.

    Migrants traveling from Africa to Europe who are unable to pay smugglers for their journey are being sold and killed for their organs the Independent reports.

    Nuredein Wehabrebi Atta, a people smuggler who has been sentenced to five years in prison for his involvement in moving migrants, told Italian police that migrants who couldn't pay for journeys across the Mediterranean "were sold for €15,000 to groups, particularly Egyptians, who are equipped for harvesting organs."

    Atta's testimony helped break open a transnational network dedicated to migrant trafficking with Italian police confirming they have detained 38 people suspected of being involved: 25 Eritreans, 12 Ethiopians and one Italian. Interior Minister Angelino Alfano said the group used Rome for its financial transactions hub, and the arrests have dealt a "harsh blow" to the criminal network.

    Atta had been granted witness protection in Italy in exchange for a confession, and an Eritrean man arrested in 2014 had collaborated with authorities in order to provide for the first time a complete picture of the trafficking operations.

    From the Independent

    Palermo police said in a statement that an Eritrean man who was arrested in 2014 collaborated with authorities, providing for the first time "a complete reconstruction of criminal activities" of migrant trafficking involving operations both in North Africa and Italy.

     

    Mr Atta is the first foreigner to be granted witness protection in Italy. He said the shocking number of deaths among migrants attempting to cross the sea is what led him to confess, specifically the death of 360 due to a boat sinking in Lampedusa, though he said he was not involved in the incident.

     

    "The deaths that we were aware of were a small part of it," Mr Atta told police, according to local media. "In Eritrea alone there have been victims in eight out of 10 families."

     

    He said that migrants who can not afford to pay the smugglers are then sold to organ traffickers.

    * * *

    The number of refugees displaced by conflict was estimated to have reached a global total of 65 million, a record high, at the end of 2015. Sadly, much of this crisis (if not all) is driven by countries such as the United States meddling in other people's affairs and creating an even worse situation than was previously the case. Unfortunately, we don't believe this will cease being the case any time soon.

  • In Clinton Case, Obama Administration Nullifies 6 Criminal Laws

    Authored by Eric Zuesse,

    When the Obama Administration, on July 5th, ruled that in regard to Hillary Clinton’s privatized email system while she was Secretary of State, "Our judgment is that no reasonable prosecutor would bring such a case” to a grand jury, because “We cannot find a case that would support bringing criminal charges,” they ignored the following six U.S. criminal laws, each of which undeniably describes very well what she did:

    18 U.S. Code § 2232 — Destruction or removal of property to prevent seizure

    (a) Destruction or Removal of Property To Prevent Seizure

    Whoever, before, during, or after any search for or seizure of property by any person authorized to make such search or seizure, knowingly destroys, damages, wastes, disposes of, transfers, or otherwise takes any action, or knowingly attempts to destroy, damage, waste, dispose of, transfer, or otherwise take any action, for the purpose of preventing or impairing the Government’s lawful authority to take such property into its custody or control or to continue holding such property under its lawful custody and control, shall be fined under this title or imprisoned not more than 5 years, or both.

    (b) Impairment of In Rem Jurisdiction

    Whoever, knowing that property is subject to the in rem jurisdiction of a United States court for purposes of civil forfeiture under Federal law, knowingly and without authority from that court, destroys, damages, wastes, disposes of, transfers, or otherwise takes any action, or knowingly attempts to destroy, damage, waste, dispose of, transfer, or otherwise take any action, for the purpose of impairing or defeating the court’s continuing in rem jurisdiction over the property, shall be fined under this title or imprisoned not more than 5 years, or both.

    18 U.S. Code § 1512 — Tampering with a witness, victim, or an informant

    (c) Whoever corruptly

    (1) alters, destroys, mutilates, or conceals a record, document, or other object, or attempts to do so, with the intent to impair the object’s integrity or availability for use in an official proceeding; or

    (2) otherwise obstructs, influences, or impedes any official proceeding, or attempts to do so,

    shall be fined under this title or imprisoned not more than 20 years, or both.

     

    18 U.S. Code § 1519 — Destruction, alteration, or falsification of records in Federal investigations and bankruptcy

    Whoever knowingly alters, destroys, mutilates, conceals, covers up, falsifies, or makes a false entry in any record, document, or tangible object with the intent to impede, obstruct, or influence the investigation or proper administration of any matter within the jurisdiction of any department or agency of the United States or any case filed under title 11, or in relation to or contemplation of any such matter or case, shall be fined under this title, imprisoned not more than 20 years, or both.

     

    18 U.S. Code § 2071 — Concealment, removal, or mutilation generally

    (a) Whoever willfully and unlawfully conceals, removes, mutilates, obliterates, or destroys, or attempts to do so, or, with intent to do so takes and carries away any record, proceeding, map, book, paper, document, or other thing, filed or deposited with any clerk or officer of any court of the United States, or in any public office, or with any judicial or public officer of the United States, shall be fined under this title or imprisoned not more than three years, or both.

    (b) Whoever, having the custody of any such record, proceeding, map, book, document, paper, or other thing, willfully and unlawfully conceals, removes, mutilates, obliterates, falsifies, or destroys the same, shall be fined under this title or imprisoned not more than three years, or both; and shall forfeit his office and be disqualified from holding any office under the United States. As used in this subsection, the term “office” does not include the office held by any person as a retired officer of the Armed Forces of the United States.

     

    18 U.S. Code § 641 — Public money, property or records

    Whoever embezzles, steals, purloins, or knowingly converts to his use, or the use of another, or without authority, sells, conveys or disposes of any record, voucher, money, or thing of value of the United States or of any department or agency thereof, or any property made or being made under contract for the United States or any department or agency thereof, …

    Shall be fined not more than $10,000 or imprisoned not more than ten years or both. …

     

    18 U.S. Code § 793 — Gathering, transmitting or losing defense information …

    (f) Whoever, being entrusted with or having lawful possession or control of any document, writing, code book, signal book, sketch, photograph, photographic negative, blueprint, plan, map, model, instrument, appliance, note, or information, relating to the national defense, (1) through gross negligence permits the same to be removed from its proper place of custody or delivered to anyone in violation of his trust, or to be lost, stolen, abstracted, or destroyed, or (2) having knowledge that the same has been illegally removed from its proper place of custody or delivered to anyone in violation of its trust, or lost, or stolen, abstracted, or destroyed, and fails to make prompt report of such loss, theft, abstraction, or destruction to his superior officer —  

    Shall be fined not more than $10, 000 or imprisoned not more than ten years, or both. (g) If two or more persons conspire to violate any of the foregoing provisions of this section, and one or more of such persons do any act to effect the object of the conspiracy, each of the parties to such conspiracy, shall be subject to the punishment provided for the offense which is the object of such conspiracy.

    Those laws are consequently null and void, by Executive action. When Congress (which is supposed to be the Legislative branch of the government) passed those laws, what were they describing, if not this? Of course, they did describe there what Clinton has, in fact, done.

    If we are a nation “of laws, not of men” (as that old basic description of democracy phrased it), then Ms. Clinton will be prosecuted, at least through the grand jury stage, on (at least) those grounds. The decision regarding her innocence or guilt will be made by jurors (first by the grand jurors, of course, and if they find there to be a case, then by a trial jury), not by the broader public – and also not by the nation’s Executive: the President and his appointed Administration. That is what it means for a government to be a functioning democracy. Any government which violates this principle – that it is “of laws, not of men [including women]” – is not functioning as a democracy: it’s something else.

    In addition to these criminal laws, there are also federal regulations against these matters, but violations merely of federal regulations (such as these) are far less serious than are actions that violate alsofederal criminal laws (such as the six laws that are listed above).

    She isn’t even being sanctioned for the violations the the State Department’s own regulations (or “rules”).

    This is not a partisan issue. I was until recently an active Democrat, and I joined with millions of other Democrats who expressed condemnation when George W. Bush was allowed to get away with many severe crimes (such as this) while he was in office; and one of the reasons why I was trying to find someone to contest against President Obama in Democratic primaries for the 2012 Democratic Presidential nomination was that Obama had refused to prosecute his predecessor’s crimes against this nation. But now this same Obama is nullifying at least these six laws in order to win as his successor Hillary Clinton, who surely will not prosecute Obama for his many crimes (such as this and this) while he has been leading this nation and destroying our democracy.

    I parted company from the Democratic Party when I gave up on both Parties in 2012 as they and the government they operate have been since at least 1980 — not at all democratic, but instead aristocratic: holding some persons to be above the law (that researcher there called the U.S. an “oligarchy,” which is simply another word for the same thing — rule by the top wealth-holders, not by the public: not a “democracy").

    There can be no excuse for Obama’s depriving the public, via a grand jury decision, of the right to determine whether a full court case should be pursued in order to determine in a jury trial whether Hillary Clinton’s email system constituted a crime (or several crimes) under U.S. laws. The Obama Administration’s ‘finding’ that “clearly intentional and willful mishandling of classified information” would need to have been proven, in order for her to have been prosecuted under any U.S. criminal law, is a flagrant lie: none of the above six U.S. criminal laws requires that, but the only way to determine whether even that description (“clearly intentional and willful mishandling of classified information”) also applies to Clinton would be to go through a grand jury (presenting the above-cited six laws) and then to a jury case (to try her on those plus possibly also the charge that there was “clearly intentional and willful mishandling of classified information”). But now, those six laws are effectively gone: anyone who in the future would be charged with violating any one of those six laws could reasonably cite the precedent that Ms. Clinton was not even charged, much less prosecuted, for actions which clearly fit the description provided in each one of those U.S. criminal laws. Anyone in the future who would be charged under any one of these six laws could prove discriminatory enforcement against himself or herself. (In the particular case discussed there, discriminatory enforcement was ruled not to have existed because the enforcement of the criminal law involved was judged to have been random enforcement, but this condition would certainly not apply in Clinton’s case, it was clearly “purposeful discrimination” in her favor, and therefore enforcement of the law against anyone else, where in Clinton’s case she wasn’t even charged — much less prosecuted — for that offense, would certainly constitute discriminatory enforcement.) So: that’s the end of these six criminal laws. The U.S. President effectively nullified those laws, which were duly passed by Congress and signed into law by prior Presidents

    And that’s the end, the clear termination, of a governemnt “of laws, not of men”.

    *  *  *

    Investigative historian Eric Zuesse is the author, most recently, of  They’re Not Even Close: The Democratic vs. Republican Economic Records, 1910-2010, and of  CHRIST’S VENTRILOQUISTS: The Event that Created Christianity.

     

  • Time To Take The Fed's Warning Seriously: CMBS Has "Greatest Ever Monthly Delinquency Increase"

    With three UK-based property funds, among them Standard Life, Aviva and M&G, all “freezing” assets in the past 2 days and suspending redemptions over fears of a swoon in UK housing prices, spreading panic shockwaves around the globe that the Brexit dominoes have come home to roost (to mix and match metaphors), it may not be a bad time time to jump across the Atlantic and look at US real-estate and in particular, commercial properties. As CMBS specialist Trepp wrote today in its weekly TreppWire commentary, the “Trepp CMBS delinquency rate moved noticeably higher in June, as the rate was pushed up by loans that reached their maturity date but were not paid off.” It was the fourth straight month that the rate has crept higher following two large decreases in January and February. The delinquency rate for US commercial real estate loans in CMBS is now 4.60%, an increase of 25 basis points from April. 

    This is in line with recent warnings from the Fed which just two weeks ago cautioned not only about another stock bubble when on June 21 it said that “forward price-to-earnings ratios for equities have increased to a level well above their median of the past three decades” but again warned that commercial real estate remains the most troubled sector: “valuation pressures have remained notable in the commercial real estate sector, to which some small banks have substantial exposures.” This includes not just bricks and mortar malls, which are losing bankrupt retail tenants by the hour, but also the collapse in the shale sector.  It also includes a sudden spike in vacant office space.

    Over the weekend, the Fed’s warning was validated not just by Trepp, but also by Morgan Stanley, whose Richard Hill looked at the latest CMBS 2.0 remittance reports and observed that in June, “delinquent loans rose by $142MM, including a potential reps breach.” As Hill puts it, “this delinquency increase was the greatest ever.” The silver lining: so too was the decline in specially serviced and watchlist loans, as near insolvent loans rolled off to delinquent status.

    Here is the key highlight from MS’ summary of newly delinquent loans:

    15 loans totaling $221MM became newly delinquent in June. In total, 71 loans with a balance of $760.6MM were delinquent in June, resulting in a delinquency rate of 32bp. The $142MM month-over-month increase in the volume of delinquent loans was the greatest ever – it eclipses the $116MM increase in March 2016 and compares to an average monthly increase of $40.7MM.


    Some other observations on the state of CMBS 2.0:

    • Specially serviced: There were four loans totaling $43.3MM that were newly transferred to ‘specially serviced’ this month, but the volume of loans declined by the most ever to $1B, resulting in a specially serviced rate of 42bp. There are currently 13 loans totaling $206MM that are delinquent but not specially serviced, including the largest loan to become newly delinquent this month. Looking forward, we expect the two CMBS 2.0 loans totaling $293MM to be imminently transferred to special servicing, given their exposure to JQ Hammons Hotels, which filed for bankruptcy on Sunday.
    • Watchlist: 206 loans totaling $2B were added to the watchlist in June, but the volume of loans declined to $17.5B, resulting in a watchlist rate of 7.37%. The month-over-month decline in balance of specially serviced loans was the greatest ever and compares to a 12-month average increase of $580MM. However, the outstanding balance remains higher than what was observed in February 2016.
    • Appraisal reductions: 21 loans totaling $161MM realized Apprisal Reduction Amounts (ARA) this month. 10 of these loans totaling $62.1M were first-time appraisal reductions while 11 totaling $99.3M were updated appraisals. Seven of the ten loans with first-time ARAs are secured by properties located in ‘oil boom’ regions.
    • Prepayments: 29 loans totaling $456MM paid off in June and, in total, 424 loans with a balance of $9.2B have now been paid off. The largest pay-off this month was the $85MM loan secured by the Keystone Marquee Office Portfolio (DBUBS 2011-LC2A) at its maturity date.
    • Defeasance: 22 loans with a balance of $345.5MM were defeased in June. In total, 291 loans with a balance of $5.8B have now been defeased, of which 213 loans totaling $3.4B remain outstanding. The largest loan to defease this month was the $1655MM loan secured by One South Wacker Drive (WFRBS 2013-C11 WFRBS 2013-C12), which is scheduled to mature on 1/1/2018

    So is it time to start worrying about US commercial real estate? Well, with massive retail and shale bankruptcies, vacant malls around the nation, and rapidly evacuating offices, absolutely. Only in this day and age worrying means buying as much risk assets as one can afford, because the worse things are the greater the likelihood of an imminent bailout: of even a 1% correction in stocks by central banks. Case in point: frontrunning.

    • JAPAN’S 20-YEAR GOVT BOND YIELD FALLS TO ZERO FOR FIRST TIME
    • JAPAN’S 30-YEAR YIELD FALLS TO RECORD 0.03%

    And while we have been joking for the past 7 years that algos will push the S&P to +? in case World War III breaks out (on 1 offerless contract), this is looking increasingly more likely with every passing day. And now that Hillary is assured of being the next president, it just may happen in the not too distant future.

  • Martin Armstrong: "James Comey Had No Problem Keeping Me In Prison Without Any Charges"

    Submitted by Martin Armstrong via ArmstrongEconomics.com,

     

    Comey-James FBI-Portrait

    To indict someone, the criteria is supposed to be “intent.” Comey has used that to pretend there is no evidence that Hillary “intentionally” erased anything. Comey also stated that Hillary’s lawyers erased her emails using a keyword search program and they did not “read” the emails. He added that he would not recommend charges against Hillary or her aides.

    “Although we did not find clear evidence that Secretary Clinton or her colleagues intended to violate laws governing the handling of classified information, there is evidence that they were extremely careless in their handling of very sensitive, highly classified information,” Comey declared.

    It was Comey who indicted Frank Quattrone for claiming he instructed his people to erase emails in his technology-industry banking group at Credit Suisse Group’s Credit Suisse First Boston, based upon a single email that read “clean up those files” in December 2000. That was more than enough for his “intent” requirement to obstruct justice. This further illustrates the double standard of justice for them vs. us.

    Comey has said that he could not find anyone else who had been prosecuted for such a thing, but then added after clearing Hillary that this is not to say everyone in the government can do this or that they would not prosecute someone else for the same thing. Comey said,“[O]ur judgment is that no reasonable prosecutor would bring such a case.”

    Comey presented a scathing rebuke of Hillary’s conduct that anyone else would have certainly been indicted for. For Obama to have announced in advance he would campaign for Hillary, it was clear that this was a cover-up and he knew the results before today. For Comey to say, “Although we did not find clear evidence [of any intentional misconduct] there is evidence that they were extremely careless of very sensitive, highly classified information.” It is the jury’s role to determine if there is any evidence and the case should have been presented for a Grand Jury to decide if she should have been indicted. That, of course, is off limits as well.

    Comey went on to all but acknowledge that Russia hacked Hillary’s emails:

    “With respect to potential computer intrusion by hostile actors, we did not find direct evidence that Secretary Clinton’s personal e-mail domain, in its various configurations since 2009, was successfully hacked. But, given the nature of the system and of the actors potentially involved, we assess that we would be unlikely to see such direct evidence. We do assess that hostile actors gained access to the private commercial e-mail accounts of people with whom Secretary Clinton was in regular contact from her personal account. We also assess that Secretary Clinton’s use of a personal e-mail domain was both known by a large number of people and readily apparent. She also used her personal e-mail extensively while outside the United States, including sending and receiving work-related e-mails in the territory of sophisticated adversaries. Given that combination of factors, we assess it is possible that hostile actors gained access to Secretary Clinton’s personal e-mail account.”

    For Comey to claim neither the Department of Justice nor the White House knew what he was going to announce, seriously undermines his trustworthiness in this matter. Of course, Obama knew or he would not have scheduled to campaign for Hillary since, if indicted, she would have had to be on bail to stay out of jail to even campaign. This is by no means credible. But nobody would have expected Hillary to be indicted when the Democrats control the executive branch. Had Hillary been indicted, she could not have run for office, for even that statute says such a person would be disqualified for such an office. The entire election would have been a fiasco and the Democratic Party would have collapsed. This is what Bernie was holding out for and why he had his talk with Obama who informed him forget it — there would be no indictment for Hillary.

    “From the group of 30,000 e-mails returned to the State Department, 110 e-mails in 52 e-mail chains have been determined by the owning agency to contain classified information at the time they were sent or received. Eight of those chains contained information that was Top Secret at the time they were sent; 36 chains contained Secret information at the time; and eight contained Confidential information, which is the lowest level of classification. Separate from those, about 2,000 additional e-mails were “up-classified” to make them Confidential; the information in those had not been classified at the time the e-mails were sent,” Comey said.

    Then, Comey contradicted Lynch in making it clear that the final decision was her’s: “As a result, although the Department of Justice makes final decisions on matters like this, we are expressing to Justice our view that no charges are appropriate in this case.”

    TR01072002 - No Criminal Description
     

    James Comey was the chief prosecutor in the Southern District of New York between 2003 and 2005. He had no problem keeping me in Federal Prison on contempt of court without any charges, indictment, or a civil complaint describing any crime whatsoever that they even admitted openly in court. There were never any charges or complaint filed, and they publicly stated, “[T]here is no description of criminal liability.” Yet, Comey allowed me to be held in prison, entirely arbitrarily, with absolutely nothing whatsoever; Comey completely violated my civil rights, those of my family, and all 240 employees. So he is not someone who upholds the Constitution when it goes against government or the banks. As they say, the Department of Justice is really “Just Us” in reality. He has proven that once again.

    HSBC Gag Cover

    Comey also allowed a LIFETIME GAG ORDER on me to prevent me from providing any assistance to my clients in Japan to sue the bankers. Now the State Department has asked for a two-year stay in turning over any of Hillary’s emails. Why  would they do that if there is nothing criminal? This only proves that this is a cover-up, as always, because the Democratic Party cannot allow Hillary to go down for they would lose everything. Sorry, but Comey has a track record of defending the banks even when they stole billions and pleaded criminally guilty before having to pay them back. He kept me in prison on contempt to turn over assets for a “possible” restitution, but when I got into the Supreme Court, I was released and no such charges were ever filed nor did I ever have any restitution. They then tried to prevent “The Forecaster” from being shown in the USA.

    So much for any honesty from the Department of Justice. It is the Department of “Just Us,” as they say.

  • Domino #3: M&G Suspends Trading In $6 Billion UK Property Fund

    Things are getting bad fast in Britain…

    Domino #1: *STANDARD LIFE INV PROPERTY DROPS 15%; TRADING IN FUND SUSPENDED

    In a stark flashback to the catalytic event that ultimately brought down Bear Stearns in 2008, and subsequently unleashed the greatest financial crisis in history, last night we reported that Standard Life, has been forced to stop retail investors selling out of one of the UK’s largest property funds for at least 28 days after rapid cash outflows were sparked by fears over falling real estate values.

     

    As we further noted, citing an analyst, “given the outflows the sector seems to be experiencing, this could well put downward pressure on commercial property prices,” said Laith Khalaf, senior analyst at Hargreaves Lansdown. “The risk is this creates a vicious circle, and prompts more investors to dump property, until such time as sentiment stabilises.”

     

    As we concluded, whie Brexit is not a Humpty Dumpty event, where all the Fed’s horses and all the Fed’s men can’t glue the eggshell back together, it is an event that forces investors to wake up and prepare their portfolios for the very real systemic risks ahead. And, indeed, if Standard Life was the first domino, moments ago the second domino also tumbled when as Bloomberg reported that Aviva Investors Property Trust is as of this moment "frozen" citing "extraordinary" market conditions.

    Domino #2: *AVIVA SUSPENDS TRADING ON AVIVA INVESTORS PROPERTY TRUST

    As the FT adds, Aviva Investments said it had prevented retail investors from selling out of its £1.8bn UK Property Trust since Monday afternoon.

     

    Cited by Bloomberg, Aviva said in an email that "market circumstances, which are impacting the wider industry, have resulted in a lack of immediate liquidity" adding that "we have acted to safeguard the interests of all our investors by suspending dealing in the fund with immediate effect…. Suspension of dealing will give Aviva Investors greater control in managing cash flows and conducting orderly asset sales in order to meet our obligations to investors.”

    And now Domino #3: *M&G SUSPENDS TRADING IN M&G PROPERTY PORTFOLIO FUND

    As Bloomberg reports, M&G suspends trading in property portfolio, feeder funds, according to statement on website.

     

    "Investor redemptions in the fund have risen markedly because of the high levels of uncertainty in the U.K. commercial property market since the outcome of the European Union referendum.

     

    Redemptions have now reached a point where M&G believes it can best protect the interests of the funds’ shareholders by seeking a temporary suspension in trading."

    The plunge before the freeze…

     

    As Laith Khalaf, a senior analyst at Hargreaves Lansdown cited above, put it, “the dominoes are starting to fall in the U.K. commercial property market, as yet another fund locks its doors on the back of outflows precipitated by the Brexit vote. It’s probably only a matter of time before we see other funds follow suit."

    We could not have said it better ourselves.

  • Yahoo Finance Editor-In-Chief Is Sad: "We're Suffering The Consequences Of Too Much Democracy"

    Following James Traub's mind-numbingly-elitist rebuttal of the democratic rights of "we, the people" in favor of allowing "they, the elite" to ensure the average joe doesn't run with scissors, "It's time for the elites to rise up against the ignorant masses."

    The Brexit has laid bare the political schism of our time. It’s not about the left vs. the right; it’s about the sane vs. the mindlessly angry

    The Guardian's David Van Reybrouck appears willing to take the fight for elite survival even further…proclaiming "our voting system worked well for decades, but now it is broken. There is a better way to give voice to the people…. you do not ask everyone to vote on an issue few people really understand, but you draft a random sample of the population and make sure they come to the grips with the subject matter in order to take a sensible decision. A cross-section of society that is informed can act more coherently than an entire society that is uninformed."

    Brexit is a turning point in the history of western democracy. Never before has such a drastic decision been taken through so primitive a procedure – a one-round referendum based on a simple majority. Never before has the fate of a country – of an entire continent, in fact – been changed by the single swing of such a blunt axe, wielded by disenchanted and poorly informed citizens.

    But this is just the latest in a series of worrying blows to the health of democracy, and Yahoo Finance Editor-in-Chief, Andy Serwer took to his Tumblr, to explain why, in his opinion, Democracy, you could argue, is pretty much like sunshine, cold beer and ice cream. They’re all great —until you have too much.

    Too much democracy? That’s not possible, is it?

    In fact it may be. Some economists and political scientists are suggesting as much in the wake of the Brexit vote and the subsequent wave of “Leave the EU” sentiment that’s sweeping across Europe. And you can look to a big honking use case right here in the US to make that argument.

    It’s way too early to tell how Brexit will affect the economy of the UK at this point — although early days have been rocky enough with the crashing pound, stumbling stock market, and political chaos. But I would argue the biggest negative of Brexit will be the messiness and uncertainty that ensues. The UK will be forced to rewrite tax rules, as well as draft and implement new legislation. It will have to craft a new relationship with Europe. And the UK will more than likely haggle over referendums in Scotland and Northern Ireland. An OECD report says Brexit could cost the UK 3.3% of its GDP by 2020.

    Despite those headaches and risks, “Leavers” across Europe — including those in France, the Netherlands, Italy, Hungary, Austria and Finland— have taken up the call. A Citibank note says “… political risks in Europe are high and probably rising, in our view, and ‘referendum risk’ contributes significantly to these risks …” Those risks include outright withdrawal from the EU, scuttling of EU policies, and shying away from EU-centric policies that could bolster local economies. Citi notes that Italy and Hungary will likely both have referendums on matters pertaining to the EU this year.

    So what does this have to do with the US, besides the collateral damage of a potentially basket-case Europe — (no small thing that, by the way)? Because while referendums are actually rare in the UK, (the Brexit vote is only the third to cover the whole UK), they are much more common in the US.

    Twenty-six states — mostly Western ones — plus Washington, D.C., allow for initiatives and referendums. And over the years, there have been various successes and failures, never mind wackiness. (One of my favorites was the 2006 Arizona Voter Reward Act which would give a single Arizona citizen $1 million in every general election. It was defeated.) But other ballot initiatives of course are more serious, and in some states referendums and such have had real teeth, nowhere more so than in California, where they have been elevated to a powerful form of governance, with high-profile propositions.

    For those of you old enough to remember, the watershed moment of the California Proposition movement was 1978 with the passage of Proposition 13, which capped real estate taxes. (Remember Howard Jarvis — the leader of the movement — on the cover of Time Magazine: Tax Revolt!)

    The success of that vote ushered in a golden age of referendums for the Golden State, although that may be a mischaracterization. Since then the state has voted on hundreds of referendums on gun control, abortion, marijuana and the death penalty. But mostly the initiatives have tended towards the fiscal: i.e., taxes, budgets and bond issues. To some this has been a shining era of democracy. Others are not so sanguine, saying Prop. 13, for example, helped lead to the gutting of education budgets.

    One thing that is undoubtedly true is that this so-called direct democracy model has made governing more difficult. The Economist delved into this in great length in a 2011 special report:

    “This citizen legislature has caused chaos. Many initiatives have either limited taxes or mandated spending, making it even harder to balance the budget. Some are so ill-thought-out that they achieve the opposite of their intent: for all its small-government pretensions, Proposition 13 ended up centralizing California’s finances, shifting them from local to state government. Rather than being the curb on elites that they were supposed to be, ballot initiatives have become a tool of special interests, with lobbyists and extremists bankrolling laws that are often bewildering in their complexity and obscure in their ramifications. And they have impoverished the state’s representative government. Who would want to sit in a legislature where 70-90% of the budget has already been allocated?”

    The best evidence of the effects of this dysfunction perhaps is that during this period, California experienced a precipitous decline in its credit rating. In 1980, California had an AAA rating. By the early 1990s it had fallen to single A, and it bounced around that level for decades until as recently as 2014, when it was the second-lowest rated state in the nation. (This is a state, of course, with Silicon Valley, Hollywood, oil and gas, timber, minerals and the richest farmland in the nation.) Say what you will about Jerry Brown (twice!), Arnold Schwarzenegger and Pete Wilson, but it ain’t all the governors’ fault. In fact it may be Jerry Brown’s multiterm experience with government by referendum that has allowed him get a handle on the state’s finances and help boost its credit rating back up to AA (from S&P), its highest rating since 2001. But that’s hardly consolation.

    Direct democracy does have a shining example of efficacy, and that is Switzerland, though there certainly are reasons particular to that country — homogeneity being one — that explain why it has worked there.

    Otherwise, I would argue that direct democracy is best used sparingly, for local initiatives perhaps. A big drawback of direct democracy is that those who want change — no matter its validity — are much more fired up than those who want to maintain the status quo, and therefore many more of the “Changers” go to the polls, as was perhaps the case in the Brexit vote. Think about the consequences of that.

    I know it sounds horribly anachronistic, but checks and balances, branches of government, and slow, messy and deliberate governance actually have their place. It is true that both in the case of Britain’s relationship with the EU and with real estate taxes in California in the 1970s, real change was needed. In cases like this, and probably just in general, politicians need to step up more briskly than they are typically comfortable doing. But putting the onus all back on the people may not be the answer. One thing’s for sure, it certainly has its consequences.

  • Chinageddon – Gold Spikes As USDJPY, Yuan, Bond Yields Plunge

    For the first time since March 2014, Gold is back above $1370, spiking higher as China opens. While silver has been celebrating way above Brexit spike highs, gold's initial reaction was far bigger and that spike high has now been taken out.

     

    Across Asia things are moving fast. Bond yields in Taiwan are breaking to record lows, JGBs are at fresh record lows with 20Y yields reaching zero for the first time…

    • *JAPAN'S 30-YEAR YIELD FALLS TO RECORD 0.015%
    • *JAPAN'S 10-YEAR YIELD FALLS TO RECORD MINUS 0.27%
    • *TAIWAN 10-YEAR GOVT BOND YIELD FALLS TO RECORD-LOW 0.695%

     

    And USDJPY plunged to a 100 handle again

     

    And then China devalued The Yuan fix significantly…to the weakest agaionst the USD since Nov 2010

     

    Which is rippling through to US Equity futures… Dow -230 from earlier highs..

Digest powered by RSS Digest

Today’s News 5th July 2016

  • From Monica To Loretta – The Clintons Corrupt Absolutely

    Authored by Michael Goodwin, originaly posted at The New York Post,

    She can’t help herself. Even yesterday, with the political world fixated on her meeting with FBI agents, Hillary Clinton had her flack mislead the public.

    A spokesman said she gave a “voluntary” interview, which is true only because she agreed to talk instead of waiting to be subpoenaed. The flack also said she was “pleased” to assist the gumshoes.

    Who believes she was “pleased” to be interviewed by the FBI in a criminal investigation that could upend her life?

    But that’s the way the Clintons roll.

    Wherever they go, whatever they do, ethics are trashed and suspicions of criminal conduct follow them like night follows day.

    It’s who they are and it’s self-delusional to believe another stint in the White House would make the Clintons better people. Power exacerbates rather than cures an absence of integrity.

    Yet there’s another dimension to their chronic crookedness, and it gets insufficient attention even though it might be more important to the nation’s well-being.

    It is that, in addition to being personally corrupt, the Clintons are corrupters. They are piggish users, with the people and institutions around them inevitably tarnished and sometimes destroyed even as the Clintons escape to their next scam.

    Monica Lewinsky is a prime example, and Loretta Lynch is the latest. The attorney general’s dumbfounding decision to meet privately with Bill Clinton while the FBI investigates Hillary’s handling of national secrets stained Lynch’s reputation and added to public mistrust of the Justice Department.

    Lynch didn’t create that mistrust — she was supposed to be the antidote. Her predecessor, Eric Holder, was a left-wing activist who used his role as the nation’s chief law-enforcement officer to further his and Obama’s political agenda.

    That role earned Holder an undesired distinction. His refusal to cooperate with Congress on the disastrous Fast and Furious gun sting led to a bipartisan vote in the House holding him in criminal contempt, the first time in history a sitting Cabinet member ever faced such a censure.

    Lynch, as his successor, was handily confirmed by the Republican-controlled Senate, with her steady, firm demeanor and solid record as a prosecutor carrying the day.

    Yet her lifetime of good work and the hope for a fresh start at Justice are now overshadowed. She acknowledges the meeting with Bill Clinton was a mistake, and pledged to accept the recommendation of FBI agents and career prosecutors on whether Hillary should face charges.

    That’s not enough, not nearly enough, given the circumstances and stakes.

    While Lynch offers no explanation as to why in the world she agreed to the 30-minute meeting on a plane in Phoenix, perhaps she felt she owed the former president something. Remember, he first nominated her to be the US attorney in Brooklyn in 1999, a promotion that changed her life.

    After his presidency, she went to a top private law firm, and became a member of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. Bill Clinton had been very, very good to her, and without his boost, she probably wouldn’t even have been a candidate to replace Holder.

    And now her patron wanted a private meeting. Both had to know it was wrong, but he had nothing to lose and didn’t care about her reputation or the Justice Department’s.

    That was her responsibility. And it doesn’t really matter if they didn’t discuss the case. Just his being there was reminder enough that she owes him.

    Lynch also had to know that an FBI agent who socialized with the spouse of a suspect in a criminal case probably would be investigated and fired. Yet she agreed to the meeting anyway.

    Despite Lynch’s vow to let others make the call, her refusal to recuse herself means she will remain in charge. That was never ideal because Obama endorsed Hillary and all but exonerated her, but there seemed no way to argue for a special prosecutor without more evidence that the outcome was rigged. There was also FBI Director James Comey’s reputation as an independent straight shooter to provide some reassurance that the case would be handled on the merits.

    Now Lynch has broken that fragile confidence, and the need for a special prosecutor is obvious.

    The explosive result shows the Clintons haven’t lost their touch for leaving destruction and chaos in their wake. The remarkable events also serve as a clear reminder that while the Clintons enriched themselves over the years, they were helping to bankrupt the public trust in its government and institutions. And they won’t stop until they’re stopped.

  • Istanbul Turns Into A Ghost Town As Tourism Collapses

    In the aftermath of the tragic suicide bomber attacks at Istanbul's Ataturk Airport, Turkey's biggest city now feels like a ghost town.

    Restaurants sit empty in the Sultanahmet tourist district, and five-star hotel rooms can be booked for bargain prices. As AFP reports, in better times, the queues outside the Hagia Sophia (a former mosque and church that is now a museum) might have stretched an hour or longer at this time of year, today you can walk straight in and share the place with just a smattering of other visitors.

    "It's disastrous. All my life I've been a tour guide, most of us have come to a turning point where we don't know if we can go on. It's tragic." said Orhan Sonmez, hopelessly offering tours of the Hagia Sophia.

    Analysts say the attack on Istanbul's airport may have been a deliberate attempt to weaken the Turkish state by hitting its tourist industry, and it appears to be working. The United States, Germany and several other countries have warned their nationals against threats in Turkey, and to make matters worse, the TAK, a radical Kurdish group that has carried out several attacks in Turkey this year has also warned foreign tourists to stay away.

    This development comes at a time when Turkey had just suffered its worst drop-off in visits in 22 years in the month of May, which was down 35% from a year ago. The tourism industry, which according to AFP brings in over $33 billion a year, is now in a free fall.

    Part of the downturn was driven by a Russian ban on Turkish package holidays, but the ban has since been lifted, providing at least a small relief for the industry.

    Those that are still visiting say they are enjoying the peace and quiet, while taking a more philosophical approach as AFP puts it. "This could happen in any city, it's an unlucky lottery. The people are really friendly, and I really think I'll come back and spend some more time here." said Nessa Feehan, a visitor for Ireland.

    However, the situation is still dire for many who depend on tourism to make a living.

    "If it goes on like this, many shops will close. I'm thinking of moving to America, I can't make money here." said Ismail Celebi, an owner of a jewellery shop. Even though large Chinese tour groups are still arriving, Celebi says "It's not enough, we need Americans, we need Europeans."

    "Even I'm afraid to come to work here" Celebi went on to say.

    * * *

    These recent security concerns as well as the economic hits that Turkey has endured as a result of the attacks and overall tension in the region are key factors in President Recep Tayyip Erdogan's pivot to a softer approach in an attempt to strengthen diplomatic ties. As we reported last week, Erdogan even apologized to Vladimir Putin for the death of a Russian pilot, and even called Russia a "friend and a strategic partner."

  • "China Is Headed For A 1929-Style Depression"

    Authored by Sue Chang via MarketWatch.com,

    Andy Xie isn’t known for tepid opinions.

    The provocative Xie, who was a top economist at the World Bank and Morgan Stanley, found notoriety a decade ago when he left the Wall Street bank after a controversial internal report went public. Today, he is among the loudest voices warning of an inevitable implosion in China, the world’s second-largest economy.

    Xie, now working independently and based in Shanghai, says the coming collapse won’t be like the Asian currency crisis of 1997 or the U.S. financial meltdown of 2008.

    In a recent interview with MarketWatch, Xie said China’s trajectory instead resembles the one that led to the Great Depression, when the expansion of credit, loose monetary policy and a widespread belief that asset prices would never fall contributed to rampant speculation that ended with a crippling market crash.

     

    China in 2016 looks much the same, according to Xie, with half of the country’s debt propping up real-estate prices and heavy leverage in the stock market — indicating that conditions are ripe for a correction.

    “The government is allowing speculation by providing cheap financing,” Xie told MarketWatch. China “is riding a tiger and is terrified of a crash. So it keeps pumping cash into the economy. It is difficult to see how China can avoid a crisis.”

    A longtime critic of Chinese economic growth

    Xie’s viewpoints have at times attracted unwelcome attention. In 2006, when he was a star Asia economist at Morgan Stanley, a leaked email to colleagues in which he said money laundering was bolstering growth in Singapore led to his abrupt departure from the bank.

    In early 2007, he termed China’s surging markets a “bubble” that could lead to a banking crisis,” and in 2009 he likened them to a “Ponzi scheme.”

    Xie, who is from China but was educated at — and earned a Ph.D. from — Massachusetts Institute of Technology, has said Chinese authorities have tried to characterize him as an American spy sent to disrupt their markets after his 2007 prediction. China’s consulate general in San Francisco and its embassy in Washington did not reply to requests for comment.

    While he now works independently, Xie’s opinions on Asian affairs remain influential. He writes regularly for the South China Morning Post, among other publications, in May saying China is running a “gigantic monetary bubble that has corrupted virtually every corner of the economy.”

    Xie “is a respected economist,” said Huawei Ling, managing editor of Caixin Weekly and a John S. Knight Journalism Fellow at Stanford University. “I appreciate his consistency and his analysis on China’s economic issues,” she said.

    His 2007 forecast, meanwhile, turned out correct. Soon after his prediction, the Shanghai Composite Index started plunging. After hitting a peak of 6,092 on Oct. 19, 2007, it fell below 2,000 over the next 12 months.

    Years before hedge-fund managers like Kynikos Associates founder Jim Chanos turned bearish and George Soros predicted a hard landing, Xie was a dissenting voice amid a chorus of prognosticators enamored with China’s late 20th Century emergence from poverty.

    In an interview with this reporter more than a decade ago, Xie warned of a lack of depth in China’s dazzling rise, saying the rapid growth on the country’s coastal cities masked the fact that many inner areas of the country were stuck in the “Stone Age.”

    Concerns about China’s economy are more commonplace now. Two camps have formed in 2016: those like Templeton Emerging Markets Group Executive Chairman Mark Mobius, who believe a resilient China is experiencing temporary growing pains, and those who, like Soros, foresee an imminent collapse.

    Xie is firmly in the latter camp.

    “China grew too fast,” Xie said. “The government is using its power to stop the unraveling but not address the issue. It is just buying more time.”

    Fresh worries about China after the Brexit vote

    Xie’s criticism coincides with fresh worries about China after the U.K.’s vote to quit the European Union, which triggered an across-the-board selloff in risky assets as investors sought cover in safe-haven assets. Global markets have rebounded somewhat, but uncertainty remains.

    Subsequent strength in the U.S. dollar has prompted analysts to predict an accelerated weakness in the Chinese yuan. The yuan slumped to a nearly six-year low against the greenback this week, according to FactSet.

    More broadly, fissures have started to appear in the world’s second largest economy. After years of expanding at a blistering pace. China’s gross domestic product grew 6.9% in 2015, its slowest pace in a quarter-century.

    For 2016, Beijing has set a GDP target of 6.5% to 7%; The latest spate of global uncertainties prompted Bank of America Merrill Lynch and Deutsche Bank to trim their forecasts to 6.4% and 6.6%, respectively.

    The export sector, long a driver of Chinese growth, is sputtering due to global saturation and household consumption is barely 30% of China’s GDP, Xie said. In the U.S., household consumption accounted for more than 68% of GDP in 2014, according to the World Bank.

    China’s stock market last year dove in June, losing more than 30% in a month as regulators tightened margin-trading and short selling rules, making it more difficult for investors to borrow money to invest in stocks. A belief that the government was not properly responding to the economic slowdown also weighed on sentiment.

    Then in August, authorities unexpectedly devalued the yuan in a bid to support the flagging economy, sparking unprecedented capital flight.

    Xie and other observers say the surest way to get China out of its rut is to boost consumption, marking a deliberate turn away from a manufacturing-focused economy. Efforts are under way to move China in that direction, but analysts say the process could take years or even decades — during which China could reach a breaking point.

    Total social financing, a broad measure of funds secured by households and nonfinancial companies, topped $22 trillion in March, more than twice China’s $10.4 trillion GDP, according to official data.

    There’s no equivalent metric in the U.S., but household debt stood at $14.3 trillion while nonfinancial debt totaled $13 trillion at the end of the first quarter, according to the Federal Reserve. The combined tally of $27.3 trillion is roughly 1.5 times the U.S. GDP.

    Torsten Slok, chief international economist at Deutsche Bank said in May that China’s credit bubble is worse than the U.S. subprime buildup that led to the last financial crisis. “It is clear that in China in recent years more and more capital has been misallocated and not resulted in higher GDP growth,” said Slok.

    Kyle Bass of Hayman Capital Management, who was among the few on Wall Street to correctly predict the subprime mortgage crisis, shorted the Chinese yuan earlier this year, warning investors in a 13-page February letter that China is making the same mistakes the U.S. did 10 years ago.

    “The unwavering faith that the Chinese will somehow be able to successfully avoid anything more severe than a moderate economic slowdown by continuing to rely on the perpetual expansion of credit reminds us of the belief in 2006 that U.S. home prices would never decline,” Bass wrote.

    Xie, meanwhile, says he is doubtful of the Communist’s Party’s ability to manage and grow China’s economy — but believes that, if they become more hands-off, the country could become the world’s leading economic force. At the core of Xie’s concerns about China is the contention that the government is doing more harm than good.

    “If government takes a step back instead of dominating the economy so much, China can be twice as big as the U.S. in 20 years,” he said.

    ‘The Communist Party isn't compatible with the future of China’

    Today’s regime in China recalls the U.S.-backed Chinese National Party, or Kuomintang, that ruled the country until its defeat at the hands of the Communist rebels in 1949, according to Xie.

    The Nationalists, he says, flooded the economy with easy money to support speculation that led to runaway inflation. That, in turn, shifted public sentiment in favor of the Communists, who drove the Nationalists out of the country.

    “It was very similar to what is going on right now,” said Xie. “If you keep on printing money to use for speculation, you will have hyperinflation and a currency crash,” he said. “The Communist Party isn't compatible with the future of China.”

    Xie’s criticism of the government hasn't resulted in his arrest although he was not certain whether that will not change in the future. Chinese officials have started to muzzle analysts and journalists who have published pessimistic reports on the economy, The Wall Street Journal has reported.

    And his research reports are not currently distributed in China. “There are safety mechanisms to stop someone like me reaching the ordinary people,” said Xie.

    Despite his frustration, however, he occasionally belies immense pride in his country and bemoans the fact that the global community may be underestimating China’s potential.

    “The economists in the West who say that China isn't very important are wrong,” he said. “China isn't an emerging economy. It is the only country that caught up with the West, and it will shape the path of the global economy in the future.”

  • War Of Words Erupts As Italy's PM Slams Mario Draghi: "You Could Have Done More To Help Italian Banks"

    Italy’s Prime Minister, Matteo Renzi, is getting desperate, and with good reason.

    As we reported this morning, the rally in European stocks fizzled and Italian banks tumbled after Italy’s 3rd largest (and the world’s oldest) bank, Monte Paschi cratered after it confirmed receipt of a letter from the ECB which had asked the troubled lender to cut its bad debts by 40% within three years,  or to €14.6 billion 2018 from €24.2 billion at the end of 2015.

    And since there are no natural buyers for these NPLs (at least not at the prices demanded by the insolvent bank), the ECB has effectively heaped even more pressure on Rome to stabilize its banking system at a time when Rome itself was hoping that Europe would help bail out its banks. This means that instead of being allowed to inject public – or rather European – funds into its banks while bypassing the much dreaded bail-in which could result in a panicked bank run as depositors scramble to avoid haicuts, Italian banks may have no choice but to dilute themselves to death, hence today’s abysmal price action which saw Monte Paschi’s stock price drop to an all time low.

    All of this appears to have been too much for Renzi, and Italy’s troubled premier, who  as Citi wrote over the weekend is now facing a very shaky future as a result of the upcoming October constitutional referendum…

     

    … has lashed out at Mario Draghi, the very man who was supposed to be on Renzi’s side and protect him from the animosity of Merkel et al, in what Reuters dubs a very rare instance of public criticism.

    As Reuters reports, Matteo Renzi criticized European Central Bank Governor Mario Draghi for not having done more to resolve Italy’s banking woes when he held a key Treasury job in Rome in the 1990s.

    After taking power in 2014, Renzi’s government introduced reforms aimed at strengthening the country’s cooperative banks, but several are struggling to stay afloat and a bailout fund took control of Veneto Banca last week after the ECB said it had to raise capital or close.

     

    “If the measures concerning the cooperatives had not been taken by us but by the centre-left government that first put them forward, but was not strong enough to enact them in 1998 … then we would not have this problem,” Renzi said.

     

    The prime minister said that Draghi was director general of the Treasury at that time, with Carlo Azeglio Ciampi serving as economy minister.

    But the punchline, and the most damning quote was Renzi’s unexpected outburst saying that “if people had the strength and intelligence to keep politics out of the banking system a bit before we did it … we would not have had cases like Monte dei Paschi di Siena,” Renzi told a meeting of his centre-left Democratic Party (PD).

    In short, just as we explained last week, a failure by any one major Italian bank, or the entire banking system, will be seen not so much as a failure of Renzi, but of Draghi, who not only had a key role in Italy’s Treasury, but between 2005 and 2011 was head of the Bank of Italy, making the financial plight of Italy’s banks from bad to worse.

    Meanwhile, Monte dei Paschi has been in crisis mode for years, hit by a disastrous acquisition on the eve of the financial crisis, losses from risky derivatives trades and bad debts accumulated during Italy’s worst recession since the Second World War. And, as many suspect, somewhere in there are Draghi’s fingerprints all over the events that have doomed the bank. As such its failure would only accelerate the discovery of the fact that highlight it was Draghi’s failure all along to fix Italy’s banking sector, whose insolvency has ironically been re-exposed in the aftermath of Brexit – an event Renzi had hoped to use as a scapegoat for more bailouts yet which backfire massively after Merkel said “nein.”

    Then again, Merkel’s position on the matter has been clear all along. What we are far more interested in is how the sudden scandal between Renzi and Draghi will play out, and whether in the coming days we may not all witness the modern version of the “Night of the Long Knives.” The only question is who will go down and just who will have oredered said night…

  • Three Charts Show How Precious Brexit Is for Gold and Silver

    Gold and silver have been the standout winners in the fallout from Britain’s decision to leave the European Union according to Bloomberg. They have compiled three charts showing how “precious” Brexit is for gold and silver.

    Brexit_gold_silver

    Investors seeking a haven from volatile currencies and equities pushed prices of the metals to a two-year high. With central banks pledging more stimulus to prop up markets (the Bank of England may cut interest rates within months and traders have reduced odds on the Federal Reserve raising rates), the appeal of owning non-yielding assets like precious metals has increased.

    Gold has climbed 6.2 percent and silver 11 percent since the June 23 referendum, outperforming global stocks, bonds and currencies, including those also often bought as a haven.

    “Macroeconomic risk and geopolitical risk were already setting gold and silver up for a good year – the Brexit fall out has just been the icing on the cake,” said Mark O’Byrne, a director at brokerage GoldCore Ltd. in Dublin. “These metals will continue to outperform as market conditions remain unstable.”

    See full article here

    7RealRisksBanner

     

    Gold and Silver News
    Gold Climbs 1.3% on Week and Silver Soars 10.1% (Coin News)
    Gold inches up, silver passes $20 threshold at near 2-yr highs (Reuters)
    Gold Posts Longest Run of Gains in Two Years on Stimulus Bets (Bloomberg)
    Silver scores biggest weekly jump in almost 3 years (DJ Marketwatch)
    Gold heads for fifth week of gains and silver soars (Reuters)

    Best And Worst Performing Assets In June And Q2 (Zerohedge)
    How the UK’s vote affected Irish shares, sterling, bond prices and safe-haven gold (Irish Times)
    Precious Metal Pandemonium – Silver Spikes Limit-Up, Gold Surges As China FX Basket Hits Record Low (Zerohedge)
    500 Tons of Gold That Show Global Rise in Investor Angst (Bloomberg)
    Read More Here

    Gold Prices (LBMA AM)
    04 July: USD 1,348.75, EUR 1,213.07 & GBP 1,016.42 per ounce
    01 July: USD 1,331.75, EUR 1,199.51 & GBP 1,001.34 per ounce
    30 June: USD 1,317.00, EUR 1,183.59 & GBP 976.82 per ounce
    29 June: USD 1,318.00, EUR 1,191.64 & GBP 984.36 per ounce
    28 June: USD 1,312.00, EUR 1,185.79 & GBP 985.84 per ounce
    27 June: USD 1,324.60, EUR 1,200.49 & GBP 996.36 per ounce
    24 June: USD 1,313.85, EUR 1,181.28 & GBP 945.58 per ounce

    Silver Prices (LBMA)
    04 July: USD 20.36, EUR 18.31 & GBP 15.36 per ounce
    01 July: USD 19.24, EUR 17.29 & GBP 14.48 per ounce
    30 June: USD 18.36, EUR 16.48 & GBP 13.61 per ounce
    29 June: USD 18.21, EUR 16.42 & GBP 13.55 per ounce
    28 June: USD 17.57, EUR 15.84 & GBP 13.17 per ounce
    27 June: USD 17.70, EUR 16.06 & GBP 13.40 per ounce
    24 June: USD 18.04, EUR 16.32 & GBP 13.18 per ounce

    Recent Market Updates
    – BREXIT Day – Markets Becalmed – Gold Panic Prelude – Trading Hours
    – Gold Lower Despite “Panic” Due To “Supply Issues” In Inter Bank Gold Market
    – Gold Slips Despite UK Gold Demand Surging – Investors “Seek Stability”
    – Gold Prices Surge to Highest in Nearly Two Years On FED and Brexit Haven Demand
    – Gold Bullion Has Little Downside, Brexit Or Not, Says HSBC
    – Central Bank of Ireland Warns Risks are Debt, Brexit, Geopolitical Tensions and Migration
    – Gold In Euros Surges 6.5% In June and 17% YTD On BREXIT Concerns
    – Soros Buying Gold On BREXIT, EU “Collapse” Risk
    – UK Gold Demand Rises On BREXIT “Nerves”
    – Pensions Timebomb in “Slow Motion Detonation” In UK, EU, U.S.
    – Silver – Perfect Storm Brewing in the Market
    – Martin Wolf: There Will Be Another “Huge” Financial Crisis

  • Not Even Death Will Help You With Student Loans

    Student loans are incredibly difficult to discharge, even through bankruptcy, this is widely known. However in New Jersey, it appears as though student loans are still expected to be paid, even if someone gets cancer or even dies.

    This is something that Marcia DeOliveira-Longinetti learned when trying to close out a list of things to take care of after her son's unsolved murder last year. When Marcia called about federal loans that her son had taken out for college, an administrator offered condolences and assured her that the balance would be written off. However, the New Jersey Higher Education Student Assistance Authority gave a quite a different response.

    "Please accept our condolences on your loss. After careful consideration of the information you provided, the authority has determined that your request does not meet the threshold for loan forgiveness. Monthly bill statements will continue to be sent to you." a letter from the agency read.

    Of course Marcia was shocked, and even though she co-signed the loans was left confused. However, as a joint investigation by ProPublica and the New York Times discovered, this was not an isolated case.

    According to the NYT, New Jersey's loans, which total $1.9 billion, come with extraordinarily stringent rules that can lead to financial ruin.

    As the NYT explains

    New Jersey’s loans, which currently total $1.9 billion, are unlike those of any other government lending program for students in the country. They come with extraordinarily stringent rules that can easily lead to financial ruin. Repayments cannot be adjusted based on income, and borrowers who are unemployed or facing other financial hardships are given few breaks.

     

    The loans also carry higher interest rates than similar federal programs. Most significant, New Jersey’s loans come with a cudgel that even the most predatory for-profit players cannot wield: the power of the state. New Jersey can garnish wages, rescind state income tax refunds, revoke professional licenses, even take away lottery winnings — all without having to get court approval.

     

    It’s state-sanctioned loan-sharking,” Daniel Frischberg, a bankruptcy lawyer, said. “The New Jersey program is set up so that you fail.

     

    The authority, which boasts in brochures that its “singular focus has always been to benefit the students we serve,” has become even more aggressive in recent years. Interviews with dozens of borrowers, who were among the tens of thousands who have turned to the program, show how the loans have unraveled lives.

     

    The program’s regulations have destroyed families’ credit and forced them to forfeit their salaries. One college graduate declared bankruptcy at age 26 after struggling to repay his debt. The agency filed four simultaneous lawsuits against a 31-year-old paralegal after she fell behind on her payments.

    Chris Gonzalez is another example of how strict the state is. Gonzalez got non-Hodgkin's lymphoma and was eventually laid off by Goldman Sachs (after three years of cancer treatments – nice bunch over there). While the federal government allowed him to suspend his payments because of hardship, New Jersey sued him, seeking $266,000 in payments, and seized a state tax refund he was owed.

    One reason that is given for the tactics is that that the state depends on Wall Street investors to finance student loans through tax-exempt bonds, and the state needs to satisfy those investors by keeping the loans to a minimum. Also, loan revenues cover about half the agency's administrative budget. Governor Chris Christie declined to respond to questions, but Christie appointed its executive director Gabrielle Charette, and Christie also has the power to appoint at least 12 of the agency's 18 board members, and can veto any action taken by the board.

    Marcia DeOliveira-Longinetti continues to pay on her son's loans, having made 18 payments to New Jersey in the amount of $180 a month, with about 92 payments to go. "We're not going to be poor because of this, but every time I have to pay this thing, I think in my head, this is so unfair." Marcia said.

    As the NYT explains, for decades states served as middlemen for federal student loans, but in 2010 Congress and the Obama administration effectively eliminated the role of state agencies by having only the federal government lend directly to students. Some states decided to downsize and transfer their federal loan portfolios, but New Jersey went a different direction.

    For decades, states served as middlemen for federal student loans. Most of the loans were made by banks and were handled and backed by regional and state-based agencies as well as by the federal government. The arrangement was unwieldy, expensive and marked by scandal.

     

    After Pennsylvania’s student loan agency lost a public records lawsuit in 2007, documents revealed that the agency had spent nearly $1 million on things like fly-fishing, facials and falconry lessons.

     

    That same year, New Jersey’s agency was caught in what amounted to a kickback scheme. The state attorney general found that the agency had improperly pushed one company’s loans in exchange for annual payments of $2.2 million. A subsequent investigation by the state’s inspector general found that the agency was in “disarray.”

     

    In 2010, Congress and the Obama administration decided to effectively eliminate the role of state agencies by having only the federal government lend directly to students.

     

    Some states, like California, decided to downsize and transferred their federal loan portfolios. Others, such as Pennsylvania, won contracts from the federal government to service debt from the federal loan program.

     

    New Jersey chose a different path. In the years leading up to the end of the federal program, New Jersey sharply expanded its loan program, slowly replacing the federal loans it once handled with state loans. From 2005 to 2010, loans from the agency nearly tripled, to $343 million per year. Since then, the agency has reduced its loans by half, but its outstanding portfolio has remained roughly the same, about $2 billion.

     

    Ms. Karrow said the growth of New Jersey’s program was simply a result of both the increasing number of students and the rising cost of tuition. But in fact, college enrollment and tuition have not grown as rapidly as the program’s size.

    In contrast to New Jersey, Massachusetts, which is the next largest program with $1.3 billion in outstanding loans, automatically cancels debt if a borrower dies or becomes disabled, something many other states do also according to the NYT.

    New Jersey's solution to the problem is to encourage students to buy life insurance in case they die to help co-signers repay. How very nice of them.

    When consumer lawyers protested the program's onerous conditions at a 2014 agency meeting, the agency said that giving borrowers a break would make the bonds sold to finance loans "less attractive to the ratings agencies and investors." Which according to Moody's is an accurate assessment, as Moody's cited the authority's "administrative wage garnishing, which it uses aggressively for significantly higher collections" compared with other programs.

    * * *

    "I felt so comfortable because it was the State of New Jersey. It's the state, my government, trying to help me out and achieve my American dream. It turns out they were the worst ones" Gonzalez said. Indeed, when Wall Street is a key source of funding and the bond issuer dares not push back, apparently death nor cancer can't get you out of your student loan payment.

    Read the full article here.

  • "All Out Of Gummy Bears" – Marijuana Store Survey & Industry Outlook Q2 2016

    Via ConvergEx's Nick Colas,

    This report marks the 2-year anniversary of our quarterly survey on the legal recreational marijuana market in Colorado. We’ve picked up a couple more states since then, now covering prices and business developments in Washington and Oregon. We survey numerous stores’ managers to track how a new market matures and how its cost structure and product mix evolves. Each state reported downward pressure in pricing, but has seen it steady over the past couple of months. An eighth of retail cannabis in Colorado sells for an average range of $25 to $45, but our contacts said they are running more sales of $25 eighths during the week and $20 on the weekends. In Washington, we reported the price of a gram dropped to $10 three months ago; some contacts said it’s now as low as $8. A gram sells for about $10 to $15 in Oregon as well.

     

    Foot traffic is starting to pick up as we carry forward into summer, as the industry benefits from tourism. As for sales, Colorado stores brought in $69.4 million during April, setting a monthly record; sales total $242 million this year thru April. Washington stores garnered $229.6 million in revenue, and Oregon stores have sold nearly $60 million. Expect Oregon’s figure to jump in the months ahead, as stores can now sell edibles/concentrates/extracts as of this month.

     

    Bottom line, Colorado and Washington posted double digit growth in sales relative to 2015 every month of this year. Make no mistake, this is a fast growing industry with massive upside potential with as many as nine states possibly voting on marijuana-related measures this fall. Including California…

    Note from Nick: We can’t be “All Brexit, all the time” so today we bring to you Jessica’s quarterly note on the state of the U.S. marijuana business. Simply put, it is going gangbusters. Read on for the details…

    As of July 1st, you can’t buy one of retail marijuana stores’ top selling products in Colorado: gummy bears. Or gummy worms or chewy candies in the shape of animals or fruits for that matter. Governor Hickenlooper recently signed a bill into law that bans marijuana-infused edibles in shapes attractive to children.

    We’ve conducted a quarterly survey on the recreational marijuana industry in Colorado for two years now, and one of our main contacts said gummies outsell all his store’s other products. He doesn’t see this change as “too big of a deal,” however, as vendors can make gummies that aren’t in kid friendly shapes. So how are cannabusinesses faring in Colorado these days? Here’s a breakdown of our usual price/units/product mix analysis:

    #1 – Price: Stores can still sell an ounce of recreational cannabis for an average range of $150 to $350, and an eighth for $25 to $45. Our contacts said they continue to experience price drops, however, due to more competition and as bigger companies put pressure on smaller stores by cutting prices. Some respondents said the lowest they’ve seen larger players reduce the price of an ounce was to $100. Most stores run discounts, and our contacts said they have been selling more eighths for $25 during the week, and even $20 on the weekends. They don’t forecast prices falling too much further. One store said a full price eighth is still $40, but wouldn’t be surprised if it declines to $30 within the next six months or year.

    #2 – Units/Traffic: The average transaction size has dropped slightly to about $40 to $50 dollars from $50 to $60. One store has successfully brought transaction sizes back up by prepackaging flower in eighths for some strains, rather than just half eighths to encourage customers to buy in larger quantities. Around 150 to 350 customers still visit our contacts’ stores each day, although some report there was greater foot traffic six months ago than the past three. This has to do with the time of year, as stores are busiest during the winter and summer since tourists make up about 50% of their customer base. One store even said the trend is moving towards more tourists, speculating that a greater number of locals may have decided to grow their own. All in all, respondents expect a bump in customers as students come back from college.

    Stores are also gearing up for July 4th by planning some specials like a buy one edible get another half off sale. Our contacts typically experience an uptick in sales around holidays. July 4th falls on a Monday, so they expect customers to stock up on the prior Friday and Saturday. The biggest day of the year is always on April 20th, the so-called national holiday for marijuana. One of the largest festivals for the day relocated to California this year, but it didn’t stop stores from besting last year’s sales figures. Dispensaries were eager to beat last year’s comp and they did. Not only did our contacts say they outpaced sales from the previous year, but MarketWatch reported retail sales jumped 53% year over year to $7.3 million on April 20th according to BDS Analytics. Another plus, our contacts said they have been better prepared to deal with such high volumes due to learning from their experiences last year.

    #3 – Mix: Our contacts still report a 50/50 split between flower and edibles/concentrates/accessories. They said numerous vendors continue to ask them to try out new products like concentrates or cartridges. The influx of vendors also puts downward pressure on wholesale prices, which contributes to lower prices at their stores. Overall, concentrates and cartridges are still the hottest products growing in popularity due to their discretion and ease of use.

    In short, we’ll let the numbers do the talking on the success of the marijuana industry in Colorado. Stores brought in $69.4 million from recreational sales just in April, based on tax data from the Colorado Department of Revenue. That’s up 58.2% y/y and marks a monthly sales record since stores first started selling retail cannabis in January 2014. Dispensaries have already generated $242 million in retail sales from January thru April (latest available data), almost half the sales garnered in 2015 ($575.8 million) in just the first four months of this year.

    So how are the economic and business developments shaping up in Washington and Oregon? Here’s the scoop:

    Prices in Washington and Oregon abated slightly, down to an average range of $25 to $50 for an eighth from $25 to $60 three months ago. Prices continued to contract especially for grams. A gram of recreational cannabis sells for an average of $10 to $15, but some stores said it now sells for as low as $8. One Washington contact said “it used to be a $10 gram market,” but over the past three months it’s now “an $8 a gram market.” He also said his store is reluctant to raise prices due to the hefty sales tax of 37% on recreational cannabis. These stores run daily and weekly discounts just like in Colorado, such as “take $4.20 off an 1/8th or more of the strain of the day!”

     

    In regards to Washington, medical growers and stores are not currently licensed or regulated, unlike the retail market. They will merge on July 1st, in which only recreational stores licensed under I-502 can remain in operation. Those who want products intended for medical use can buy them at retail stores that are medically endorsed. The Washington State Liquor and Cannabis Board (WSLCB) raised the retail store cap of 334 to 556 for the merger, but medical marijuana stores that don’t receive a license will have to shut down. Our contacts are generally happy about the merger as they are licensed and would appreciate more defined regulations. We asked the WSLCB what this would mean for prices. They said prices would likely continue to drop as there will still be plenty of licensed stores in operation and more will open; licensed stores will continue to compete against each other with their retail products as opposed to the medicinal products sold by unlicensed stores.

     

    Average transaction sizes for both states are similar to Colorado at about $45. The number of daily customers is also similar at around 200 on average, although we received a wide range of answers all the way up to as many as 600 per day; many contacts also noted increases in foot traffic over the past month likely due to the time of year. In terms of 420 for Washington, one store manager said it was a “madhouse” and “absolutely crazy.” MarketWatch reported impressive figures compared to last year just like Colorado, as the state doubled the amount of sales on April 20th to $5.5 million according to Headset. They’re also getting ready for July 4th. Now it’s about beating 2015’s comps during this year’s holidays. There will be plenty of specials consequently, like a gram of retail cannabis for just $5 or pre rolls for $3. In Oregon, one contact expects a successful weekend for the 4th of July because her community’s payday is on that Friday.

     

    Washington stores’ product mix is similar to Colorado in terms of selling about 50% flower and 50% edibles/concentrates. Our contacts said popular products include vape pens and pre rolls. While medical stores in Oregon have been able to sell flower since last fall (recreational stores don’t open until later this year), they haven’t been able to sell recreational edibles and extracts until this month. These new options have increased sales at our contacts stores across the board. With that said, some respondents noted the potency is too low. While one dose of cannabis-infused edible can have up to 15 milligrams of THC, the state wants to bring that figure down to 5 milligrams which is half of what’s allowed in Colorado. Washington received tourists from Oregon before it could sell edibles, but given the low potency in that state our Washington contacts said they still get customers from Oregon. One Oregon store manager even said he’s seen customers walk out of his store and complain that’s not what they were looking for in terms of edibles. For Oregon stores, however, they’re just thrilled they can sell recreational marijuana with one contact claiming it was “life-saving in terms of business sustainability.” The ability to sell edibles is still an added bonus.

    Sales at Washington retail marijuana stores are growing at an impressive clip, even though they are outpaced by their Colorado counterparts. So far this year thru May, they’ve brought in $229.6 million compared to $357.6 million last year, according to data provided by WSLCB. Here are the numbers for each month: January ($39.6 million, +202% y/y), February ($42.3 million, +163% y/y), March ($46.7 million, +119% y/y), April ($49.1 million, +97% y/y), and May ($51.9 million, +71% y/y).

    As for Oregon, the state’s Department of Revenue said it received $14.9 million in recreational tax payments as of May 30th. Only 57% of the 319 dispensaries in Oregon that have made at least one monthly tax payment have filed a quarterly tax return, however. With a tax rate of 25%, that suggests retail stores gained almost $60 million in revenue during the first five months of this year. It also implies stores have been bringing in about $12 million on average each month. By comparison, Colorado stores received $90.2 million and sales averaged about $18 million per month during the first five months it was sold legally. Nevertheless, Oregon’s figures will likely increase when recreational stores open later this year and now that they can sell edibles, concentrates, and extracts.

    Even with money flowing in, the legal marijuana industry has its fair share of challenges. Regulations on products, packaging, and potency limits, for example, keep changing and are continually up for debate. These states still have a lot to figure out as the industry is still in its infancy, which gives stores a level of uncertainty. One of the most pressing issues is that the drug is still illegal on a federal level, making banks largely inaccessible to store operators. One store manager said he would love to accept debit and credit cards, but only makes cash transaction to avoid any complications and puts ATMs in all of his stores. Currently, marijuana is a Schedule I narcotic, but the U.S. Drug Enforcement Agency could reschedule the drug to allow medical use with a prescription or deschedule it to allow recreational use. Some reports suggest the DEA may reclassify the drug this summer. We’ll keep you posted.

    This fall’s elections could put pressure on the DEA. There are as many as nine states in which people will potentially vote on cannabis measures this fall, most likely including California as it secured the necessary number of signatures to put the Adult Use of Marijuana Act on the ballot. Despite the possibility of losing some tourist activity, store managers across Colorado, Washington, and Oregon hope the ballot in California passes this fall. One contact said “every state that checks off another going recreational is a win” in his book and that it’s another in line until they get them all. They also said California already has the infrastructure in place since medical marijuana is legal.

    In short, continue paying attention to this fast growing industry and we’ll keep you updated. If California legalizes recreational marijuana in the fall, it will likely produce a domino effect. And now voters and states can see the benefits from the ongoing successful case studies we laid out in this note. In the words of Donald Trump – also likely on the ballot in November – “It’s gonna be huge.”

  • Senator Admits The FBI Is "About To Ask Putin For His Copies Of Hillary's Emails"

    It is well known that the FBI still does not have roughly 30,000 emails that Hillary Clinton deleted from her private server due to Clinton categorizing them as personal and not work related. We have also reported that Russia may be in possession of those emails, and according to Judge Andrew Napolitano, there is a debate going on in the Kremlin about whether or not to release them.

    Given that the FBI still doesn't have the emails, Arkansas Republican Senator Tom Cotton (of the US is "under-incarcerated" fame), who is a Trump supporter and also serves on the Senate Intelligence Committee, has become so frustrated that Cotton suggests the FBI is about to ask Putin for his copies. Cotton also took a jab at Bill Clinton's meeting with Loretta Lynch, saying that his plane was also on the tarmac, and he thought Bill Clinton may be waiting to climb on board to talk with him as well.

    As Breitbart reports

    A combat veteran of Iraq and Afghanistan, Sen. Thomas Cotton (R.-Ark.) said he was glad to make it on time for his speech after a series of travel delays.

     

    We were on the tarmac, I thought Bill Clinton might be boarding my plane to talk to me,” said the former Army Airborne Ranger officer.

     

    Cotton said it was shocking, but not shocking to him, that the former president would meet with Attorney General Loretta Lynch — whose department is investigating both his wife and himself for his handling of the Clinton Foundation.

     

    Clinton’s decision to conduct all her official business on her own private email account on her own private server and the way she has handled official and media inquires about it was just teaser of how her administration will approach transparency and national security, Cotton said.

     

    The FBI still does not have 30,000 emails the expected Democratic nominee for president claimed to have deleted.

     

    “It has gotten so bad, the FBI is on the verge of asking Vladimir Putin for his copies of Hillary’s emails,” Cotton said.

     

    In addition to the criminal nature of the former first lady scheme, he said, conducting official and classified business on an unsecured server exposed American national security to our enemies.

     

    Americans should not be surprised that the former secretary of state would put America at risk, he said. Working with President Barack Obama, Clinton oversaw a foreign policy that treated allies as troublemakers and our enemies as victims with legitimate complaints about the United States. Chief among the enemies is the Islamic Republic of Iran, which Obama-Clinton empowered by lifting sanctions, thawing frozen assets, and ignoring Iran’s support of violent terrorism.

    * * *

    Truth be told, it may not be a bad idea.

  • Goldman Reveals How China Is Covering Up Hundreds Of Billions In Capital Outflows

    In order to mask the tremendous capital outflows leaving its country – in order to prevent and/or delay a depositor panic – China has resorted to various gimmicks: back in October, we reported that the first one involved the PBOC gradually shifting from FX spot intervention to the using forwards as a preferred mechanism of market intervention as it is not as obvious, or as transparent to detect, to wit: “we need to take account not only of the PBoC’s non-spot market intervention efforts in the offshore market, but also of banks’ forward books if we want to get a better read on capital outflows in China.”

    Then, when Wall Street figured out how to back into the true capital outflow numbers, China stopped reporting key capital flow data outright. As SCMP reported in February, “sensitive data was missing from a regular central bank report in China amid concerns about the flow of cash out of the country as its economy slows and currency weakens.” FT added that the People’s Bank of China removed the data category “Position for forex purchase”, which tracked total foreign exchange purchases by both the central bank and other financial institutions. In its place, a separate series that captures only central bank forex purchases is substituted. A rise in forex purchases is considered a sign of capital inflows, while a drop suggests outflows.

    However, not even this was enough to mask the massive outflow of capital leaving China’s economy and being parked offshore.

    So what did China do? Why it resorted to the oldest trick in the book: fabricating data outright. Only… it was caught again. As Goldman calculates, cross-border yuan flow in recent months could have masked the true level of outflow pressure in China. According to the bank, SAFE data on onshore FX settlement show outflow of about $2b in May; was also $24b in RMB flow to offshore, meaning underlying outflow in May could be $26b, analysts including MK Tang and Maggie Wei write in a note released overnight.

    More notably, they calculate that since October total net FX outflow has been about $500 billion, which is 50% above $330b implied by SAFE’s onshore FX settlement data.

    They adds that there are no obvious market forces to explain RMB flow in recent months, adding that non-commercially driven factors seem a more likely explanation.  They note that it is possible that offshore clearing banks or Chinese entity have been buying CNH and selling back onshore; this is justified by near-daily anecdotes of frequent CNH smoothing operations by Chinese institutions. As a result, flow to offshore doesn’t show in foreigners’ holdings of CNH assets.

    Goldman also observes that since the August yuan “reform”, CNH has been generally weak; but this hasn’t led to net flow from offshore to onshore. “In a stark contrast, the relationship is in total reverse since October last year – the cheaper the CNH (vs CNY), the greater the net flow of RMB from onshore to offshore.”

    Here are the details from Goldman’s MK Tang:

    China capital flows update—sources how cross-border RMB flow might mask outflow pressures

    • We have updated our estimates of sources of China’s capital n outflows. Our analysis suggests net capital outflows at $123bn in Q1 (vs. $504bn in Q3-Q4 combined last year).
    • Of the Q1 net outflows, about 70% was due to Chinese residents’ accumulation of foreign assets; 40% to repayment of FX liabilities; and -10% to foreigners’ demand for RMB assets (i.e., foreigners were a source of net inflows in Q1). This composition is broadly similar to our earlier estimates for 2015 H2.
    • Separately, we flag a large $170bn net RMB flow from onshore to offshore since last October, which has helped reduce FX reserve drawdown and put downward pressure on CNH forward points. This flow  cannot be readily explained by marketbased factors in our view, and did not seem to result in an increase in foreigners’ CNH holdings. We think it might have masked the true FX outflow pressure in China, on the order of some $20bn (or 50%) per month in recent months.
    • Going forward, we think it will be important to also track cross-border RMB movement to get a fuller picture on China’s underlying flow situation.

    For those not intimately familiar with China’s capital outflow battle over the past year, here is a quick recap from Goldman:

    We have updated our estimates of sources of China’s capital outflows based on the framework we introduced in January. In Q1 this year and 2H last year, the big picture was the same as we estimated in the  piece – Chinese residents accumulating foreign assets remains the dominant source of total capital outflows. The mix of the different sources appears slightly different though, and we will discuss in more detail in the following session.

    • Corporates paying down FX debt: By our estimate, outflows driven by Chinese corporates paying down FX debt were US$156bn in 2H 2015, and around US$60bn in Q1 this year. As exhibit 1 and 2 show, we break down Chinese corporates FX debt into four major segments, namely trade liabilities, offshore banks’ claims on Chinese nonbanks, FX bonds issued by Chinese corporates, and FX loans lent out by onshore banks (such as Industrial and Commercial Bank of China etc.) to domestic Chinese nonbank sectors.
    • Chinese residents’ cumulating FX assets: There were around US$372bn outflows driven by Chinese residents demand for foreign assets in 2H last year, and another US$108bn outflows in Q1 this year based on our calculation. In the headline reported data, Chinese residents cumulating FX assets include outward direct investment, portfolio investment assets and other investment assets. These three channels saw around US$ 268bn outflows in 2H last year and US$69bn outflows in Q1 this year. We also add “net errors and omissions” (NEO) as part of the outflows motivated by Chinese residents buying FX assets—as we’ve been discussing for a while3., we think the negative numbers in NEO might represent disguised capital outflows (Exhibit 3).
    • Foreigners reducing RMB assets: This driver has become less obvious in Q1 this year, compared with 2H last year. Around US$7.4bn outflows were driven by foreigners reducing RMB assets in 2H last year, and in Q1 this year situation actually reversed, i.e. on net basis, foreigners accumulated around US$19.6bn RMB assets rather than reducing, mainly helped by inbound FDI and the relatively stable holding of offshore CNH (more on this in the second part of the report).

    Goldman sums it up as follows:

    Summing up different sources of outflows, in Q1 this year, of the total net capital outflows of $123bn, Chinese residents buying foreign assets accounted for around 70% of the outflows, and Chinese corporates paying down FX debt explained another 40% of the outflows. Foreigners’ adding RMB assets helped mitigate outflows by around 10%. In 2H last year, according to our calculation based on factual data, residents buying FX assets accounted for 70% of the outflows, FX debt repayment was another 29%, and foreigners reducing RMB assets only represented 1% of the outflows. This was broadly in line with our analysis in the January’s work (we estimated the split at 60%/30%/10%), although the final official data suggests that foreigners reducing RMB assets was an even less important driver, while residents buying FX assets was more important than what we found based on our estimates of some BOP and FX debt data.

    So far so good: a modest $123 billion in Q1 outflows. There is just one problem: the real number is vastly greater. Here is Goldman’s explanation:

    While according to the BOP the pace of capital outflows has slowed in Q1, it might not have in fact slowed by as much as the data suggest. We have in the past discussed various caveats to interpreting official flow and reserve data, and in the following we add one more, in light of a large unusual cross-border RMB flow in recent months that we believe could have masked the true outflow pressure in China.

    A $170bn flow of RMB to offshore…

     

    Specifically, since October last year we have seen a large net flow of RMB from onshore to offshore, primarily due to trade settlement in RMB (i.e., Chinese importers pay for the imports in RMB). This totaled $170bn through May or about $20bn per month on average (Exhibit 4). This flow has helped lessen the overall outflow pressure faced by China because it means that importers did not have to buy as much FX to pay for imports (since they just used RMB). This also helps explain in our view the general decline in CNH forward points (or equivalently, CNH interest rates) in the last few months (Exhibit 5), despite market perception of large-scale CNH smoothing operations by state-related entities (more on this below).

     

     

    Compared to previous actions, this is somewhat unusual. In the past, net crossborder flow of RMB had typically been driven by offshore RMB sentiment, e.g., when offshore RMB sentiment is strong, CNH tends to be more expensive than CNY ($/CNH is below $/CNY), naturally driving a net flow of RMB from onshore to offshore (e.g., for trade settlement) to satisfy high RMB demand; and vice versa.

     

    However, especially since the August 2015 RMB reform, offshore RMB has been generally weak. While the CNH-CNY gap has narrowed in the last few months, CNH has still been usually cheaper than CNY ($/CNH above $/CNY). Therefore, the typical market-driven relationship would have suggested a net flow of RMB from offshore to onshore instead. Indeed, in a stark contrast, the relationship is in total reverse since October last year—the cheaper the CNH (vs. CNY), the greater the net flow of RMB from onshore to offshore. This is more consistent with a supply-push pattern (an exogenous push of RMB from onshore to offshore, which causes CNH to trade cheaper), rather than a market driven demand-pull relationship.

     

    In short, we cannot point to any obvious market forces that could explain the RMB flow in the last several months; non-commercially driven factors seem to be a more likely explanation, in our view.

     

    … that does not seem to result in any increase in foreigners’ CNH holdings

     

    Another interesting observation is that this large amount of net RMB flow to offshore does not seem to show up in foreigners’ holdings of CNH assets. In general, if the RMB is received by foreign non-banks, that would likely end up as CNH deposits; and if it is received by foreign banks, that would show up as an increase in banks’ holdings of CNH assets. However, CNH deposits in Hong Kong and Taiwan, two key CNH centers, have been on a decline in the last several months (Exhibit 7); and Hong Kong banks’ spot position of “other currencies” has also been falling (Exhibit 8).

     

     

    More broadly, overseas entities’ holdings of onshore RMB deposits (which include placement of CNH by offshore banks to onshore banks) have as recently, sharply deviated from the hitherto synchronized pattern with the cumulative net flow of RMB from onshore to offshore, and have been even surpassed by the latter in absolute level (Exhibit 9).

    What does this mean? In simple terms, China is masking massive capital outflows, far greater than the $123 billion reported for the first three months.

    These various official data pieced together are consistent with either of the following two possibilities:

    1. Some offshore RMB clearing banks buy RMB in the offshore market and sell the RMB back in the onshore FX market. In this scenario, it is unlikely that most of the RMB is sold to PBOC, because in the last few months PBOC’s FX reserve data have been roughly in line with the onshore demand for FX as suggested by SAFE’s onshore FX settlement data (i.e., it does not suggest that PBOC has used much of their reserves to meet offshore clearing banks’ demand for FX). In other words, in this scenario, it is likely that banks (or other non-PBOC participants of the onshore FX market) used their own FX position to buy the RMB. and in doing so, banks have likely suffered losses as CNY has generally weakened in the last few months. In late April, SAFE relaxed the regulatory floor on onshore banks’ FX net open position, expanding further their scope to short FX by $100bn.
    2. A Chinese entity (possibly state-backed) that has access to both
      offshore and onshore markets buys RMB (with FX) in the offshore market
      and invests the RMB in onshore assets.
      Since this entity is Chinese, its
      RMB assets would not be reflected in foreigners’ holdings of RMB assets

    Goldman notes that in this context, “there have been market anecdotes on frequent offshore CNH smoothing operations by Chinese institutions.” Actually, not anecdotes: those are all too daily, all too real interventions by “large banks” who keep a barrier on both the CNY and CNH from moving far beyond 6.65. It is precisely in these “streamlining” operations that this massive “outflow” is hidden.

    Summing it all up, the reality is that instead of $330 billion in FX outflows since October, the real number is 50% greater, or half a trillion, which also suggests that instead of getting better, China’s capital outflow situation is as bad as it has been, and not only that, but the government is now actively covering up the reality. Here’s Goldman:

    Given the discussion above, it is possible that the actual underlying FX flow situation (i.e., FX/RMB demand by Chinese corporates/households and foreigners) has been less encouraging than even the SAFE data on onshore FX settlement imply10. (e.g., according to that data alone, FX outflow was about $2bn in May.), but there was also $24bn in RMB flow to offshore during the month—if we assume that that flow was not market-driven and that it was not subsequently held by foreigners, then the underlying FX outflow could instead be $26bn in May. In the eight months since last October, this approach would have suggested a total net FX outflow of about $500bn, or 50% above the $330bn implied by SAFE’s onshore FX settlement data.

    All of this is bad news for the PBOC, now that the market is on to it:

    Going forward, we believe also tracking the data on cross-border RMB flow (released monthly by SAFE) will be important to coming to a more comprehensive view on the underlying flow picture. For the time being, we will be incorporating this into our measure of net FX flow (Exhibit 10 shows this modified version

    This means that either China’s central bank will have to disclose the truth, or further cover up the true nature of China’s capital outflows, in the process unleashing even more skepticism, even more outflows, and even more concerns about China’s economy (and banking system), to the point where these concerns reflame the same cross-asset (and market) contagions that led to the December/January swoon and which have been temporarily brushed under the rug while the Shanghai Accord still forces central banks to avoid major market moves in response to the sweeping capital outflows undertaken by China. 

    For now, however, we will be content to watch how the narrative that China’s capital outflows are “moderating” crashes and burns, and how long it takes other capital markets to realize that far from fixed, China is furiously burning through virtually any and all liquid reserves it still has access to, only doing so in a way that only a handful of central bankers were aware of it. Well, now everyone else knows as well thanks to Goldman…. which brings us tothe Goldman note from a month ago, in which Goldman revealed the FX doom loop…

    … and in which the bank openly declared war on the Yuan, which it expects will crash in the coming months. To be sure, no better way to achieve that than by actually revealing the truth.

Digest powered by RSS Digest

Today’s News 4th July 2016

  • Precious Metal Pandemonium – Silver Spikes Limit-Up, Gold Surges As China FX Basket Hits Record Low

    Update: Silver just exploded above $21 – up almost 8% – its biggest single day surge since September 2013. Silver is limit up on SHFE as Gold is also surging back towards Brexit highs near $1360… China's CFETS Renminbi basket just hit a record low..

    All of this is happening as China's currency collapses to a record low since it began being published against a broad basket of majors…

     

    Notably silver's strength has unwound all of gold's post-QE3 gains…

    *  *  *

    As we detailed earlier, following silver's best week since August 2013, dramatically catching up to gold's recent performance, it appears, despite the volumeless meltup in stocks, that Brexit has sparked huge demand for the safety of precious metals.

     

    For a second straight week, funds boosted their net-long futures and options positions in the two metals to the highest since the data begins in 2006.

     

    Money managers have been piling in on demand for havens and speculation that interest rates will stay low as central bankers around the world struggle to contain the economic fallout from the U.K.’s vote to quit the European Union.

    But what happens next?

     

    As a reminder, on April 21st PIMCO's Harley Bassman suggested "The Fed should monetize gold"…

    In "Rumpelstiltskin at the Fed", Bassman goes down the well-trodden path of proposing Fed asset purchases as the last ditch panacea for the US economy, however instead of buying bonds, or stocks, or crude oil, Bassman has a truly original idea: "the Fed should unleash a massive Fed gold purchase program that could echo a Depression-era effort that effectively boosted the U.S. economy."

    He is of course, referring to FDR's 1933 Executive Order 6102, which made it illegal for a citizen to own gold bullion or coins. Americans promptly sold their gold to the government at the official price of $20.67, with the resulting hoard of gold was then placed in Fort Knox.

    The Gold Reserve Act of 1934 raised the official price of gold to $35.00, a near 70% increase. It also resulted in an implicit devaluation of the US dollar. As Bassman points out, over the three years from January 1934 to December 1936, GDP increased by 48%, the Dow Jones stock index rose by nearly 80%, and most salient to our topic, inflation averaged a positive 2% annually, despite a national unemployment rate hovering around 18%.

    In short, a brief economic nirvana which was unleashed by the devaluation of the dollar confiscation of gold. In fact, we have frequently hinted in the past that another Executive Order 6102 is inevitable for precisely these reasons. However this is the first time when we see a "respected economist" openly recommend this idea as a matter of monetary policy.

    Bassman says that the Fed should "emulate a past success by making a public offer to purchase a significantly large quantity of gold bullion at a substantially greater price than today’s free-market level, perhaps $5,000 an ounce? It would be operationally simple as holders could transact directly at regional Federal offices or via authorized precious metal assayers."

    What would the outcome of such as "QE for the goldbugs" look like? His summary assessment:

    A massive Fed gold purchase program would differ from past efforts at monetary expansion. Via QE, the transmission mechanism was wholly contained within the financial system; fiat currency was used to buy fiat assets which then settled on bank balance sheets. Since QE is arcane to most people outside of Wall Street, and NIRP seems just bizarre to most non-academics, these policies have had little impact on inflationary expectations. Global consumers are more familiar with gold than the banking system, thus this avenue of monetary expansion might finally lift the anchor on inflationary expectations and their associated spending habits.

     

    The USD may initially weaken versus fiat currencies, but other central banks could soon buy gold as well, similar to the paths of QE and NIRP. The impactful twist of a gold purchase program is that it increases the price of a widely recognized “store of value,” a view little diminished despite the fact the U.S. relinquished the gold standard in 1971. This is a vivid contrast to the relatively invisible inflation of financial assets with its perverse side effect of widening the income gap.

    And it seems someone is front-running that moment…

    Source: Bloomberg

  • U.N. Official 'Accidentally' Crushes Own Throat Right Before Testifying Against Hillary Clinton

    Submitted by Mac Slavo via SHTFPlan.com,

    Call it conspiracy theory, coincidence or just bad luck, but any time someone is in a position to bring down Hillary Clinton by testifying they wind up dead. In fact, there’s a long history of Clinton-related body counts, with scores of people dying under mysterious circumstances.

    Perhaps the most notable is Vince Foster. Foster was a partner at Clinton’s law firm and knew the inner workings of the Clinton Machine.  Police ruled that death a suicide, though it is often noted that Foster may have been suicided.

    Now, another official has found himself on the wrong end of the Clintons. That John Ashe was a former President of the United Nations General Assembly highlights the fact that no one is safe once in their sights.

    And as you might have guessed, there are major inconsistencies with Ashe’s death. It was not only conveniently timed because Ashe died just a few days before being set to testify against Clinton in a corruption case, but official reports indicated he died of a heart attack.

    The problem, however, is that police on the scene reported Ashe died when his throat was crushed during a work-out accident.

    The New York Post’s Page Six reported that after Ashe was found dead Wednesday, the U.N. claimed that he had died from a heart attack. Local police officers in Dobbs Ferry, New York, later disputed that claim, saying instead that he died from a workout accident that crushed his throat.

     

    Adding to the mysterious nature of Ashe’s death was the fact that he had been slated to be in court Monday with his Chinese businessman co-defendant Ng Lap Seng, from whom he reportedly received over $1 billion in donations during his term as president of the U.N. General Assembly.

     

    And then there was this: During the presidency of Bill Clinton, Seng illegally funneled several hundred thousand dollars to the Democrat National Committee.

     

    Source: The Conservative Tribune via The Daily Sheeple

    It must be coincidence, right?

    If former Secret Service agent Gary Byrne is to be believed, this is business as usual for the Clintons. Excerpt via Zero Hedge:

    BYRNE: I feel so strongly that people need to know the real Hillary Clinton and how dangerous she is in her behavior. She is not a leader. She is not a leader.

     

    SEAN: She does not have the temperament?

     

    BYRNE: She doesn’t have the temperament. She didn’t have the temperament to handle the social office when she was First Lady, she does not have the temperament.

     

    SEAN: She’s dishonest.

     

    BYRNE: She’s dishonest, she habitually lies, anybody that can separate themselves from their politics and review her behavior over the past 15 years…

    Byrne is the author of the newly published book Crisis Of Character – a first-hand Clinton exposé.

  • Suicide Bomber Blows Himself Up In Front Of US Consulate In Saudi Arabia

    After last night’s massive suicide bombing in Baghdad which killed over 100, and which ISIS took responsibility for, we doubt the Islamic State will be just as quick to take credit for tonight’s latest terrorist attempt, this time in the Saudi Arabian city of Jeddah, where a suspected suicide bomber was killed in front of the US consulate.

    As the Saudi Gazette reports, security authorities have raised the alert in Jeddah to the maximum after a suicide bombing attempt in which an individual blew himself up inside a car in front of the US Consulate in Jeddah.

    According to Sabq sources two diplomatic security personnel were injured in the blast. They were rushed to the hospital. Security forces in Jeddah surrounded the area and enforced a lockdown where the consulate is located. Security forces are following up on the situation.

    BBC adds that two policeman were reportedly injured in the incident and the attacker is said to be dead. The attack came in the early hours of US Independence Day. The Jeddah consulate was the scene of a militant attack in 2004, which left nine people dead.

    The attack coming on July 4 is hardly a coincidence.

    For now, the market is not reading too much into it, with WTI up just 2 cents; if anything it is silver which is surging which as of moments ago just hit limit up in Shanghaim, surging by 6%.

  • Old Men Start Wars, Young Men Die In Them

    Submitted by Laurence Vance via LewRockwell.com,

    “Older men start wars, but younger men fight them.” ~ Albert Einstein

     

    “Older men declare war. But it is the youth that must fight and die.” ~ Herbert Hoover

     

    “I’m fed up to the ears with old men dreaming up wars for young men to die in.” ~ George S. McGovern

    One hundred years ago – on July 1, 1916 – thousands of young men died after older men decided, again, to send them to war. On the first day of the Battle of the Somme, the British army suffered 57,470 casualties, of which 19,240 were deaths, the French had 1,590 casualties, and the Germans had over 10,000. It was the single greatest day for casualties in British military history. By the time the Battle of the Somme ended in November, the British had around 420,000 casualties, the French about 200,000, and the Germans about 500,000.

    One would think that when almost 20,000 of your young men in the prime of their life die in one battle on one day that the British would simply say “enough is enough” and just tell the army to quit fighting and go home. But no, the British army continued to execute men for desertion like the hundred or more that suffered that fate in the two years before the Battle of the Somme.

    It is senseless slaughter like the Battle of the Somme that led Ernest Hemingway, who was an ambulance driver in Italy toward the end of World War I, to say:

    They wrote in the old days that it is sweet and fitting to die for one’s country. But in modern war there is nothing sweet nor fitting in your dying. You will die like a dog for no good reason.

     

    Never think that war, no matter how necessary, nor how justified, is not a crime.

    Over 115,000 American soldiers would go on to die like dogs for no good reason after the United States foolishly and senselessly entered World War I in April of 1917. The thousands of U.S. troops who in more recent times died in Iraq and Afghanistan likewise senselessly died in vain and for a lie.

    How do you prevent such senseless slaughter? How do you stop young men from dying in vain? How do you prohibit young men from dying for a lie? How do you stop making widows and orphans? How do you thwart young men dying like dogs? How do you stop young men from dying for no good reason? How do you end the war once and for all?

    It is an uphill battle.

    Governments, presidents, politicians, and military officers will continue to send young men to fight and die.

    The military establishment will continue to want more money and more weapons of war to try out.

    Legislatures will continue to fund bloated military budgets.

    Defense contractors—merchants of death—will continue to lobby for more armaments, more military interventions, and more wars.

    Uber-patriots, neocons, armchair warriors, just war theorists, progressive hawks, reich-wing nationalists, red-state fascists, pro-lifers for mass murder, and bloodthirsty conservatives will continue to cheer on the military.

    Christian Coalition moralists, Old Testament Christians, evangelical warvangelicals, theocon Values Voters, imperial Christians, nuclear Christians, Religious Right warmongers, God and country Christian bumpkins, sniper theologians, and members of the Christian axis of evil—all claiming to worship the prince of peace—will continue to support the troops no matter what.

    Some libertarians will continue to write me and say that although they agree with everything I say about the follies of U.S. foreign policy and military interventions none of it is the fault of the troops and I should quit criticizing them even though they enlisted in the U.S. war machine of their own free will.

    So, how do you end the war once and for all? Easy. Young men simply need to stop joining the military. It is just as Einstein said:

    Nothing will end war unless the people themselves refuse to go to war.

    The pioneers of a warless world are the youth who refuse military service.

    “War has never been possible,” writes Robert Meagher in Killing from the Inside Out: Moral Injury and Just War, “ unless men have been willing to kill each other and, while they’re at it, possibly to be killed.” And as I have said over and over again: you can’t have a war without soldiers. It is only by young men not enlisting or refusing to enlist that war can be ended once and for all.

  • Upon Completing The World's Largest Radio Telescope, China Will Now Be Listening For Aliens

    When GDP is falling and the global economy is weak, there are normally many let's say, "out of the box" ideas on how to stimulate growth again – aside from central planners tripping over each other to see who can print money the fastest that is.

    For China, one would assume that more ghost cities are being built, or new projects are being constructed in order to stop Beijing from sinking, but one project that has taken place that many may not have known about is the construction of the world's largest radio telescope.

    As RT reports, China has now completed construction on the world's largest radio telescope. The Single-Aperture Spherical Radio Telescope (FAST) as it is known, is an enormous dish made up of 4,450 reflector panels with a diameter of a half a kilometer, which is larger than the previous record holder, Puerto Rico's Arcibo Observatory.

    It was completed in southwestern China's Guizhou Province on Sunday, when the last reflector was fitted into a natural bunker, which is situated among the mountains of Pingtang County.

    The task of the telescope? According to RT, it is to be used to look for intelligent life in deep outer space. Once operational, FAST will be able to detect radio signals from as far away as one thousand light years – evidently that's where the aliens are.

    Work began on the project in March of 2011, and was completed Sunday, ahead of the originally planned September date. The project displaced some local residents, who were given $1,800 in compensation and moved to a newly built accommodation.

    In total, RT reports that the project cost just over $105 million – while it isn't quite the Death Star we were looking for, this is an excellent start.

    Enjoy…

    via GIPHY

  • The Curse Of Socialist Highways – How Government Ruins July 4th Travel

    Submitted by Tho Bishop via The Mises Institute,

    At its best, Independence Day is a celebration of American secession and a testament to individual liberty. At its worst, Independence Day is still a day where government offices are closed, American grills are lit and the evening sky is full of fireworks, which is still pretty good (at least in my subjective value.)

    Unfortunately the travel before and after the 4th of July is a different story, with it widely considered one of the worst travel days of the year. While the desire to take advantage of the holiday to enjoy friends and family is a natural product of humans being inherently social creatures, the degree to which this congestion leads to headache and misery rests solely with the institution responsible for them during the rest of the year – the government.

    The Curse of Socialist Highways

    The question “who will build the roads?” has become such a statist cliché that it’s perhaps the only libertarian internet meme bigger than “taxation is theft” and Ron Paul informing us that “it’s happening.” It has earned that designation because the entire idea of roads and highways has become so synonymous with government that even Joe McCarthy voted for this form of socialism.

    Of course, the purpose for the current American interstate system had nothing to do with consumer demand and everything to do with military transportation throughout the country. While some may defend such a project on that basis, it shouldn’t be a surprise that interstates designed to transport tanks and weapons aren’t always the best at facilitating family travel.

    As Walter Block has long argued, much of the congestion on these highways is a direct result of their being in the control of government and therefore being unable to have proper pricing. In his article Congestion and Road Pricing, Dr. Block rebuts various arguments defending public management of highways, as well as government-based solutions (such as automobile bans that were in vogue at the time). Block identifies how free market solutions would solve the problem of congestion, such as enabling “travel entrepreneurs” to design and fund higher-cost toll roads for travelers who don’t mind paying extra for a quicker drive. Not only would such a system obviously cut down the congestion for these “luxury drivers”, but their absence from more commonly used roads means less congestion for those who don’t use them. 

    We have seen this play out when governments have tried to imitate this highway pricing mechanism with the construction of various higher-cost toll roads across the country. While so called “Lexus lanes” do offer alternatives to traditional highways and thus make some impact on congestion, they still suffer from the same problem inherent with government infrastructure in its lack of real economic calculation. Government allowing taxi’s to charge more when picking up from airports isn’t a replacement for Uber surge pricing, and the USPS charging more for overnight deliver isn’t a replacement for Fed Ex.

    While there are a few examples of genuine private roads in America — the Orchard Pond Parkway, Florida’s first privately funded toll road, opened up earlier this year – as long as government roads enjoy the privilege of being subsidized by gasoline taxes over private investment, the highways system will continue to be commanded with all the efficiency of Soviet central planners.

    It’s also worth noting the irony that this government project which is often held up by the left as an example of the necessity of government, is also the greatest hindrance to the progressive desire to eliminate gas-burning cars. As libertarians have long pointed out, the Federal highway project was a massive government subsidy to the automobile industry at the expense of alternative travel options – including trains and airplanes. Of course since the government has its own ways of controlling both rails and airspace, we’d likely be suffering from a whole other set of government-caused issues anyway.

    Government’s Unfriendly Skies

    Speaking of air travel, we would be amiss without highlighting some of the ways government has destroyed the fun of flying.

    Some of these are obvious, especially given the number of headlines this spring highlighting how the TSA’s security theater had created unprecedented wait times throughout the country. American Airlines alone reported having 70,000 missed flights due to TSA complications. Even more appalling are the numerous examples of the TSA failing to treat customers with basic human dignity, such as the most recent example of a disabled 19-year old left bloodied after trying to go through airport security in Memphis.

    Americans have good reason to be even more livid at these issues than those caused by highway congestion. While government roads have their share of problems, they will at least manage to get you where you need to go. The TSA, on the other hand, doesn’t even succeed at achieving its stated mission. If there is a silver lining to be found in the TSA’s spectacularly incompetence, it’s that the performance has been so abysmal that even government-managed airports are having to seriously consider alternatives.

    Subsidizing Terrible Airlines

    While the TSA represents an obvious example of government ruining flying, there are a variety of others ways government can ruin air travel. While it may be difficult to rally the public around Murray Rothbard’s calls to abolish the FAA at this time, another program that should infuriate tax payers is the Essential Air Service program. While billed as a way to ensure airlines maintain flights in “underserved” rural communities, in practice it serves as a way for poorly operated airlines to make money in spite of how well they serve their clients.

    One airline that received near $18.5 million dollars is Silver Airlines, which recently left my hometown of Panama City Beach, FL and is perhaps the worst company I’ve ever done business with.

    During their time in PCB, my family attempted to fly with them four different times for eight different flights. Of those eight times, only two operated without problem. Two flights were cancelled without any notice and the other four suffered delays ranging from three-six hours. While delays and flying weight concerns are part of the operational hazard of flying, Silver Airlines compounded the issue with poor customer service and vouchers that did not adequately cover the expenses of delay. An attempt to resolve these complaints with company management is directed to an automated system as useful as the TSA.

    Ludwig von Mises described capitalism as “a social system of consumers’ supremacy.”

    As such, following our last experience with Silver, my family agreed to never use them again, the taxes we pay are still going to pad their bottom line.  While Silver’s abysmal record is not an indictment on all the other airlines that utilize the EAS program, it is an example of what happens when government intervention serves to enrich terribly operated companies regardless of consumer demand.

    So if you find yourself wasting hours stuck in holiday traffic or at the airport this 4th of July, remind yourself that the solution to your headache can be found within the reason for this particular season. If we were to claim independence from the modern-day royalty of the beltway, the markets will ensure better holidays in the future.

  • Merkel To Get Rid Of Jean-Claude Juncker "Within The Next Year"

    In the aftermath of the Brexit fiasco, the biggest fissure that emerged was not between the economies of the UK and Europe, nor between the stock markets of the UK and Europe, both of which have spiked on the back of another round of central bank liquidity promises, but between Angela Merkel, and the alcohol-afficionado who erroneously believes is the head of Europe, Jean-Claude Juncker. Unfortunately for the latter, he is now on his way out because as the Telegraph reports, citing a Sunday Times interview with a German government minister, Merkel has finally decided to oust Europe’s federalist chief Jean-Claude Juncker “within the next year.”

    The catalyst for those who have been following the Brexit fallout should not come as a surprise: as we first reported a week ago in ‘More Confusion: EU Tells Cameron To Hurry Up With Article 50 As Merkel Says No Need To Rush“, the German chancellor’s frustration with the European Commission chief came as Europe split over whether to use the Brexit negotiations as a trigger to deepen European integration or take a more pragmatic approach to Britain as it heads for the exit door.

    “The pressure on him [Juncker] to resign will only become greater and Chancellor Merkel will eventually have to deal with this next year,” an unnamed German minister told The Sunday Times, adding that Berlin had been furious with Mr Juncker “gloating” over the UK referendum result. Look no further than “Juncker Lashes Out At British Lawmakers: “Why Are You Here?”” for an example of just that.

    Furthermore, Juncker’s constant and unabashed calls for “more Europe” – many of which have come in an intoxicated or outright drugged state – has led to several of Europe other dissenting members – including Poland, Hungary and the Czech Republic – to lay some of the blame for Brexit at his door.

    Even before he was appointed President of the European Commission – against the wishes of David Cameron – concerns were raised about Mr Juncker’s alchohol consumption which were dismissed as a “smear campaign” by his officials. It was, however, all true: at the time The Telegraph and several other newspapers reported officials worrying about Mr Juncker having “cognac for breakfast” and rolling through long negotiations fortified with large quantities of claret and brandy. 

    Some have had enough of Europe’s most humiliating alcoholic, and since the June 23 vote both the Czech and Polish foreign ministers have called publicly for Mr Juncker to resign, moves that one senior EU official dismissed last week as “predictable”. However, the rumblings from Berlin now represent a much more serious threat to Mr Juncker’s tenure. The split also offers a glimmer of hope for British negotiators who are preparing for fractious EU-UK divorce talks and are desperate to avoid a repeat of February’s failed negotiations which – controlled as they were by Mr Juncker and the Commission – left David Cameron without enough ‘wins’ to avoid Brexit.

    Meanwhile, Juncker’s European Commission is being shut down by members:

    “Everyone is determined that this negotiation is handled in the European Council – i.e. between the 27 heads of government – and not by the Commission, the eurocrats and the EU ‘theologians’ in Brussels,” a senior UK source told The Telegraph.

    In a signal that battle has partly already been won, Mrs Merkel pointedly met with French and Italian leaders in Berlin last week, excluding Mr Juncker from the conversation. As the Telegraph adds, British strategists hope that creating a much broader negotiation that includes the UK’s role in keeping Europe geopolitically relevant through its deep Nato ties, defence contributions and links to Washington, they can avoid a narrow tit-for-tat negotiation on trade where the UK has only very limited leverage.

    At its core, Merkel’s anger reflects a growing schism in Europe between the likes of Juncker and the French and Belgian leaders, who want to see “more Europe” after Brexit, and those, like Merkel and her powerful finance minister Wolfgang Schäuble who believe that would be “crazy”, according to the Times. Prior to the Brexit vote senior European Commission officials were privately jubilant about the opportunity that a British ‘leave’ vote would present to complete the European project, sucking reluctant countries like Poland into the Euro “within five years”.

    Since the Brexit vote, French ministers have been far less conciliatory to the UK than German, openly salivating at the prospect of UK-based financial businesses relocating to Paris. If so, the French will be disappointed as we hinted in “Is This Where All Those Companies “Leaving England” Will Go.” After all, few companies are so insane to leave the stability London for the socialist purgatory of Paris.

  • Black Trump Supporter Exposes Truth About "The Black Vote"

    Submitted by Kristin Campbell via ConservativeTribune.com,

    Republican presidential hopeful Donald Trump and his supporters have been accused of being “racist,” which isn’t exactly an uncommon label given to Republicans by liberals.

    However, one black Trump supporter recently dropped an epic truth bomb about what black voters really want out of the American dream, and if true, it should have them lining up to vote Republican in massive numbers.

    Podcaster and blogger Sonnie Johnson told Breitbart that many black voters fully understand and support Trump’s message of wealth over poverty.

    “This message is very simple,” Johnson said. “It is wealth over poverty. If you do not think that blacks understand that message, you have lost your entire mind.”

    The outspoken conservative explained that black Americans were “tired of living in poverty.”

    “We want greatness. We do not want to be dependent. We do not want free s***,” she said. “We want to be able to operate in the American system, just the way every other American operates, and that takes wealth.”

    Johnson said she believed that Republicans had an opportunity this year to “crack this progressive shell,” which has already sustained some cracks from Trump’s campaign.

    In fact, she insisted that black people have already begun to realize that the presumptive GOP nominee’s message was one for all Americans, not just white voters – even if the media doesn’t portray his growing support in the black community.

    If you go back, if you look on Twitter right now, to see all of the blacks that are in support of Donald Trump, every stat they show, shows that that support doesn’t exist. Every person they put on says that black people will not support Trump,” Johnson explained.

    The blogger considered this election this “chance of a lifetime” when it comes to recruiting black voters to the GOP, but said Republicans must put forth the right message in order to do so.

    “If we can … start talking about the American Dream — what it has to offer, what we as the right wing have to offer!” she said. “Freedom, liberty, financial independence, those are things that we can sell.”

    Many polls have reported that the black vote comprised a mere 1 percent of Trump’s overall support — something Johnson strongly rejected.

    “No way,” she said. “They poll Democrats. They poll people that are used to voting for Democrats and just put their name down. They did not poll average black people.”

    These “average black people” are listening to the Republican message of conservative values through Trump, she argued.

    You can listen to the entire interview here:

    Johnson is right — the Republican Party has more to offer anyone searching for “freedom” or “financial independence.” While Democrat policies have sought to keep black people dependent and on the government dole, conservatism offers the proven concept that smaller government equals more freedom.

  • German Arms Exports Nearly Double In 2015

    The US isn't the only country to can crank up its sales of weapons around the world. As we have pointed out previously, Germany is also a relatively large exporter in the global arms trade.

    It turns out that Germany had a booming arms export business in 2015, because as Reuters reports, German arms exports almost doubled last year to their highest level since the beginning of this century. The value of individual approvals granted for exporting arms was €7.86 billion last year compared to €3.97 billion in 2014. Exports were boosted by a the approval of four tanker aircraft for Britain worth €1.1 billion, and a controversial approval of battle tanks and howitzers along with munitions to be sent to Qatar.

    From Reuters

    Newspaper Welt am Sonntag said the value of individual approvals granted for exporting arms was 7.86 billion euros ($8.75 billion) last year compared with 3.97 billion euros worth of arms exports in 2014.

     

    It said the Economy Ministry had pointed to special factors that boosted arms exports such as the approval of four tanker aircraft for Britain worth 1.1 billion euros.

     

    It also pointed to the approval of battle tanks and tank howitzers along with munitions and accompanying vehicles worth 1.6 billion euros for Qatar – a controversial deal that the report said was approved in 2013 by the previous government.

     

    The Economy Ministry declined to comment on the report.

     

    In February German Economy Minister Sigmar Gabriel said preliminary figures showed that Germany had given approval for around 7.5 billion euros worth of arms shipments in 2015.

     

    The Federal Office for Economics and Export Control (Bafa), a subsidiary of the economy ministry, is responsible for licensing arms export deals and Gabriel had promised to take a much more cautious approach to licensing arms exports, especially with regard to the Middle East.

     

    Germany is one of the world's main arms exporters to EU and NATO countries and has been cutting its sales of light weapons outside those states.

     

    Last year the government rejected 100 applications for arms export approvals – the same number as in the previous year, Welt am Sonntag reported. It said Berlin had given 12,687 applications the green light in 2015 – 597 more than in the previous year.

    According to Deutsche Welle, Qatar, a Gulf Arab state has been labeled by German opposition parties as an alleged source of funding for ISIS, which is why the receipt of tanks and heavy artillery, as well as ammunition and accompanying vehicles makes it a controversial sale.

    From DW

    Qatar, a Gulf Arab state panned by German opposition parties as an alleged source of funding for the "Islamic State" (IS) terror militia, received combat tanks and heavy artillery, as well as ammunition and accompanying vehicles worth 1.6 billion euros.

     

    Economy Minister Sigmar Gabriel, who heads the Social Democrats, had tried to stop the delivery to Qatar but was outvoted by other ministers on Germany's Federal Security Council.

     

    That deal had already been cleared in 2013 by Chancellor Angela Merkel's previous coalition, which then comprised her conservatives and the pro-business liberal Free Democrats (FDP).

     

    Disclosure in February of that sale prompted renewed outcries from church-based lobby groups and charities such as Pax Christi and Misereor.

    * * *

    Exporting weapons and war appears to be something that the western world is still quite strong in, despite the rest of the world seeing global trade slumping. Also, when it comes to the €1.6 billion sale to Qatar, is it really a surprise to anyone – €1.6 billion is a lot of cash to pass up, and money talks as we have all come to learn.

Digest powered by RSS Digest

Today’s News 3rd July 2016

  • How to make fireworks in your account

    While most of the US population drowns in a prolonged semi-conscious state for several days, with moments of alertness (they’ll know they are alive when they see the fireworks) – the remaining force of human intelligence on the planet, spends time trying to figure out ways to break through this vast blanket of social control that’s been thrown over the population like a sticky net, which is slowly eating away at the global standard of living, overall quality, lowering human genetic value.  Each day, our money is worth less and less.  Why?  We explain this in Splitting Pennies – Understanding Forex.

    The problem with much discussion on Zero Hedge and alternative media in general, is that it lacks a conclusion and proposed solution.  So, we mostly agree that the USD is toast, there’s an insurmountable debt that cannot be paid back (because in a debt-based money system, if the debt is paid off, money will cease to exist).  Gold is the go to alternative to stocks & bonds which are mostly overrated – but then what?  So let’s say Gold hit’s $50,000 USD per ounce.  Then what?  Well for one, be sure that you have some good security because in a crisis, the only real currency is accelerated lead, as elaborated here eloquently.

    So what is an investor to do?  Fundamental analysis of markets is impossible, because of reasons outlined well on this site:

    1) Market data is manipulated heavily.  By the time any investor receives market information (unless he’s paying for a front running service) one can assume it’s been seen by leading market controllers, HFTs, directors of various unsundry government organizations, and George Soros.

    2) The world changes too rapidly for any fundamental strategy to play out.  Too many wildcard events can derail strategies such as value investing.  Brexit is a great example – and there will be many more “Brexits.”

    3) Even if the above 1 & 2 didn’t exist, an investor would need a carrying broker that was fair and honest, and would provide decent execution, and not go out of business.  With investing strategies such as some which are discussed on this site, this is a big issue.  For example, if Gold is $50,000 let’s say that GLD goes bust, and starts a chain reaction on exchange listed ETFs and ETNs, which can’t possibly fullfill their underlying liquidity obligations even in currenct conditions, not in extreme conditions.  Could it bring down some BDs with them?  SIPC is limited (..and if it were a TD Ameritrade, no insurance in the world can cover it).  So with such extreme strategies, counterparty risk is very large – especially in such climates that would make extreme strategies flourish.  Florida residents know very well how this works, when a big Hurricane strikes, the majority of underwriters for flood & Hurricane insurance go bust (FL law or mortgage policy sometimes require residents carry “Hurricane” insurance which doesn’t cover “flood” damage).  If the markets melt down, as many claim – how many brokers would go bust?  How many leveraged banks?  Some big banks are not looking good (such as DB – $54 – $75 Trillion derivative bomb), even in this ideal banking climate.

    Hoarding a 6 month supply of food, and living in an underground bunker, is not a real solution.  Having a bug out bag, ammo, gold bars & silver coins, and other paraphernalia, it’s just survival.  It’s not a strategy.  Keeping Gold is the investing equivalent of being a prepper.  And as we’ve explained in a previous detailed article, preppers have it all wrong.

    Algorithmic Trading – The New Asset Class

    This is one solution – and likely will soon be an entire asset class by itself.  Robo-Advisors are becoming popular in securities, but on the surface it seems they are only SAS solutions that are replacing human office workers.  They are just doing the job that the office worker RIA used to do; meet with clients and build a vanilla portfolio with 20% Utilities and 50% Technology and 20% “Growth” (whatever that ever meant) and 10% Dividend stocks.  Currently, HFT is dominated by large institutional players that frankly, the public knows very little about.  See one example Jump Trading.  The problem is their inaccessability – investors will need many millions to start (consider $50 Million, for a good start).  Also, having the $50 Million doesn’t qualify you for anything.  Now you’ll have to develop your own algorithms, or hire another firm to do it.  But this is the equivalent of hiring a consultant to tell you what business you are in (Consultants, and lawyers, will do this for a fee).

    Then there’s the world of retail algorithmic Forex, not allowed for US investors (or at least, so highly restricted and regulated it makes any normally profitable strategy, barely profitable).  As this chart shows, it really is “Magic:”

    The above is a real live trading account over a period of 3 years.  Not likely that an investor can find such performance in stocks, or ‘robo advisors.’  

    The point is that an algorithm can trade any market, and if the strategy is stable, and consistent, it can deliver investment returns above and beyond the average, that are not correlated to the market – and most importantly – NOT DEPENDENT ON HUMAN BEINGS.  An algorithm isn’t perfect, but it solves the basic fundamental problems of human traders.  And there are thousands of them.  You can even evaluate FX algorithms for free, without investing a penny.  Checkout www.getfxliquidity.com as one example – there are many.  To learn more about investing in Forex checkout Fortress Capital Forex here. 

    Algorithms give developers many abilities that simply wouldn’t be possible with human traders.  Most importantly, in a sterile development environment, it’s possible to test, analyze, and optimize any trading idea relatively quickly, and then develop a robust strategy based on this process.  It’s necessary to invest heavily in computing to do this, but many who have done this will offer their strategies for investors use.  What’s good about this approach is that it’s an investment in a methodology, not in an asset class. 

    This is a fundamental mistake made by modern investors.  Gold is great.  But then what?  During Brexit for example, it was possible to buy and sell the Great British Pound by more than 10 signficant moves, during a 10 hour period.  That’s activity that an algo can capture.  Just ‘investing’ in the US Dollar, or Great British Pound – is risky.  If an algo is built with a robust risk management module, it’s the safest way to trade the markets.  And one doesn’t need to become an expert in mathematics and algorithm development to do so – there are hundreds of algos available for use by any investor, big or small.  But if one does want to take on a challenge and build his own investing system, there are literally thousands of free resources online to support that development.  There’s companies that have built a business out of algorithm development.  And certainly, this is only the beginning of a new blue ocean market.  The reason algos are the future?  Because they work.  That’s all.

  • U.N. Official 'Accidentally' Crushes Own Throat Right Before Testifying Against Hillary Clinton

    Submitted by Mac Slavo via SHTFPlan.com,

    Call it conspiracy theory, coincidence or just bad luck, but any time someone is in a position to bring down Hillary Clinton by testifying they wind up dead. In fact, there’s a long history of Clinton-related body counts, with scores of people dying under mysterious circumstances.

    Perhaps the most notable is Vince Foster. Foster was a partner at Clinton’s law firm and knew the inner workings of the Clinton Machine.  Police ruled that death a suicide, though it is often noted that Foster may have been suicided.

    Now, another official has found himself on the wrong end of the Clintons. That John Ashe was a former President of the United Nations General Assembly highlights the fact that no one is safe once in their sights.

    And as you might have guessed, there are major inconsistencies with Ashe’s death. It was not only conveniently timed because Ashe died just a few days before being set to testify against Clinton in a corruption case, but official reports indicated he died of a heart attack.

    The problem, however, is that police on the scene reported Ashe died when his throat was crushed during a work-out accident.

    The New York Post’s Page Six reported that after Ashe was found dead Wednesday, the U.N. claimed that he had died from a heart attack. Local police officers in Dobbs Ferry, New York, later disputed that claim, saying instead that he died from a workout accident that crushed his throat.

     

    Adding to the mysterious nature of Ashe’s death was the fact that he had been slated to be in court Monday with his Chinese businessman co-defendant Ng Lap Seng, from whom he reportedly received over $1 billion in donations during his term as president of the U.N. General Assembly.

     

    And then there was this: During the presidency of Bill Clinton, Seng illegally funneled several hundred thousand dollars to the Democrat National Committee.

     

    Source: The Conservative Tribune via The Daily Sheeple

    It must be coincidence, right?

    If former Secret Service agent Gary Byrne is to be believed, this is business as usual for the Clintons. Excerpt via Zero Hedge:

    BYRNE: I feel so strongly that people need to know the real Hillary Clinton and how dangerous she is in her behavior. She is not a leader. She is not a leader.

     

    SEAN: She does not have the temperament?

     

    BYRNE: She doesn’t have the temperament. She didn’t have the temperament to handle the social office when she was First Lady, she does not have the temperament.

     

    SEAN: She’s dishonest.

     

    BYRNE: She’s dishonest, she habitually lies, anybody that can separate themselves from their politics and review her behavior over the past 15 years…

    Byrne is the author of the newly published book Crisis Of Character – a first-hand Clinton exposé.

  • How To Spot A False Flag Event

    Via Chuck Baldwin Live,

    A missionary friend of mine in Eastern Europe recently gave me a heads up regarding an excellent article written by Sebastian Swift entitled "5 Confirmed False Flag Operations And How To Spot Them In The Future."

    Swift writes,

    "The false flag phenomenon is distinctively modern and used as an ideological weapon to control populations with the fear of a manufactured enemy. They are used in ostensibly democratic systems where people believe they have inalienable rights. Such democratic systems–primarily the United States, Israel, and Great Britain–must shock people into sociopolitical and geopolitical consent and, as such, require sophisticated modern propaganda systems and advanced covert operations teams with highly proficient skills."

    Here are his telltale signs of a false flag operation:

    • There is an immediate comprehensive narrative, including a convenient culprit. Law enforcement, government agencies, and the mainstream media immediately proffer a narrative that completely explains the event and encourages citizens to tie their intellectual understanding of the tragedy to the emotions they experience. In his lecture at Contact in the Desert, [author and researcher] Richard Dolan noted that a distinguishing characteristic of a false flag operation is that the official narrative IS NOT questioned by the media. There are often legislative, ideological and sociopolitical power plays waiting in the wings, which the government can immediately implement.
    • The official narrative has obvious domestic and geopolitical advantages for the governing body. The Bush administration used 9/11 to usher in the War on Terror, which has served as a lynchpin for countless civil liberty infringements by the national security state, including ubiquitous domestic surveillance and indefinite detention.
    • The narrative behind the attack serves to leverage emotions like fear, as well as patriotism, in order to manufacture consent around a previously controversial issue. For example, many of the recent domestic terror attacks, including the Aurora [and Orlando] shooting[s], have exacerbated and reinforced advocacy of gun control legislation.
    • Military training drills and police drills occur on the day of and very near the attack itself, causing confusion to obscure eye witness testimony and allowing orchestrators to plant both patsies, disinformation and backup operatives. This is no small point. An incredible percentage of major domestic or international terror attacks have involved simultaneous "training drills.” This list includes, but is not limited to, the infamous NORAD drills of 9/11, the 7/7 London Bombings, the 2011 Norway shooting, the Aurora shooting, Sandy Hook, and the Boston Marathon. Though none of the aforementioned events can be confirmed or denied without a doubt, they bear a striking resemblance to previous false flag attacks and should be looked at with an investigative eye.

    It's time for those of us who have been reluctant to consider the possibility that our own government (and the governments of Israel and Great Britain) could actually be complicit in domestic terrorism in order to further a nefarious agenda to at least stop accepting the government and media’s version of these tragedies at face value. For the most part, the mainstream media is little more than a propaganda ministry for the federal government. We haven’t seen true objective investigative journalism since before the death of John F. Kennedy.

    Granted, not every national tragedy is part of a government conspiracy–and there is a plethora of "conspiracy nuts" out there to whom EVERYTHING is a conspiracy and through which we must wade to try to ascertain the truth. These people make it difficult for all of us. The Internet has provided the Chicken Littles of the world with an opportunity to play journalist. And their “everything's-a-conspiracy” rants only serve to mask the true conspiracies and turn the average John Doe away from the truth. That’s why I believe that many of these “conspiracy-everywhere” Internet bloggers are actually PART OF THE CONSPIRACY. Their job is to make genuine whistleblowers and researchers look like conspiracy “kooks.” Then, of course, there are genuine kooks out there, too.

    Regardless, the similarities and "coincidences" of many of these national tragedies are just too numerous for rational people to ignore. I believe Mr. Swift's analysis is very intelligent, coherent, and plausible.

    Our Founding Fathers believed their government (the British Crown) was deliberately conspiring against them. Thomas Jefferson said as much in our Declaration of Independence:

    “Prudence, indeed, will dictate that Governments long established should not be changed for light and transient causes; and accordingly all experience hath shewn, that mankind are more disposed to suffer, while evils are sufferable, than to right themselves by abolishing the forms to which they are accustomed. But when a long train of abuses and usurpations, pursuing invariably the same Object evinces a design to reduce them under absolute Despotism, it is their right, it is their duty, to throw off such Government, and to provide new Guards for their future security.”

    Read it again: “But when a long train of abuses and usurpations, pursuing invariably the same Object evinces a DESIGN to reduce them under absolute Despotism . . . .” Jefferson and the rest of America’s founders believed that there was a “design” (i.e, “plot,” “scheme,” or “conspiracy,” if you please) to “reduce them under absolute Despotism.” So, if you believe that government conspiracy is only for kooks, you must include America’s Founding Fathers in that group.

    Patrick Henry may have said it best:

    "We are apt to shut our eyes against a painful truth, and listen to the song of that siren, till she transforms us into beasts. Is this the part of wise men, engaged in a great and arduous struggle for liberty? Are we disposed to be of the number of those who, having eyes, see not, and having ears, hear not, the things which so nearly concern their temporal salvation?

     

    "For my part, whatever anguish of spirit it may cost, I am willing to know the whole truth–to know the worst and to provide for it."

    I submit if we deliberately "shut our eyes against a painful truth," liberty is not long for this country. And there is plenty of blame to go around.

    Obviously, the “no conspiracy” group is contributing greatly to the demise of liberty by their unwillingness to even examine the evidence suggesting government conspiracies. Truly, they are shutting their eyes “against a painful truth.” And, unfortunately, this group is most prevalent among pastors, Christians, and churches.

    I find it incredible that people who supposedly study their Bibles are so completely blind to government conspiracies. The Old and New Testaments are replete with examples of government conspiracies. Jewish governments, especially, were notorious for conspiring against God’s prophets in the Old Testament and against Jesus and the Apostles in the New Testament. Plus, the New Testament plainly pictures the master conspirator, Satan, as being the “god of this world” and “the prince of the power of the air.” His offer to Christ on the Mount of Temptation to give Jesus the “kingdoms of the world” was NOT challenged by the Lord. In other words, Jesus didn’t dispute the fact that Satan controls many, if not most, of the world’s governments. The Book of Ephesians warns against the conspiracy of “principalities,” “powers,” “rulers of the darkness of this world,” and “spiritual wickedness in high places.” Every Bible commentator that I respect includes wicked civil magistrates within these personages. Yet when one brings up the possibility of government conspiracies to the average church member, he or she is treated as if they have the palsy.

    Nowhere is this attitude of the denial of conspiracies more evident than in the whole Muslim versus America façade. Almost no Christian leader seems to be able to see the “man behind the curtain” in this whole affair. They have absolutely NO concept of what the governments of the U.S., Great Britain, Israel, Turkey, and Saudi Arabia are surreptitiously doing to instigate and foment this “war with Islam.” (Of course, there is no war against the Islamic states of Saudi Arabia and Turkey; they are our “allies.”) Christians aren’t even willing to study the matter. Therefore, the devil–along with the evil miscreants inside Western governments that he controls–is able to go about his diabolical work completely undetected.

    But, in all fairness, the “everything's-a-conspiracy” group must also share culpability in our country’s demise. There are too many professing “patriots” who seem to have no honesty or objectivity whatsoever. To them, everything government does is bad whether it is or isn’t. And, of course, they, the so-called “patriots,” can do NOTHING wrong.

    For example, if a black kid in an inner city is unjustly killed by a police officer, these “patriots” say absolutely NOTHING. But if one of their “own” is justly killed by police, they scream “tyranny” and shout about the need for revolution. Such people seem to have no reasoning ability and no understanding of Natural Law. They are agenda driven as surely as are big-government toadies. In fact, some of these “patriot” Internet bloggers and radio broadcasters are no better than the mainstream media: they twist the truth in order to pander to the people who are supporting them financially. It’s not about principle; it’s not about truth; it’s not about the rule of law. It’s all about their financial success.

    When we only condemn injustice committed by government, while overlooking and condoning injustice committed by so-called “patriots,” we lose all credibility and integrity. Everything is not a conspiracy. Every policeman or federal agent is not a Jackboot. Sometimes there are real acts of violence committed by real deranged criminals with no help whatsoever from anyone–including anyone in government. And sometimes there are so-called “patriots” who are themselves evil, using the freedom movement for their own ulterior purposes. And, of course, there are well-intentioned people who sometimes do very foolish and unwise things. And only foolish and unwise people would condone and support foolish and unwise actions, even if they are well-intentioned.

    I totally agree with Sebastian Swift’s article that there are indeed false flag operations being perpetrated by rogue elements within government–including the governments of the United States, Great Britain, and Israel. I further agree that people need to honestly and objectively be alert for the identifying characteristics of these false flag operations. More than that, the American people need to begin holding our civil magistrates accountable for these operations, as they could not continue without the tacit support of our elected representatives and President.

    But what we do NOT need are phony “patriots” who do nothing but distract, confuse, and incite by calling everything a conspiracy and who themselves are guilty of unlawful conduct–unlawful conduct as defined by God and Natural Law. (This is why the ignorance and silence of America’s pulpits is such an egregious crime: people do not even know how to discern lawful and unlawful conduct because pastors are not teaching them these Biblical Natural Law principles.) Plus, I am personally convinced that many of these hot-headed so-called “patriots” are in reality government agent provocateurs who are deliberately trying to incite real patriots into doing something stupid.

    Again, I submit if we deliberately "shut our eyes against a painful truth," liberty is not long for this country. And that includes admitting when a tragedy is NOT a conspiracy. But it also means admitting when evidence suggests that it IS.

  • Morgan Stanley Explains One Big Reason Why Central Planners Can't Generate Any Inflation

    As China continues to weaken the Yuan, it's important to note the impact that it has on the inflation expectations of other economies, namely the US, Japan, and Europe. As central planners aggressively try to boost inflation, and in the meantime have created a stunning $11.7 trillion in negative yielding debt, China could be hindering that effort quite a bit.

    As Morgan Stanley points out, CNY has weakened over the last year or so versus the Euro, Yen, and Dollar and is helping to explain the continued undershoot of inflation in Japan and Europe – and we would add in the US.

    From MS

    The RMB decline has materialized mainly against the EUR and even more so against the JPY. This may explain the continued undershoot of inflation in Europe and Japan.

    MS goes on to note that the overcapacity in Asia (something we have discussed often) and a weaker currency will continue to lead to lower export prices, and thus dampen future inflation expectations, which can be seen in the US 5y5y inflation expectations. MS also observes that developed market inflation behavior is led by movements in Chinese prices, and the rally in global bonds will continue to push the USD higher, putting further downward pressure on prices.

    Moderate US growth together with overcapacity in Asia and a weaker RMB will likely result in lower export prices from Asia. Market-based US inflation expectations are now lower than April, supported by Michigan survey data, all despite commodity prices being generally higher. Post Brexit our rates strategy team remains long duration, which is further supported by this lacklustre inflation environment. Inflation expectations might be held back by falling import prices from economies that run spare capacity. Exhibit 23 shows that the recent DM inflation behaviour was actually led by the movements in Chinese prices. The rally in global bonds, particularly in the US, may actually push USD higher as foreign investors look for places with a relatively high yield.

    MS concludes by saying that deflationary pressures are likely to remain in place as overcapacity persists.

    Important for the outcome is the evaluation of global deflationary pressures, which may be primarily fed from Asia. Yes, China’s PPI has improved from -5.9%Y to -2.9%Y, but RMB has declined over the past couple of quarters at an annualized rate of 11%, suggesting that import price deliveries from China are currently falling by 5%. Importantly, deflationary pressures are likely to remain in place as overcapacity persists. Take for instance the steel sector, where production capacity has increased by 35 million tons as China progressed through its recent mini-cycle.

    Within the G10, Australia, New Zealand and Japan are most likely to see the most import pressure to the downside.

    * * *

    In summary, while Kyle Bass has the ultimate long-term endgame pegged, in the short-term, China will continue to systematically export deflation around the world, and continue to be a significant thorn in the side of central planners everywhere who are trying desperately to generate any type of meaningful inflation and salvage whatever is left  of their credibility.

    Source: Morgan Stanley

  • America Should Exit From NATO & The National Security State

    Submitted by Jacob Hornberger via The Future of Freedom Foundation,

    In its reporting on Brexit, the New York Times asks an interesting question: “Is the post-1945 order imposed on the world by the United States and its allies unraveling, too?”

    Hopefully, it will mean the unraveling of two of the most powerful and destructive governmental apparatuses that came out of the postwar era: NATO and the U.S. national-security state. In fact, although the mainstream media and the political establishment elites will never acknowledge it, the irony is that it is these two apparatuses that ultimately led to the Brexit vote:

    The Times points out:

    Refugees have poured out of Syria and Iraq. Turkey, Jordan and Lebanon have absorbed several million refugees. But it is the flow of people into the European Union that has had the greatest geopolitical impact, and helped to precipitate the British vote.

    But what was it that gave rise to that massive refugee crisis?

    The answer: It was the U.S. national-security state’s regime change operations in the Middle East, including NATO’s bombing campaign as part of its regime-change operation in Syria.

    What did U.S. and NATO officials think — that people would simply remain where they were so that they could get blown to bits with the bombs that were being dropped on them, by the U.S. assassination program, or by the massive civil-war violence that came as a result of the U.S. and NATO regime-change operations?

    People don’t ordinarily behave in that fashion. Most people prefer to live rather than die and will do anything they can to survive. That’s why those refugees fled to Europe—  to escape the horrific consequences of interventionism by NATO and the U.S. national security state in the Middle East.

    I wonder if deep down, those who are lamenting and groaning about the Brexit vote realize that: If there had been no U.S. invasion and occupation of Iraq, no regime change in Libya, no U.S. and NATO bombing and interventionism in Syria, there wouldn’t have been a massive refugee crisis in Europe and, almost certainly, a rejection of Brexit by a majority of British voters.

    How’s that for dark irony?

    Like the U.S. national-security state, NATO is a Cold-War era governmental apparatus, one whose mission was ostensibly to protect western Europe from an attack by the Soviet Union, which was America’s and Britain’s World War II partner and ally.

    But as everyone knows, the Cold War ended more than 25 years ago. A question naturally arises: Why then didn’t NATO go out of existence once the Cold War was over?

    The following statement by the Times perfectly reflects how the mainstream media and the political establishment elites just don’t get it:

    NATO has rediscovered its purpose in the aftermath of Russia’s intervention in Ukraine. Yet the Baltic countries still worry whether the military alliance would truly defend them against Russian aggression, and the alliance has had trouble defining its role in fighting terrorism or dealing with the migrant flow.

    What the Times is insinuating is that NATO is just as necessary today to protect western Europe (and now eastern Europe) from Russian aggressiveness as it was during the Cold War era.

    But there is something wrong with that picture, something that the Times and the political establishment elites don’t want to focus on — that it was NATO and the U.S. national-security establishment that precipitated the crisis with Russia over Ukraine.

    After the Cold War ended, not only did NATO decide to remain in existence, it began absorbing Eastern European countries that had formerly been in the Warsaw Pact. When the expansionary efforts finally reached Ukraine, NATO strived to absorb that country as well, which it came very close to doing thanks to a pro-U.S. coup that had all the earmarks of a successful CIA regime-change operation. Absorbing Ukraine into NATO would have meant U.S. bases, troops, tanks, and missiles on Russia’s border and the U.S. takeover of Russia’s longtime military base in the Crimean port of Sevastopol.

    There was never any chance that Russia was going to permit that to happen, which led to Russia’s annexation of Crimea and the onset of the Ukraine crisis.

    After all, imagine that the Warsaw Pact had remained in existence and had begun absorbing Cuba, Venezuela, Chile, Nicarargua, Guatemala, and Mexico, with aims of installing Russian military bases on Mexico’s border with the United States. What do you think the reaction among U.S. officials would have been to those provocative acts?

    But what do we get from the mainstream media and the political establishment elites? That NATO is just an innocent party, one that is a force for good in the world, rather than a corrupt Cold War dinosaur-like apparatus whose mission is to provoke crises in order to justify its continued existence.

    As I detail in my new ebook The CIA, Terrorism, and the Cold War: The Evil of the National Security State, it’s no different with the U.S. national-security apparatus that was also brought into existence to wage the Cold War against the Soviet Union and which fundamentally changed America’s government structure for the worse. After all, don’t forget: China and North Korea are national-security states as well. Totalitarian regimes are almost always national security states.

    So, why did U.S. officials graft a totalitarian apparatus to America’s federal governmental structure, without even the semblance of a constitutional amendment? They said that a temporary totalitarian apparatus was necessary to wage a cold war against the Soviet Union’s and China’s totalitarian communist regimes.

    In itself, that’s problematic, but one thing is certain: The Cold War is over. It ended more than a quarter-century ago. Rather than be dismantled, which is what should have happened back in 1989, the national-security state, having lost its official enemy with the end of the Cold War, decided to go into the Middle East and provoke trouble with invasions, occupations, sanctions, interventions, and regime-change operations. All that brought us anti-American terrorist attacks, the war on terrorism, a formal assassination program, a massive secret surveillance program, indefinite detention, torture, secret prison camps, and other dark things that characterize totalitarian and communist regimes.

    And yet the mainstream media and the political establishment elite just don’t get it: They see the national-security state as a protector and as a force for good in the world, rather than as a major purveyor of death, destruction, crises, chaos, and loss of liberty, peace, and prosperity.

    It’s time for Americans to do some real soul-searching. It’s time to do some fundamental post-World War II alterations here at home. A great place to begin would be a dismantling of both NATO and the national-security state. An American exit from these corrupt and expensive Cold War-era apparatuses would lead the way to freedom, peace, prosperity, and harmony with the world.

  • More 'Transitory' Non-flation: Child Care Costs Are Soaring

    As the middle class erodes in the US, we have pointed out the many things that have continued to financially squeeze what is left of The American Dream out of the average joe, from rent becoming increasingly unaffordable to healthcare premiums exploding higher. We now have another expense that is taking a toll financially on the average American family, and that is child care.

    Child care expenses have climbed nearly twice as fast as overall prices since the recession ended in 2009 the WSJ reports, and coupled with lackluster wage gains, families with young children are finding themselves stretched financially.

    As the WSJ points out, the cost of child care is so high that in 41 states, the cost of sending a 4 year old to full-time preschool exceeds 10% of a median family income, and full-time preschool is more expensive than the average tuition at public college in 23 states. Care for an infant even costs more than the average rent in 17 states.

    Since the recession ended in 2009, the cost of child care and nursery school has increased at a 2.9% annual average, outpacing overall inflation of 1.6% during that seven year period.

    According to the WSJ, it costs $245,340 to raise a child born in 2013 from birth to age 18, nearly five years worth of income for the median US household. By comparison, the cost of raising a child born in 2003 was $226,108 after adjusting for inflation.

    Looking at the breakdown of costs for middle income families from 1960 to 2013, education and child care costs have exploded higher.

    For Malki Karkowsky, child care costs account for almost a quarter of the family budget. Adding in rent for the family's Kensington, Md apartment, and more than half of her and her husband's month take-home pay is gone. Karkowsky has a 3 year old son and a daughter under the age of 1. "Thankfully, we can cover the cost of food and clothing, but not really the extras." Karkowsky said.

    The family aspires to buy a home, but saving is difficult, even after moving to a cheaper location. The move saved $350 a month, but that doesn't even cover a week of day care.

    According to the WSJ, an April Gallup poll found that 37% of Americans between 30 and 49, the age when many are raising children, said they didn't have enough money to live comfortably.

    Increased costs are a struggle for many families, especially due to the fact that adjusting for inflation, incomes are barely above pre-recession levels.

    Ironically, even the Federal Reserve admitted the inflation – which they can never seem to find anywhere – is higher for low income families.

    From the WSJ

    That presents a test for Federal Reserve officials who set economic policy based upon the average inflation rate experienced in the economy. A recent analysis by the Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis found that households with low incomes, more household members or older household heads experience higher inflation on average – but concluded that any given individual’s inflation rate can be several percentage points different from the average rate.

     

    It speaks to the challenge the Fed faces in communicating about inflation,” Minneapolis Fed Director of Research Sam Schulhofer-Wohl said. “Even if average inflation is around 2%, you have to be aware that many households face price changes that are much higher or lower than inflation.”

    * * *

    We're stunned that the Federal Reserve even acknowledged that inflation is out there in any form, since it continuously ignores rent, student loans, health insurance, and now child care costs. Then again, it's not likely that the Fed will stop its actions that create those situations to begin with of course.

  • "Our Monetary Humpty-Dumpty Is Heading For A Great Fall" – Teetering On The Eccles Building Wall

    Submitted by David Stockman via Contra Corner blog,

    The Eccles Building trotted out Vice-Chairman Stanley Fischer yesterday morning. Apparently his task was to explain to any headline reading algos still tracking bubblevision that things are looking up for the US economy again and that Brexit won’t hurt much on the domestic front. As he told his fawning CNBC hostess:

     “First of all, the U.S. economy since the very bad data we got in May on employment has done pretty well. Most of the incoming data looked good,” Fischer said. “Now, you can’t make a whole story out of a month and a half of data, but this is looking better than a tad before.”

    You might expect something that risible from Janet Yellen – she’s just plain lost in her 50-year old Keynesian time warp. But Stanley Fischer presumably knows better, and that’s the real reason to get out of the casino.

    What is happening is that after dithering for 90 months on the zero bound the Fed has run out the clock. The current business cycle expansion—as tepid as is was— is now clearly rolling over. So the Fed has no option except to sit with its eyes wide shut while desperately trying to talk-up the stock market.

    And that means happy talk about the US economy, no matter how implausible or incompatible with the facts on the ground. No stock market correction or sell-off of even 5% can be tolerated at this fraught juncture.

    That’s because the U.S. economy is so limp that a proper correction of the massive financial bubble the Fed and other central banks have re-inflated since March 2009 would send it careening into an outright recession. And that, in turn, would blow to smithereens all of the FOMC’s demented handiwork since September 2008, and indeed since Greenspan launched the era of Bubble Finance back in October 1987.

    So when Fischer used the phrase “the incoming data looked good”, he was doing his very best impersonation of Lewis Carroll’s version of Humpty Dumpty. “Good” is exactly what our monetary politburo says it is:

    “When I use a word,” Humpty Dumpty said, in rather a scornful tone, “it means just what I choose it to mean—neither more nor less.”

    The fact is, the “lesses” have it by a long shot, but the Fed cannot even whisper a word about the giant risks, challenges and threats which loom all across the horizon.

    So for the third time this century, a business cycle contraction will come without warning from the Fed. Once again the Kool-Aid drinking perma-bulls, day traders and robo-machines will be bloodied as they stampede for the exit ramps. But it is the main street homegamers, who have been lured back into the casino for the third time this century, that will suffer devastating losses yet another time.

    Indeed, if there were even a modicum of honesty left in the Eccles Building it would be warning about the weakening trends in the US economy, not cheerleading about fleeting and superficial signs of improvement.

    Likewise, it would acknowledge the drastic over-valuation of the stock, bond, real estate and other derivative financial markets and remind investors that a healthy capitalism requires a periodic purge of such excesses in order to check mis-allocation of resources and malinvestment of capital.

    Most importantly, it would flat out confess the inability of monetary policy—–even its  current extraordinary accommodation variant—–to ameliorate the structural and supply-side obstacles to a more robust rate of economic growth and wealth creation in the US.

    In that regard, it would especially abjure the hoary notion that an excess of monetary stimulus is warranted because fiscal policy and regulators, for example, are allegedly not holding up their side of the bargain.

    In fact, monetary stimulus is not the “only game in town”, as is often asserted; it’s the wrong game. Money printing is not a second best substitute for other pro-growth policies because it’s not pro-growth at all.

    At best, it shifts the incidence of economy activity in time, such as when cheap mortgage rates cause housing construction to be higher today and then lower in the future when rates normalize.

    But mainly monetary stimulus causes systemic mis-pricing of financial assets. It turns money and capital markets into gambling arenas where speculators capture huge unearned windfalls while the mainstream economy is deprived of growth and productivity inducing real capital investment.

    Thus, instead of dispensing sunny-side agit prop Friday morning, Fischer might have noted the startling anomaly that was occurring at the very moment of his CNBC appearance.

    To wit, the 10-year US Treasury note——the very benchmark of the entire global financial system—-had just kissed a record low yield of 1.38%. At the same moment, the futures market was signaling an open on the cash S&P 500 at 2110 or within 0.09% of its all-time high and at nosebleed PE ratio of 24X reported earnings.

    Not in a million years would an honest, healthy, stable and sustainable free market have produced that combination. Starring at CNBC’s on set monitors, Fischer was looking at a screaming warning sign that financial markets have become radically unhinged. Starring into the cameras, he lied through his teeth in order to perpetuate the Fed’s sunny-side narrative.

    Here’s the thing, however. The Fed’s primitive Keynesian models are all about quantity of economic factors and the short-run sequential change in the GDP and jobs data sets. There is not even acknowledgement of qualitative factors or how the “incoming data” aligns with historical trends.

    Nor does a positive quarter purchased at the certain expense of a sharp reversal a few periods down the road get discounted. The Fed model is all about sequential GDP gains——even if there are blatant indications that they are not sustainable or compatible with the prerequisites for healthy capitalist prosperity and stability.

    All of these considerations were evident in the incoming data releases on Friday and in recent days——the very items that Fischer insisted had gotten better from “a tad before”.

    Booming auto sales have been a pillar of the weak overall recovery since 2009, but even they came in for June down by a sharp 4.6% from prior year at 16.7 million light vehicles. Moreover, this was a continuation of the weakening pattern since last fall, and a clear indicator that the peak sales rate for this cycle is already in:

    But that’s not the half of it. Given population and household growth since the 2007 peak, 18 million units should be the floor of a healthy sustainable US economy, not a momentary peak, as is evident in the chart.

    And this point is made all the more salient given the qualitative factors behind the peak levels that were achieved late last year. To wit, the entire rebound from the 2008-2009 crisis lows was funded with debt, and much of it was issued to anyone who could fog a rearview mirror.

    That’s right. Since the auto cycle bottom in mid-2010, retail motor vehicle sales have rebounded at a $360 billion annual rate, whereas auto loans outstanding have risen by $355 billion.

    Moreover, the apparent low default rate of recent years was self-evidently misleading in the context of Bubble Finance. Owing to the collapse of new car sales between 2007 and 2011, there has been a sharp reduction in the supply of used cars, causing the resale value of the existing fleet to steadily rise.

    Rising used car prices, in turn, made it easy for even marginal consumers to refinance old loans into new vehicle purchases, thereby avoiding defaults. At the same time, artificially low interest rates enabled auto finance companies to finance loans and leases at exceedingly low but unsustainable monthly payment rates.

    So the auto contribution to GDP growth during the last few years had an unsustainable “virtuous circle” character. There was no reason, therefore, to believe these gains could be replicated permanently. In fact,  there was every reason to believe that the artificial Fed induced auto finance cycle would be eventually reversed, thereby generating substantial, off-setting “payback” down the road.

    That risk is now materializing. The entire “virtuous” but artificial auto finance cycle is reversing as a flood of used cars—–reflecting the booming sales of the last four years—–comes into the resale market.

    Consequently, used car prices are heading south, thereby undermining trade-in values and eligibility for new loans.  The index of used car prices is now down 5% from its recent peak, and based on past cycles has a long way down yet to go.

    Alas, downward trending used car prices will also means that default rates will be rising for the simple reason that underwater borrowers will not be able to refinance their “ride” into a new or more recent vintage used vehicle.

    Likewise, new car loan and lease finance will be shrinking because the estimated “residuals” on leases and collateral value on loans will be lower. That means loan-to-car price ratios will come down—just as trade-in values on existing vehicles are also dropping. The resulting financing gap means lower sales and production rates in the auto sector.

    In short, there has not been a healthy recovery of the auto industry owing to 90 months of ZIRP and the Fed’s massive money printing escapades. This misbegotten monetary stimulus has only generated a deformed auto financing cycle that is now reversing and which will soon be extracting its pound of payback.

    Needless to say, Fischer eschewed the opportunity to talk soberly about the headwinds facing the strongest sector of the recent recovery. And this is only illustrative. The same can be said of housing—where cheap mortgages have raised prices far more than output of new housing—and countless others.

    The recession will come, therefore, with the Fed flat-footed again and this time, out of dry powder, as well.

    Indeed, so thoroughly will the Fed be discredited when the market crashes again by 40% or 50% or more, that modern Keynesian central banking will be faced with an existential crisis.

    To use the metaphor, our monetary Humpty Dumpty is heading for a great fall, and all the Imperial City’s potentates and poobahs will not be able to put it together again.

    And that would be a very good thing.

  • "This Is The Capitulation Phase" – Why Treasury Yields Are About To Really Plunge

    While mom and pop investors and BTFDers (if not so much hedge and mutual funds and other “smart money“) have been delighted by the latest V-shaped surge in stocks, it has come as we have repeatedly shown…

     

    … at the expense of collapsing long-term yields as another central bank liquidity tsunami is priced in. In fact, early Friday both 10Y and 30Y US Treasury yields plunged to new all time lows, a signal which at any other time would suggest a deflationary tsunami is about to be unleashed, but in this case simply meant that another bout of central bank generosity was coming to prop up risky assets in the aftermath of Brexit.

    The problem is that while stocks can – for now – ignore this historic divergence, which has pushed the S&P back to just shy of all time highs while bond yields are at all time lows, one major market participant can no longer pretend to not notice what is going on. We are talking about pension funds, who according to Bank of America are about to “throw in the towel” and capitulate on the de-risking of their portfolios, unleashing the next major buying spree on the long end, in the process likely pushing the 10Y to 1% or even much lower.

    As BofA’s Shyam Rajan writes, bull flattening of yield curves is rarely good news to anyone – but defined benefit pension plans are most leveraged to this pain. According to the most recent Milliman estimate, the average funded ratio of the top 100 US corporate defined benefit pension plans already had dropped to 77% by end of April. Since then, 30y rates dropped another 50bp and corporate spreads have tightened. While the asset side has provided some relief given that equities are hanging on to the highs, we think it is safe to assume that funding ratios over the last month have now reached the lows seen in 2012 – a rather sobering thought given that the equity rally of 70% since then has meant nothing and has been subsumed by the rate decline. The dominant factor of pension funding gaps has been the move in rates, as Chart 2 makes clear.

    According to BofA there are five reasons why capitulation is more likely now.

    Talking about pension capitulation seems counterintuitive when funded ratios are at record lows on the heels of a significant decline in rates. After all, why would a pension manager hoping for mean reversion at the beginning of the year feel forced to throw in the towel at these levels? 10y rates have been here before, funding ratios have been this low before, and this is not the first time for a flight to quality out of Europe and Japan into the US. What makes this time different? We identify five reasons (three macro, two pension-specific) that make capitulation this time around much more likely:

    Here are the reasons:

    1. Longer term growth

    The key difference from a few years ago is the formalization of the “new normal” in the markets. Global estimates of neutral real rates are much lower, the Fed’s estimate of the long-run rate has dropped nearly 100bp, and the yield curve in itself sends a bleak message (Chart 2). While in 2013, 10y rates reached similar levels and the market pushed out the Fed nearly three years, it remained optimistic for the long run. Terminal rates were priced to be north of 3.5%, with forward inflation expectations above the Fed’s target. Today, every intermediate forward beyond 3y1y is 50-200bp lower than the lowest point in 2013. There is greater understanding that the yield moves are not temporary but a glaring reflection of the new normal across the globe

    2. Inflation expectations

    The inflation market signals the same pessimism. Chart 4 shows inflation expectations across global markets relative to central bank inflation targets. Zero on the chart indicates that the markets on average expect the central bank to hit its inflation target over 30 years, while negative indicates a miss to the target. Among the markets that priced-in positive inflation risk premia in late 2013, almost all now project  their central banks to miss their targets over 30 years.

     

    3. The gravitational pull of negative yields

    Any assumed lower bound for rates has been thrown out the window given the moves to negative rates. Nearly 33% of the BofAML Developed Market (DM) sovereign index now trades negative in yield, and the US makes up nearly half of the positive yielding assets available to investors. The long end of the US curve remains cheap to European and Japanese investors (on unhedged or partially hedged basis) who are getting pushed out of their domestic sovereign markets because of QE. Fundamentally, the macro rationale for the ECB and BoJ to stop QE is years away, and flow-wise, the safe haven scarcity problem motivating flows into the US is here to stay.

    4. Variable PBGC premiums

    The penalties for underfunding have increased markedly since 2012 and are scheduled to increase even more. Based on the latest budget act, for each $1,000 of underfunding, variable rate Pension benefit Guarantee Corporation (PBGC) premiums increase from $30 to $33 in 2017, $37 in 2018, and $41 in 2019. Nearly 33% of the BofAML Developed Market (DM) sovereign index now trades negative in yield Essentially, the top 100 corporate defined benefit pension plans will be paying at least ~$20bn/year in variable premiums by 2019 if current levels of underfunding remain.

    5. Borrowing to solve the pension tension

    The greatest impediment to pension risk transfers (used loosely as a term for offloading some or all of the pension risk to an insurance company who then fund them with annuities) is the need to raise cash to bring funding ratios to par before passing it on to the insurance company. In this regard, low corporate bond yields (and ECB corporate buying) actually could help. Consider the BofAML Corporate Master index – the effective yield of single A rated corporates is 2.52% and that of BBBs is 3.4%. The relative tradeoff now between issuing debt vs paying 3-4% of variable premiums is increasingly attractive – corporates could consider issuing debt to make pensions whole and probably come out with a net positive after tax savings on debt interest (Chart 6). While issuing debt to buyback stock has been a popular strategy, issuing debt to make pensions whole could be the next trend in fixing balance sheet risk. A broader discussion of this trade-off is beyond the scope of our piece, but it reinforces the point that despite wider funding gaps, there is likely a greater incentive or larger fear that is likely to motivate pension de-risking in the coming months.

     

    To be sure, the current collapse in yields has precedented: in 2011, rates declined more than 100bp, curves flattened by more than 75bp, the large scale downgrade of European bonds left Treasuries as the only choice, and there was greater acceptance that 10y yields probably wouldn’t go back to 4% anytime soon. This move prompted significant pension de-risking in 2012 – evident in the two large risk transfer trades (GM and Verizon), widening long-end swap spreads, and significant increase in Treasury holdings of defined benefit pension plans (Chart 7).

    As Bank of America summarizes, a capitulation at this point seems inevitable:

    Today, all of the above is amplified. Treasuries make up nearly 50% of the positive-yielding DM sovereign bonds; curves are 100bp flatter; and there is a greater likelihood that 10y yields probably won’t go back to even 2.5%. We would expect a bigger capitulation by pension managers in the coming months/years.

    How big of a market are we talking about here in case there indeed is a capitulation be? Well, in a word – massive. It’s a $3 trillion trade.

    For the rates market, the significance of this acceptance phase by pensions cannot be understated, in our opinion. A $3 trillion industry running a $500 billion funding gap and a significant duration gap waking up to reality is likely to have major implications for the market. The nature of the de-risking is less important but could amplify the impact. In the simplest de-risking scenario, pension managers would stop underestimating the perceived lower bound for US rates and be more aggressive in using rate sell-offs to close duration gaps. In the extreme case, entire pensions could be offloaded from corporate balance sheets to insurance companies (increasingly like the UK, Exhibit 1)–generating significant demand for long-end duration during such transactions. One only needs to look at the long end of the UK rates market to see the significance of pension demand (Chart 9). Note that the UK regulation on inflation protection for pensions is more stringent, leaving the impact primarily on real yields. A similar move in the US is likely to be more evenly divided between reals and breakevens.

     

    The final question: what will be the market impact of the capitulation:

    Flatter curves, positive sign for swap spreads & long-end balance sheet trades. Ultimately, the de-risking of pensions whether via a full risk transfer or not would have significant implications for the rates market. Defined benefit pension holdings of USTs still stands at a rather low 6% of total assets (Chart 8)

    • Rates: It would add to the long list of buyers (Japanese, European investors, index shorts) eager to add duration on any modest sell-off in US rates. This would limit any sell-off in rates to short-lived, positioning-led squeezes higher in yields, following which a flood of demand would take over. Active hedging by pensions also
      is likely to keep receiver skew in longer tails rich.
    • Curve: Any sizable de-risking is likely to be a flattener. Even if corporations issue to shore up pensions, which then subsequently de-risk, the net impact would likely be a flattener, in our view. This is because issuance would be skewed toward the belly of the curve where demand dominates, while the de-risking flow happens in the long end of the curve. While this is a long-term theme, it should help our tactical flattening call on the curve.
    • Spreads and strips: Long-end demand from pensions also would be the welcome sign of relief the long end of the spread and coupon-strip curve need. The lack of consistent real money demand combined with $150bn in 30y UST supply every year and lack of dealer appetite to police these relationships has in short been the primary driver of tightening of long-end spreads and cheapening of coupon strips. Some 46bp of extra yield in USTs over swaps and 25bp of extra yield in c-strips over p-strips should look extremely attractive to investors settling for below-2% yields.

    What all of this means in simple, numeric terms for the two securities everyone is most familiar with, namely the 10Y and the 30%? It means look for the 10Y Treasury to drop under 1% while the 30Y plunges to 1.50% or lower, as the entire world slowly but surely turn Japanese, where incidentally, the world’s largest pension fund – the GPIF – just lost $43 billion in the past quarter as a result of the failure of Abenomics and its hail mary attempt to offset billions in underfunding using a monetary policy gimmick. Similar losses are coming to pension funds much closer to you next.

  • When Government Controls All Wealth

    Authored by Bonner & Partners' Bill Bonner (annotated by Acting-Man's Pater Tenebrarum),

    Sliding Into Absurdity

    Stock markets continued their rebound to almost erase all Brexit losses. London’s FTSE 100 Index is above Brexit levels but Europe’s equivalent of the Dow, the Euro Stoxx 50, remains lower.

     

    brexit-2

    No wonder the Dragon and his partners in crime flooded the EU banking system with “money” this past week…

     

    Investors have realized Brexit isn’t the end of the world. First, because they think it won’t really happen. After all, elites can fix elections, buy politicians, and control public policy… surely, they can fix this!

    A letter in the Financial Times reminds us that Swedish voters cast their ballots against nuclear power in 1980. The government just ignored them, doubling nuclear power generation over the next 36 years.

    Second, because investors see the panic over Brexit leading to more spirited intervention by central banks! The EZ money floodgates – already wide open – are to be opened wider.

    The U.S. has its QE program on hold, but Europe’s scheme is gushing like Niagara. Mario Draghi at the European Central Bank buys $90 billion a month in bonds. And he’s not only buying government bonds; he’s buying corporates, too.

     

    Less Than Zero

    In Japan, always a trendsetter, the Bank of Japan has bought so many bonds it has pushed Japanese government bond yields below zero – out to more than 45 years on the yield curve!

    In other words, you can now lend to the bankrupt Japanese government until 2051 with no hope of making a single yen, nominally, on your investment. Now, with bonds stacking up in their vaults, the Japanese feds are diversifying. They’re buying exchange-traded funds (ETFs), too.

     

    JGB

    JGB weekly over the past 5 years….still a widow-maker! – click to enlarge.

     

    Via its ETF purchases, the BoJ buys about $30 billion of Japanese stocks a year. This has made it a top 10 shareholder in about 90% of the companies listed on the country’s Nikkei 225 Index.

    Apparently, the BoJ announced it would buy a particular kind of politically correct ETF, even before such an investment existed. This led to a rush to meet the demand (no matter how looney) to create exactly the ETF the Japanese feds were looking for.

    So now, the phony money created by the BoJ buys phony ETFs created by the sushi equivalent of Wall Street – solely for the purpose of letting the Samurai feds put more phony money into the financial sector. The ETF then must buy politically fashionable companies, many of which probably wouldn’t exist were the fix not in so deeply.

    Result?  The Bank of Japan – not private investors – is the proud owner of stocks and bonds that private investors didn’t want, bought at prices they wouldn’t pay. The whole show is too goofy for words. But words are all we’ve got!

     

    goofy

    Meet Goofy.

     

    Capitalism Without Capital

    “It is just a matter of time,” says a friend writing from Switzerland, “before the feds own all our assets. They’re determined to keep prices high and they have unlimited resources.”

    Yes, stocks, bonds, old copies of Mad Magazine… everything will be owned by the government. Then our liberty will be complete. We will have nothing… and nothing to lose.

    We will have become what leading German post-war economist Wilhelm Röpke had anticipated: the “stable fed” animals that depend on their masters to keep them going.

     

    Bakers Dairy Farm in Haselbury Plucknett

    Moooo!

     

    At last, we will have the kind of capitalism another economist – Karl Marx – dreamed of: capitalism without private capital. The Deep State will control all our wealth.

    We will go to college on federal loans… we will drive cars, leased of course, at federally subsidized low rates… we will live in houses mortgaged by federal mortgage lender Fannie Mae… with the mortgage rates pushed down by its fellow manipulator, Freddie Mac… we will work for companies that depend on the Fed’s EZ money financing…and, of course, our medical care will be in the hands of the feds… and our retirement finances too.

    Cradle to grave – Chapter 1 to Chapter 11 –  all on central bank credit.

    Each dollar in the private sector is either earned or borrowed. The feds and their crony friends get their money for free. Gradually, they own more and more assets, while the rest of the people owe more and more debt.

     

    Sacred Tether

    But wait –  let us look again at the maze of dots. How did this happen? Yesterday, we saw that price is not the same as value. If you want to increase prices, all you have to do is spread around some cash. Drop money from helicopters, especially in bad neighborhoods, and prices will soar. But value?

    Here is where it gets interesting.  Because when you drop money from helicopters, values tend to drop, too. What shoemaker will still take pride in a making a good pair of walking boots, when his money floats down from Heaven with no effort at all?

     

    helicopter-money-drop-cartoon-clip-art-lewes-delaware-RKVC-1024x728

    Manna from heaven… we’ll all be rich! As Keynesian economists will confirm, capital is a self-replicating blob, that only waits for us to “spend”!

     

    What company will still sweat and strain to produce the best possible products, when its revenues no longer come from demanding customers? What analyst sharpens his pencil to find the best companies to invest in, when there is no longer any connection between money and quality performance.

    In rich neighborhoods or in poor ones, giving away money causes trouble. Quality declines, as fewer and fewer people are willing to put in the time and trouble to produce it. And why should they? The ancient and sacred tether, connecting quality to wealth, effort to reward, has been severed.

    Want to know why the average American man earns less today than he did 40 years ago? Want to know how the rich got so filthy rich? Want to know why, as the Financial Times put it yesterday, Hillary is afraid of a “populist contagion”?

     

    MILKING THE ECONOMY DRY, OBAMACARTOON

    Something went wrong along the way… but what?

     

    The feds got out the knife in 1971. They changed the money system itself. They severed the link between gold and the dollar – and between value and price. It was so subtle almost no one objected… and so clever almost no one saw what it really meant.

    It took us more than 40 years to figure it out. And even now, the dots reveal a pattern, but it is indistinct… hard to see… and easy to misinterpret. Most people see only the symptoms, the boils. the fever, the night sweats – and the daytime delusions:

    The masses voting for Brexit or Donald. Interest rates falling to 5,000-year lows. The gap between rich and poor opening wider and wider. What is the cause?

    Stay tuned…

Digest powered by RSS Digest

Today’s News 2nd July 2016

  • Answer This!

    By Chris at www.CapitalistExploits.at

    I’ve been inundated with questions from many of you following the recent events. Brexit, that is, not Justin Timbertrouser’s latest antics. While I can’t publish all of them, I’ve selected what I think are some of the most important ones.

    A lot of questions were related to positioning during and post Brexit. I hate to mention it as I may choose to trade out of whatever I mention at any given moment so please bare that in mind.

    • Sold a bit of GLD on Thursday and will look to buy back after the shock/euphoria subsides.
    • Long GBP/EUR and USD/EUR.
    • Net short equities.
    • Lightened up by 25% on short Spanish 10-year and long US 10-year. (hint: you get paid to do it and are synthetically short EUR which I’m OK with).

    Ok, onto the questions…

    “By the way, your latest article ” World out of whack” was great. I believe the next crisis country will be Italy with their massive banking problems. The Euro is simply too strong for them and in the old days they were able to compete against Germany by constantly depreciating the Lira.


     Best,

    H.”

    Excellent points on the historical situation with Germany and Italy, and pinpointing the currency aspect.

    Not everyone agreed with Italy as it came in a close second to France, as you can see below from the poll I ran in the recent World Out Of Whack.

    Wow-Poll-EU

    We’re actually dealing with two drifferent problems here – the EU and the currency. Let’s take a closer look at both.

    The EU was originally designed to stop Europeans killing each other (something they’ve been doing for centuries) and to foster closer ties between European countries by eliminating barriers to trade. As the old adage goes, “When goods don’t flow, bullets do.” And this was at the core of the EU idea.

    Giuseppe always loved BMWs, didn’t care for sauerkraut (I don’t blame him), and – while being infuriated with Hans who is as punctual as Big Ben – saw no reason not to make the buying of his BMW any easier. 

    Hans, on the other hand, still believed that all Italian woman were smoking hot, all Italian men were plumbers, and though he couldn’t understand how pasta could be eaten everyday without causing some sort of digestive problem, he welcomed the idea of shooting down to Puglia for a weekend’s sun – sans silly visa requirements.

    So why not allow Hans and Giuseppe to manage all this with less friction?

    Increasingly though, the EU has become a barrier to trade rather than an enabler. Today there are restrictions and laws governing how bendy a banana must be. Not bendy enough and it doesn’t meet regulation. Cucumbers can’t be too bendy, on the other hand. Not straight enough and they too are in the tip.

    Then there is the famous case of the EU directive stating that water does in fact NOT hydrate you. Retailers of water were banned from suggesting water would in fact hydrate you.

    Prunes are not laxatives (contrary to anyone who tests the theory), turnips are not allowed to be called swedes, and eggs are not allowed to be sold by the dozen. Instead, they must be sold by weight only.

    Powerful vacuum cleaners are banned. You see, they chew up too much energy. Diabetics should be banned from driving and the list goes on and on. It’s enough to make blood shoot out of your eyes.

    When looking at the sheer weight of unexplainable laws, you’re left thinking that only a mentally ill person could have put them together. And you’d be right.

    The European Parliament is mentally ill and though Britain’s exit from this “fustercluck” will have immediate negative consequences, I’m all for a controlled demolition rather than a supernova which is where the EU is most assuredly headed.

    The single currency, on the other hand, was always as terrible an idea as walking through Damascus with an “I hate Muslims” T-shirt would be. You just knew it would cause pain and suffering.

    Each European country experiences unique business and credit cycles which are often independent of one another. They always had a shock absorber, allowing for economies to adjust to the economic bumps of the business cycle. That shock absorber was their own currency.

    Let’s use an admittedly simplistic example.

    Let’s say that Greece becomes uncompetitive in terms of trade. It would then experience weakening corporate profits, leading to less investment, leading to higher unemployment. This could then be met with weakening the currency, which in turn leads to lower operating costs, higher profit margins, renewed employment growth, and a renewal in investment.

    The reason Greece is clocking a 51% youth unemployment and Spain a 45% youth unemployment rate is directly tied to the fact that the currency as a shock absorber has been taken away. Instead, these countries are forced into a straight jacket where rather than a weak currency they get a persistent weak economy.


    Ironically this economic pain – left unchecked and unresolved – has the potential to cause rising nationalism as I discussed earlier this week. At the extremes we’re talking war.

    Here’s the next one:

    “Chris, thanks for the ton of really insightful material you put out.

     

    I have a question: you first mentioned to buy Bitcoin and it was at $380 or thereabouts I think. Then you put out that report on Bitcoin being a way to play the devaluation in the yuan and it was at like $480. I ignored you at $380 and again at $480 (I’ve a habit of doing this though I’m determined not to repeat it again). I watched in awe as it rocketed to recent highs and just yesterday it collapsed again back to $599. Have I missed the boat?


    CK”

    Well, it’s back up at $674 as I’m writing this which simply demonstrates how volatile it is.

    Think about it like this: Bitcoin market cap is about $10bn. Around $3bn of that is reportedly owned by founders and early adopters, leaving around $7bn actively traded. Of that, over 80% is traded in China which is a black box.

    It is one reason I’m paying a lot of attention to China and goes back to my devaluation argument.

    One other thing to consider…

    Do you know of any other asset with a market cap of say $6bn which has anywhere near the airtime that Bitcoin has?

    Right now the ability for institutional money to get into Bitcoin is still somewhat limited. It is clear that market acceptance amongst the suited and booted is on the rise so it’s not just Molly dealers and kiddy fiddlers who are using it. If we get a real ETF in this space watch out!

    Bottom line: I think Bitcoin either goes to zero or it goes supernova. I’ve spoken at length around the geopolitical environment which is highly conducive to Bitcoin doing well.

    Next question…

    “I think you is a shill and dead wrong on the USD. Getting sick of you dollar bulls. Do you secretly work for Goldman Sachs or other jews? That turd is going to wipe out like all the other currencies before it and you helping people line up to be shot. Screw you. I hope you go down with it.”

    I didn’t respond to this clown but I did remove the idiot from my mailing list. Aside from the vitriolic response and the fact the guy needs to be fed a brick, there are some key points any sane investor should consider as the only arbiter at the end of the day is the market.

    Whenever I look at any market I try to form an opinion based on data sans opinions. I always find I come down with a basic viewpoint and I know it’s biased in some regard. It might be bullish or it might be bearish. The next step is to find credible people who think the OPPOSITE. 

    The reason this works for me is due to something called first confirmation bias. It’s been proven that the first conclusion we come to is very difficult to remove, and the longer we hold that viewpoint the greater the risk of us identifying ourselves with it.

    The risk is that once you’ve reached a certain viewpoint you do what fully 90% of people do – you seek confirmation. You’ll find it, I assure you. If you want to believe that Elvis is alive and you search for evidence to support this viewpoint, you’ll find others agreeing with you. They may be mentally ill or 4 but you’ll find them. 

    So yes, right now I’m bullish on the dollar and I don’t at this point in time work for anyone at all. As for Jews, why are they any different from Armenians, for example?

    Capitalist Exploits is not a home to xenophobic bigots or people who wear their socks with sandals (kidding). So if you’re reading this and are a xenophobic bigot with a small brain and a large mouth, do me a favour and close this page please.

    Otherwise, you’re welcome to stay with us and tell your friends to come and join us – even if they wear their socks with sandals.

    Onto the penultimate one:

    “Hi Chris,


     

    This is neither feedback nor a new market topic but more just requesting your thoughts.

    For context, I’m an agricultural commodity trader, and started trading macros with my own money early last year, so quite far from being an expert or even very knowledgeable. That said, just read your WOW for this week, and I’ve been thinking for a while that the global bond market is the single most out of whack thing across markets right now.


     

    The way I see this playing out, I think there is further contagion in the EU, China is not looking too good, and between everything don’t think the fed raises rates. That’s not bullish the dollar but think that will be overwhelmed by dollar buying on flight to safety. So, back to bonds, I guess my question is, what might trigger the bond bubble to burst?

     

    Don’t think risk to shorting them here is that high but you simply never know with central banks. Also think long gold covers every scenario that might potentially play out. But just curious on what actually triggers a breakdown in the bond market. Sorry to baldly ask a question without much contribution from my side, but I really don’t have much experience in this. Would greatly appreciate any insights you might have.


    Thanks,

    K”

    I could write an entire chapter of articles on this so let me try be brief. I’ll be covering many of these aspects over the coming weeks and months.

    Contagion in EU and China looking bad are in my mind bullish the dollar. Why would this be bearish dollars?

    Also, if you look at global yields right now the US 10-year sports a higher yield than the UK, Germany, France, Italy, and Spain.

    Right there is a fantastic arbitrage opportunity which I’ve been plying for the last 3 weeks and one which you get paid for. Carry is on your side: short European bonds and long US bonds allows you to get paid for the trade. You do take currency risk but I’m struggling to find reasons why I’d be bullish the Euro.

    As to bonds, too much to talk about so let me cover that in future missives.

    And the final question:

    “You mentioned in your very inspiring post on change that you’re not investing in private equity anymore. Can you provide more thoughts on why?”

    I see too many risks for my own liking given the global macro landscape. I’ll still be doing very specific private deals. I mentioned some questions to consider on this topic in my article last week but here’s some further bullet points to consider, namely a shift in risk capital.

    If you’re a young startup company looking to raise capital without a clear path to revenue (not growth) then you’re dead. Forget it. I’m not interested.

    Funding companies which will need to be going back to the trough in another 12 months elevates the risk MASSIVELY for me. And right now VCs are still living in la-la land because many are 20-somethings who don’t understand global macro capital trends.

    After having done over 50 deals and diligencing hundreds more, I can promise you that every company underestimates its time to revenue, overestimates its revenues, underestimates its cash burn, and overestimates its ability to raise additional cash.

    Structuring and knowing what risks you’re taking is absolutely critical and never more so going forward into the macro environment lying before us.

    Add to this the kind of valuations that are still legacy 2014 and you’ve got a lot of new deals which will be entering a market they don’t actually understand.

    Additionally with the type of asymmetry being exhibited in the macro space and the opportunities available everything for me is relative.

    Other than that I’m very focussed on doing less and having time to think every day.

    This requires elimination of non-essentials and private investing is incredibly time consuming if you’re doing it properly. Sure, you can throw money at a bunch of deals that you’ve perused the pitch decks on but proper due diligence takes months, not a couple hours on the sofa.

    And with that I wish you all have an awesome weekend and I will see you next week. I’m off to take my wife on a date.

    – Chris

    “Women need a reason to have sex, men just need a place.” – Billy Crystal

    ============

    Liked this article? Don’t miss our future articles and podcasts, and

    get access to free subscriber-only content here.

    ============

  • Why The Collapse Of The U.S. Economic & FInancial System Has Accelerated

    SRSrocco Report

    By the SRSrocco Report,

    The collapse of the U.S. economic and financial system accelerated this year, thus pushing the country closer to a third-world status.  Most Americans are unaware of the dire consequences facing the nation, so they continue to believe business as usual will continue indefinitely.

    Unfortunately, lousy reporting by the Mainstream media along with the public’s denial and delusional thinking is a recipe for disaster for most Americans over the next several years.

    The U.S. economy is being propped up by a great deal of monetary printing, Fed stock and bond purchases and extreme leverage in all areas of the market.  While these policies have given the “ILLUSION” of continued prosperity, or at best a sustainable slow growing economy, the debt now in the system is unsustainable.

    Still to this day, most investors (including precious metals investors) do not understand the real reason for the massive increase in U.S. Federal debt.  They believe the debt was either increased to enslave Americans or to fund continued economic growth.  While the second reason is more accurate, they still fail to understand the “ROOT CAUSE” of the debt increase.

    The Massive Increase In U.S. Debt Tied To Falling U.S. Oil Production & Rising Oil Prices

    This chart puts the huge increase in total U.S. debt in perspective:

    Federal Debt vs Peak Oil

    The annual increase in U.S. debt was very small up until the 1970’s.  This was due to the peak of cheap U.S. domestic oil production.  U.S. oil production peaked in 1970 at about 10 million barrels per day (mbd).  That year, total U.S. debt was $370 billion.  That’s hilarious, because the annual deficits today are larger than the entire U.S. debt in 1970.

    As the oil price increased in the 1980’s and as U.S. oil production declined, total U.S. debt continued to increase.  However, in the late 1990’s, the U.S. debt leveled off.  This was due to the price of oil declining below $20, reaching $14 in 1998 and $19 in 1999.  In 1999, U.S. debt had increased to $5.4 trillion.

    Then as the price of oil increased from $30 in 2000 to nearly $100 in 2008, total U.S. debt nearly doubled to $10.5 trillion.  In addition, U.S. domestic oil production declined nearly 4 million barrels per day from 1985 to 2008.  This also had a negative impact on U.S. debt levels.

    ————————————

    IF YOU ARE PAYING MORE THAN 30 BASIS POINTS A YEAR TO STORE PRECIOUS METALS, YOU ARE PAYING TOO MUCH!!!  If you haven’t checked out our new  new PRECIOUS METALS INVESTING section or our new LOWEST COST PRECIOUS METALS STORAGE page on our SRSrocco Report site, I highly recommend you do. 

    ———————————–

    While it’s true that the cost of energy is only a small part of U.S. GDP,  its impact is multiplied when the U.S. economy and government try to provide the same standard of living as it did prior to 1970.  Furthermore, the EROI- Energy Returned On Invested of U.S. oil production declined significantly since the 1950’s.  The EROI of U.S. oil and gas production in 1970 was 30/1, however shale oil comes in at a low EROI of 5/1.

    Thus, the falling EROI means less profitable barrels to provide the same (higher) standard of living as Americans enjoyed before 1970.

    The U.S. Economy Is Propped Up By Massive Govt Spending

    In fiscal 2015, the United States Govt. (supposedly) spent $3.8 trillion on mandatory, discretionary funding and interest on the debt.  Total revenues were only $3.18 trillion, so the U.S. Govt had to borrow $583 billion to pay its bills:

    U.S. Govt Budget

    These next two charts break down the “Mandatory” and “Discretionary” spending:

    Mandatory Spending

    Discretionary Spending

    The $3.8 trillion in U.S. Govt spending is 21% of total U.S. GDP for fiscal 2015.  Even though the U.S. Govt spends a lot of money on many different areas, let’s focus on Social Security and Medicare-Health.  These two parts of the mandatory spending equal $2.2 trillion of the $3.8 trillion total Federal budget.  This is nearly 58% of the total budget.

    That $2.2 trillion spent in the U.S. economy has a “MULTIPLIER EFFECT”.  This is the reason the Fed and U.S. Govt won’t allow a collapse in stock, bond or real estate values.  The revenues collected by the U.S. Govt depend on elevated stock, bond and real estate prices.  Once these start to collapse, then revenues plummet causing the annual budget deficit to balloon higher.  If the budget deficit was $583 billion (that’s what the Govt reports) in 2015 ,then what happens when the market cracks and highly inflated stock, bond and real estate prices collapse?

    Well, we already experienced that in 2008.  Here is the most recent update of the U.S. Retirement Market as of Q1 2016:

    U.S. Retirement Market

    The total U.S. Retirement Market collapsed 21% from 2007 to 2008 ($17.7 trillion down to $13.9 trillion).  The current U.S. Retirement market is valued at $24.1 trillion.  When the U.S. broader markets finally crack, I forecast a 50% decline in the U.S. Retirement market in the first wave.  This could take place over a few years.  A 50% decline would put the U.S. Retirement market at $12 trillion, a little less than what it was in 2008.

    This is highly likely as the markets have been propped up with a lot of leverage since 2009.  A 50% decline in the stock and real estate prices will cause serious trouble to the entire U.S. economy and financial system.

    …… THIS IS THE CRASH WE NEVER COME OUT OF.

    U.S. Financial & Economic Market Suffered Two Big Blows

    As I mentioned in the beginning of the article, ENERGY has been the key in pushing the U.S. debt to record levels.  Now, you would think that the huge increase of domestic U.S. shale oil production would have helped stabilize the annual increase of U.S. debt….. IT DIDN’T.  Actually, it did the opposite.

    Unfortunately, the addition of U.S. shale oil production came at a huge cost.  It only added more overall debt to the system.  Even though the price of oil remained above $100 for three years, most of the shale oil companies made no real profit.  Which means, the increase of U.S. domestic oil production from 5 mbd in 2008 to a peak of 9.6 mbd last year, did nothing to keep the U.S. debt from rising.

    This was due to two reasons:

    1) The U.S. Govt continued to print money while suffering even larger annual budget deficits to provide a standard of living for Americans that it really couldn’t afford.
    2) The EROI- Energy Returned On Invested of U.S. shale oil production of 5/1 was way too low to sustain our modern economy that needs something north of 12/1.

    While the situation for the United States became even worse as domestic oil production surged higher, the consequences will be even more dire as oil production plummets over the next several years.

    Top Two Shale Oil Fields Suffer Hugh Production Losses

    The top two shale oil fields in the U.S. suffered huge production losses over the past year… especially over the last six months.

    The Bakken Oil Field in North Dakota was touted to make the U.S. energy independent.  While the author of this article never believed the hype by the U.S. Energy Industry, many Americans fell for this delusion.  As the price of oil declined on top of exceedingly high decline rates, Bakken oil production has dropped significantly.

    How much??

    Bakken Oil Losses

    If we go by the minimum production between August 2014 and December 2015, the Bakken is down 137,000 barrels per day (bd).  While the Bakken achieved a much higher production peak, I am going by the minimum oil production achieved in that time-frame.

    Thus, the Bakken will now lose 4.1 million barrels of oil in a month and 50 million barrels in a year compared to what it was producing last year.  A loss of 50 million barrels in a year from the North Dakota industry is a BIG DEAL.  That being said, the Bakken will continue to lose production going forward so the annual production loss will be even greater than 50 million barrels.  At $50 a barrel, North Dakota is losing $2.5 billion a year.

    NOTE:  A small part of the Bakken is located in Montana, but this doesn’t really change the overall situation for North Dakota all that much.

    Now, if you think the loss of production from the Bakken is bad, you need to take a look at the disaster taking place at the Eagle Ford Field in Texas:

    Eagle Ford Oil Losses

    The Eagle Ford has lost 300,000 barrels per day since its minimum production between Aug 2014 and Dec 2015.  That’s one hell of a lot of oil.  In Dec 2015, the Eagle Ford was producing 1,508 thousand barrels per day (1.508 mbd) and is forecasted to decline to 1,212 thousand barrels per day in June.  This is a 20% decline in six months.

    Thus, the Eagle Ford will now lose 9.1 million barrels of oil per month and a whopping 110 million barrels annually.  Again, this is only if production stabilizes.  That figure continues to increase as Eagle Ford production continues to decline.

    While some individuals believe the decline in U.S. shale oil production was due to falling oil prices, this was only part of the reason.  According to the energy analysts that I have been reading, these two shale oil fields were going to peak between 2015-2017, even with higher oil prices.  So, yes… the low oil price forced the peak a little sooner than later.

    What happens as U.S. shale oil production continues to decline??  Well, it puts more pressure on the U.S. energy sector that is saddled with debt up to their eyeballs.  Here is a chart I published in one of my articles a few weeks back:

    U.S. Energy Debt % Of operating Profits

    If the U.S. Energy sector is paying about 50% of its operating profits just to pay the interest on its debt (2015)… WHAT HAPPENS AS OIL PRODUCTION DECLINES??  Correct… it just makes a bad situation WORSE.

    Americans have no clue the dire situation they face.  No longer will we be able to offer U.S. Treasuries in the future for oil.  Of course, this won’t end overnight, but the trend is not on our side.

    The healthy U.S. economy and financial system in the 1950’s-1960’s was powered by its cheap domestic rising oil production.  This is why we were the powerhouse of the world.  However, as the years went by and domestic oil production declined as prices increased, we were forced to use the ENERGY CREDIT CARD.

    While this worked for many decades, the ENERGY CREDIT CARD BALANCE now is unsustainable.  The decline of U.S. shale oil production will speed up the demise of the U.S. economy and empire.

    If Americans haven’t connected the DOTS by purchasing physical precious metals, the majority of their supposed wealth will EVAPORATE into thin air.  Even though owning precious metals doesn’t guarantee an individual will make it through the coming economic and financial collapse unscathed, it will at least offer better options than 99% of the Americans out there.

    Please check out our new PRECIOUS METALS INVESTING section or our new LOWEST COST PRECIOUS METALS STORAGE page.

    Check back for new articles and updates at the SRSrocco Report

  • Hacked Emails Confirm NATO Push To Provoke, Escalate Conflict With Russia

    Just two weeks ago, a huge scandal erupted within another 'union' as Germany slammed NATO for "warmongering" destroying the fictional narrative that 'innocent' NATO was merely reacting to evil Russian provocations. Furthermore, as NATO accelerated its encirclement of Russia, with British soldiers deployed in Estonia, US soldiers operating in Latvia and Canadians in Poland, while combat units are being increased in the Mediterranean 

    NATO found another excuse for war, assessing that it may now have grounds to attack Russia when it announced that if a NATO member country becomes the victim of a cyber attack by persons in a non-NATO country such as Russia or China, then NATO’s Article V “collective defense” provision requires each NATO member country to join that NATO member country if it decides to strike back against the attacking country.

    Specifically, NATO is alleging that because Russian hackers had copied the emails on Hillary Clinton’s home computer, this action of someone in Russia taking advantage of her having privatized her U.S. State Department communications to her unsecured home computer and of such a Russian’s then snooping into the U.S. State Department business that was stored on it, might constitute a Russian attack against the United States of America, and would, if the U.S. President declares it to be a Russian invasion of the U.S., trigger NATO’s mutual-defense clause and so require all NATO nations to join with the U.S. government in going to war against Russia, if the U.S. government so decides.

    Now, as The Intercept's Zaid Jilani and Lee Fang expose, retired U.S. Air Force Gen. Philip Breedlove (yes an ironic name for a warmonger), until recently the supreme commander of NATO forces in Europe, plotted in private to overcome President Barack Obama’s reluctance to escalate military tensions with Russia over the war in Ukraine in 2014, according to apparently hacked emails from Breedlove’s Gmail account that were posted on a new website called DC Leaks.

    Obama defied political pressure from hawks in Congress and the military to provide lethal assistance to the Ukrainian government, fearing that doing so would increase the bloodshed and provide Russian President Vladimir Putin with the justification for deeper incursions into the country.

     

    Breedlove, during briefings to Congress, notably contradicted the Obama administration regarding the situation in Ukraine, leading to news stories about conflict between the general and Obama.

     

     

    But the leaked emails provide an even more dramatic picture of the intense back-channel lobbying for the Obama administration to begin a proxy war with Russia in Ukraine.

     

    In a series of messages in 2014, Breedlove sought meetings with former Secretary of State Colin Powell, asking for advice on how to pressure the Obama administration to take a more aggressive posture toward Russia.

     

    “I may be wrong, … but I do not see this WH really ‘engaged’ by working with Europe/NATO. Frankly I think we are a ‘worry,’ … ie a threat to get the nation drug into a conflict,” Breedlove wrote in an email to Powell, who responded by accepting an invitation to meet and discuss the dilemma. “I seek your counsel on two fronts,” Breedlove continued, “how to frame this opportunity in a time where all eyes are on ISIL all the time, … and two, … how to work this personally with the POTUS.”

     

     

    Breedlove attempted to influence the administration through several channels, emailing academics and retired military officials, including former NATO supreme commander Wesley Clark, for assistance in building his case for supplying military assistance to Ukrainian forces battling Russian-backed separatists.

     

    “I think POTUS sees us as a threat that must be minimized, … ie do not get me into a war????” Breedlove wrote in an email to Harlan Ullman, senior adviser to the Atlantic Council, describing his ongoing attempt to get Powell to help him influence Obama.

     

     

    “Given Obama’s instruction to you not to start a war, this may be a tough sell,” Ullman replied a few months later, in another string of emails about Breedlove’s effort to “leverage, cajole, convince or coerce the U.S. to react” to Russia.

     

    Breedlove did not respond to a request for comment. He stepped down from his NATO leadership position in May and retired from service on Friday, July 1. Breedlove was a four-star Air Force general and served as the 17th Supreme Allied Commander of NATO forces in Europe starting on May 10, 2013.

     

    Phillip Karber, an academic who corresponded regularly with Breedlove — providing him with advice and intelligence on the Ukrainian crisis —  verified the authenticity of several of the emails in the leaked cache. He also told The Intercept that Breedlove confirmed to him that the general’s Gmail account was hacked and that the incident had been reported to the government.

     

    “The last conversation I had about it with General Breedlove, he said, ‘Yeah, I’ve been hacked several times,’” said Karber. He added that he noticed at least one of his personal emails appearing online from the leak before we had contacted him. “I turned this over to the U.S. government and asked them to investigate. No one has given me any answer.”

     

    “I have no idea whose account was leaked or hacked,” said Powell, when reached for comment about the emails. Powell said he had no comment about the discussions regarding Obama’s response to the conflict in Ukraine.

     

    In the European press, Breedlove has been portrayed as a hawkish figure known for leaning on allied nations to ditch diplomacy and to adopt a more confrontational role again Russian-backed separatists in Ukraine. Breedlove, testifying before Congress earlier in February of this year, called Russia “a long-term existential threat to the United States and to our European allies.”

     

    Der Spiegel reported that Breedlove “stunned” German leaders with a surprise announcement in 2015 claiming that pro-Russian separatists had “upped the ante” in eastern Ukraine with “well over a thousand combat vehicles, Russian combat forces, some of the most sophisticated air defense, battalions of artillery” sent to Donbass, a center of the conflict.

     

    Breedlove’s numbers were “significantly higher” than the figures known to NATO intelligence agencies and seemed exaggerated to German officials. The announcement appeared to be a provocation designed to disrupt mediation efforts led by Chancellor Angela Merkel.

     

    In previous instances, German officials believed Breedlove overestimated Russian forces along the border with Ukraine by as many as 20,000 troops and found that the general had falsely claimed that several Russian military assets near the Ukrainian border were part of a special build-up in preparation for a large-scale invasion of the country. In fact, much of the Russian military equipment identified by Breedlove, the Germans said, had been stored there well before the revolution in Ukraine.

     

    The emails, however, depict a desperate search by Breedlove to build his case for escalating the conflict, contacting colleagues and friends for intelligence to illustrate the Russian threat. Karber, who visited Ukrainian politicians and officials in Kiev on several occasions, sent frequent messages to Breedlove — “per your request,” he noted — regarding information he had received about separatist military forces and Russian troop movements. In several updates, Breedlove received military data sourced from Twitter and social media.

     

    Karber, the president of the Potomac Foundation, became the center of a related scandal last year when it was discovered that he had facilitated a meeting during which images of purported Russian forces in Ukraine were distributed to the office of Sen. James Inhofe, R-Okla., and were published by a neoconservative blog. The pictures turned out to be a deception; one supposed picture of Russian tanks in Ukraine was, in fact, an old photograph of Russian tanks in Ossetia during the war with Georgia.

     

    Breedlove stayed in close contact with Karber and other officials who shared his views on the Ukrainian conflict.

     

    “Phil, can’t we get a statement to counteract the Russians on use of force? what can I do to help? If the Ukrainians lose control of the narrative, the Russians will see it as an open door,” wrote retired Gen. Wesley Clark, who forwarded on his messages with Victoria Nuland, the assistant secretary of state for European and Eurasian affairs. He also passed along concerns from the Bulgarian president that Bulgaria might be Russia’s next target.

     

    In other messages, Clark relayed specific requests for the types of military aid desired by Ukrainian officials. In addition to radar systems and other forms of military equipment, Clark recommended that Breedlove “encourage Ukraine to hire some first rate pr firms and crisis communications firms in U.S. and Europe.” He added, “They need the right tools to engage in information warfare.”

     

    Ukraine did hire several D.C. lobbying and communication firms to influence policymakers. In June 2015, the government signed a deal with APCO Worldwide, an influential firm with ties to senior Democratic and Republican officials.

     

    In an email in February 2015, Karber told Breedlove that “Pakistan has, under the table, offered Ukraine 500 TOW-II launchers (man-portable version) and 8,000 TOW-II missiles,” adding that deliveries of the anti-tank weapons could begin by the end of the month. “However,” Karber wrote, “Pakistan will not make these deliveries without U.S. approval; moreover they will not even request that approval unless they have informal assurance that it would be approved.”

     

    Karber told The Intercept that the Pakistani arms deal never materialized.

     

    Breedlove was most recently in the news explaining that he now thinks we need to talk to the Russian government to resolve the conflict in Ukraine. “I think we need to begin to have meaningful dialogue,” he said last week, while reiterating his views on the need for a strong NATO to militarily match Russia. “Russia does understand power, and strength, and unity,” he said.

    With all that in mind, we return to German Foreign Minister Frank-Walter Steinmeier's recent exclamation that "anyone who thinks you can increase security in the alliance with symbolic parades of tanks near the eastern borders, is mistaken," and given the 'proof' above that it is indeed NATO that is provoking and warmongering, the unprecedented reality in which NATO's biggest and most important European member is suddenly and quite vocally against NATO and as a result may be pivoting toward Russian, we for one can't wait to see just how this shocking geopolitical debacle for western neocons and war hawks concludes.

    The emails were released by D.C. Leaks, a database run by self-described “hacktivists” who are collecting the communications of elite stakeholders such as political parties, major politicians, political campaigns, and the military. The website currently has documents revealing some internal communications of the Hillary Clinton presidential campaign and George Soros’s Open Society Foundation, among others.

  • ISIS Mastermind Behind Istanbul Terrorist Attack Was A "Refugee" Protected By Europe

    Following Tuesday’s horrific attack at Istanbul’s Ataturk airport which resulted in 44 death at the hands of 3 suicide bombers, Turkey was quick to blame the Islamic State for the terrorist act. And while that may be accurate, something surprising has emerged about the alleged ringleader of the group of three men who have been since identified as Russian, Uzbek and Kyrgyz nationals. As Russia’s Kommersant and Turkish media report, a Chechen national suspected of being the mastermind behind the deadly Istanbul airport terrorist attack, had previously received refugee status in Austria, which helped him to repeatedly avoid extradition to Russia on terror charges.

    Ahmed Chataev

    As the complete picture of the latest terrorist attack in Turkey comes together, it has emerged that the attack was allegedly organized by Ahmed Chataev, a Russian citizen of Chechen origin, who joined the Islamic State in 2015 and now fights in Syria, Turkish media report, citing police sources.

    Chataev was assigned a leading role in training extremists that would then commit terrorist attacks in both Russia and Western Europe, the Deputy Chairman of the Russian Investigative Committee Andrey Przhezdomsky said, adding that, in Syria, Chataev also commands a unit consisting “primarily of immigrants from the North Caucasus.”

    It has been also revealed that Chataev was long wanted by the Russian authorities for terrorism-related offenses but he fled to Europe, where he was granted asylum, and successfully managed to escape extradition to Russia. The alleged mastermind joined Islamist secessionist militants that fought against Russia in the Second Chechen War between 1999 and 2000, where he lost an arm. Later, he was considered to be a representative of Dokka Umarov, once a “terrorist ?1” in Russia, in the Western Europe.

    The attack coordinator was on a wanted list in Russia since 2003 for sponsoring terrorism, recruiting extremists and membership in a terrorist group, Russian media report. However, in the same year, he received asylum in Austria. Chataev reportedly claimed that he lost his arm as he was severely tortured in Russian prison adding that he is being persecuted by Russian authorities.


    He lost his arm in Russia in the early 2000s, though there are conflicting reports
    as to how he lost the limb

    In 2008, he was detained with some other Chechen nationals in the Swedish town of Trelleborg as police found Kalashnikov assault rifles, explosives and ammunition in his car. As a result, he spent more than a year in Swedish prison.

    In 2010, Chataev was arrested in Ukraine with his mobile phone files containing a demolition technique instruction and photos of people killed in a blast. Russia requested his extradition on terrorism-related charges but the European Court for Human Rights ordered Ukraine not to hand him over to Russia with Amnesty International also urging Ukrainian authorities to halt extradition as Chataev “could face an unfair trial and would be at risk of torture and other ill-treatment.

    Below is the actual statement filed by Amnesty International titled “Ukraine: Chechen risks torture if returned to Russia

    Ahmed Chataev, an ethnic Chechen man, is threatened with imminent forcible return from Ukraine to Russia. If he is returned, he could face an unfair trial and would be at risk of torture and other ill-treatment in order to extract “confessions” from him. Ahmed Chataev has been granted refugee status in Austria and was visiting Ukraine with a valid visa. Ukraine is a state party to the Refugee Convention and the UN Convention against Torture, which prohibit the return of anyone to a situation where they would be at risk of torture.

     

    One year later, he was again detained as he was crossing the border between Turkey and Bulgaria but he again avoided extradition because of the interference of human rights organizations that stressed Chataev had a refugee status in Austria and thus cannot be sent to Russia, Kommersant reported. Between 2012 and 2015, Chataev reportedly lived in Georgia, where he also joined some terrorist groups and served a prison sentence on terrorism-related charges.

    In February 2015, he left Georgia for Syria, where he joined IS militants and soon took a high position in the Islamic State hierarchy.

    Finally, in October 2015, the Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC) of the US Department of the Treasury added Chataev to its terrorist list because of his alleged involvement into recruitment of extremists.

     

    And just like that, in the span of 5 years, a person whose extradition to Russia was prevented by Europe and Amnesty ended up a formally recognized terrorist by the US, and ultimately his actions resulted in the death of 44 people. If only there was less political bickering between Russia and Europe, more than 40 innocent lives could have been spared.

    Finally, in light of these revelations, one wonders precisely what is the function of the ubiquitous NSA in today’s world?

  • This Is What Loretta Lynch Said When Cornered About Her Clinton Meeting

    Having been forced to remove herself from the Hillary Clinton email probe, Loretta Lynch admitted that her shockingly ill-advised private meeting with Bill Clinton has "cast a shadow" over the investigations and questions on the meeting are "fair." Her magnanimity was further expressed "I wouldn't do it again," while claiming that she had made the decision to 'recuse' herself days before her Bubba meeting.

    Highlights – "No Comment" on the system being rigged…

    The headlines of what she said:

    • *LYNCH ON BILL CLINTON SAYS QUESTIONS ON CLINTON MEETING FAIR
    • *LYNCH SAYS HER BILL CLINTON MTG RAISED QUESTIONS AND CONCERNS
    • *LYNCH SAYS HILLARY CLINTON E-MAIL INVESTIGATION INDEPENDENT
    • *LYNCH SAYS `FULLY EXPECT' TO ACCEPT INVESTIGATOR RECOMMENDATION
    • *LYNCH SAYS SHE'LL BE BRIEFED, `WILL BE' ACCEPTING FINDINGS
    • *LYNCH SAYS DECISION ON HANDLING CLINTON PROBE MADE BEFORE MTG
    • *LYNCH SAYS SHE, BILL CLINTON TALKED GRANDKIDS, TRAVEL ON PLANE
    • *LYNCH SAYS MEETING `CAST A SHADOW' OVER PROBE OF CLINTON E-MAIL

     

    As we detailed earlier, on Monday evening US Attorney General Loretta Lynch conveniently just happened to meet up with Bill Clinton for a private meeting on her plane on a Phoenix airport tarmac.

    Despite Lynch promising everyone that the only things that were discussed were Bill's golf game and grandchildren, conservative watchdog Judicial Watch requested that the DOJ's Office of the Inspector General investigate the meeting. As The Hill reports, pressure is intensifying on Attorney General Loretta Lynch to hand off oversight of the federal investigation connected to Hillary Clinton’s private email server…

    Calls for Lynch to step aside — which had already been simmering for months — appeared primed to boil over Thursday following the attorney general’s unscheduled, private meeting with Clinton’s husband, former President Bill Clinton.

     

    “Considering the ongoing criminal investigation of Hillary Clinton, this secret meeting between the Attorney General and Bill Clinton shows an astounding lack of judgment by Loretta Lynch,” House Majority Whip Steve Scalise (R-La.) said in a statement on Thursday calling for Lynch to recuse herself.

     

    “Given the culture of unaccountability in the Obama Administration, it is unlikely that Attorney General Lynch will heed the growing calls for her resignation,” he said. “But at a minimum, Lynch should immediately recuse herself from the Justice Department's criminal investigation into Hillary Clinton’s unlawful activities, and appoint a special prosecutor to handle the case, so the American people can know the truth about this secret meeting and finally rest assured the criminal investigation of Hillary Clinton is being conducted fully and impartially, without even the appearance of corruption.”

    And, now, as AP reports, a Justice Department official said that Loretta Lynch intends to accept whatever recommendation career prosecutors and federal agents make in the investigation into Hillary Clinton's use of a private email server.

    "The Attorney General expects to receive and accept the determinations and findings of the Department's career prosecutors and investigators, as well as the FBI Director," the official said, speaking on condition of anonymity because of the ongoing probe.

     

    Lynch was expected to discuss the matter further at a summit Friday in Aspen, Colorado.

     

    This revelation comes amid a controversy surrounding an impromptu private discussion that Lynch had aboard her plane on the tarmac at a Phoenix airport on Monday with Clinton's husband, former President Bill Clinton. That get-together has been criticized as inappropriate by Republicans and some Democrats at a time when the Justice Department has been investigating whether classified information was mishandled through Clinton's exclusive use of a private email server while she was secretary of state.

     

    Lynch told reporters that she did and Bill Clinton did not discuss the email investigation during the encounter.

     

    The announcement also appeared intended to assuage concerns, particularly among Republicans, that Lynch — a Democratic appointee — might overrule recommendations from the agents and prosecutors who have worked on the case. Disputes on charging decisions between the FBI and the Justice Department are not uncommon, particularly in national security cases, though many legal experts see any criminal prosecution in this matter as exceedingly unlikely.

     

    Decisions on whether to charge anyone in the case will be made by "career prosecutors and investigators who have been handling this matter since its inception" and reviewed by senior lawyers at the department and the FBI director, and Lynch will then accept whatever recommendation comes, the official said.

    * * *

    So by releasing this statement does that mean that Lynch routinely overrides other case recommendations from the FBI and DOJ staff? Also, based on the fact that the FBI may very well leak the facts of the case if the DOJ doesn't follow its recommendation, we will be able to learn whether or not Lynch is telling the truth. We won't hold our breath.

    "I did not have email-probe-relations with that man"

  • Brexit Simplified

    Simple as that…

     

     

    Source: MichaelPRamirez.com

  • The Invisible Hand Of The Disogranized Masses

    Submitted by JC Collins via Philosophy Of Metrics blog,

    The comments this week coming from the so-called elite referencing the ignorant masses have manufactured an aggressive response.  The mainstream media have not picked up on these comments but the alternative media have been on the cultural front lines with well strategized talking points.

    It should be noted that I have often referenced the disorganized masses in previous posts.  This phrase stands in contrast to what is being referenced with the term ignorant masses.  Disorganized would suggest non-ignorance with a lack of focus and intent.  Ignorant simply means that the masses are too intellectually inferior for advanced comprehension.

    While it cannot be denied that there is a vast component of ignorance maintained within the disorganized masses, this ignorance, for the most part, is not willful and is the product of massive cultural and socioeconomic conditioning.  Being that all people are not intellectually equal, it can be assumed that there are varying degrees of comprehension when it comes to socioeconomic trends and directions.

    The one common trait which is shared by all demographics is the expression of self-interest.  The term “Invisible Hand” was first used by Adam Smith in the lead up years to the French Revolution.  The invisible hand described the unintended social benefits of individual actions.  It was reasoned that individuals’ efforts to pursue their own interest may frequently benefit society more than if their actions were directly intending to benefit society.

    The French population was guided by this invisible hand as the people expressed their self-interest through anger at the French monarchy in 1789.

    In his book Proofs of a Conspiracy Against All the Religions and Governments of Europe, Carried on in the Secret Meetings of Free Masons, Illuminati, and Reading Societies, Collected from Good Authorities, John Robison, Professor of Natural Philosophy, and Secretary to the Royal Society of Edinburgh, presented a strong case that the French Revolution was manufactured through the manipulation of the domestic economy by external banking interests.

    The book, which was published in 1798, only a few years after the initial revolution, has since been minimized and disregarded as inaccurate and unproven.  This typical smear tactic, which we still see in use today, has done little to address most of the facts and events discussed in the book.  The work is a major announcement of the methodology which was used, and continues to be used, by international banking interests against the ignorant (disorganized) masses.  I have a first printing from 1798 in my own collection and consider it to be one of my most prized possessions.

    The accepted causes of the French Revolution are listed on Wikipedia as follows:

    1. Cultural: The Enlightenment philosophy desacralized the authority of the King and the Church, and promoted a new society based on “reason” instead of traditions.
    2. Social: The emergence of an influential bourgeoisie which was formally part of the Third Estate (commoners) but had evolved into a caste with its own agenda and aspired to political equality with the clergy (First Estate) and the aristocracy (Second Estate).
    3. Financial: France’s debt, aggravated by French involvement in the American Revolution, led Louis XVI to implement new taxations and to reduce privileges.
    4. Political: Louis XVI faced virulent opposition from provincial parliaments which were the spearheads of the privileged classes’ resistance to royal reforms.
    5. Economic: The de-regulation of the grain market, advocated by liberal economists, resulted in an increase in bread prices.  In period of bad harvests, it would lead to food scarcity which would prompt the masses to revolt.

    These are all the same causes which John Robison also attributes to the French Revolution.  The difference is that Robison does not accept that idea that these conditions materialized as a natural process of socioeconomics.  For Robison, the intentional manufacturing of these conditions by powers outside France was obvious.

    Turning entire populations towards revolution takes years of socioeconomic conditioning and the application of downward pressure on civil liberties while also drawing attention to that downward pressure.  The disorganized masses through the ultimate expression of self-interest, as defined by the invisible hand of Adam Smith, will inevitably rise up and overthrow those they perceive as being the cause of the problem.  The solution to the problem will have been previously weaved into the fabric of the revolution.

    In the case of the French Revolution the problem was the monarchy and the solution was the overthrow of that monarchy and the establishment of the state governance framework and central bank methodology.

    It would be beneficial to consider that in the modern world globalization and central bank practices are fulfilling the same role as the monarchy.  The solution, which will wear the revolutionary mask of modern-nationalism, will morph into the final objective of global governance and monetary consolidation.  The framework for these objectives has already been weaved into the developing response.

    Let’s take another look at the causes of the French Revolution detailed above and apply modern trends to them:

    1. Cultural: Like the Enlightenment, the Information Age and developing technology is changing the world at the fastest pace since Enlightenment and the Industrial Revolution.  The pressure which is building on the old traditions and ways of life is promoting the concept once again of a new society.
    2. Social: Like the French bourgeoisie a new caste of “elite” have risen from within the ranks of the commoners (disorganized masses) and have aspired to political equality with the clergy and aristocracy.  The American elite simulacra of political families, such as Clintons, Bushes, etc.., are fulfilling this role whether they realize it or not.
    3. Financial: Like pre-revolution France, western governments have accumulated vast amounts of debt fighting wars around the world and unrestrained fiscal spending.  This debt has caused some nations to reduce privileges through austerity measures and increase taxation on the disorganized masses.
    4. Political: Like the provincial parliaments in pre-revolution France, nationalist political movements are developing in countries around the world.  This new modern-nationalism will be the tip of the spear for further global governance and monetary consolidation.  The response to BREXIT of deeper monetary consolidation within the EU and the development of an EU Super-State would suggest this to be the case.
    5. Economic: Like the de-regulation of the grain market in France, the modern world has experienced a massive amount of de-regulation in everything from energy to banking.  As in the past, this de-regulation has caused additional strain on the disorganized masses and has contributed to the growing sense of unfairness and aggression.

    As we can see, all of the components which facilitated the French Revolution are being used in the modern world in various forms.  The methodology which was used in pre-revolution France went on to be used against other nations and fundamentally changed the world and how massive populations were managed and wealth distributed.

    Over the last few years I have been writing extensively on the fundamentals of the monetary transition aspects of this new global governance mandate.  On so many occasions I have attempted to present a convincing case to readers that we are being herded down a path which has been engineered with great care and attention.

    But unfortunately the large majority of readers have been unable to accept the methodology described and have instead folded under the massive mainstream and alternative propaganda which is fulfilling the same mandates as in the French Revolution.

    As before, where the mass population of France could not see the external influence from outside, the disorganized masses of the modern world cannot see that the five causes of revolution described above are being engineered by a power which resides above the nation state and the structure of central banking.

    While we are focusing our anger on central banks and our political classes the real framework is being weaved into the well planned out response, which will take the form of modern-nationalism with a focus on repairing the damages which have been hammered into the five effective causes defined as cultural, social, financial, political, and economic.

    Each of our own expressions of self-interest, the invisible hand which is manipulated, is being used against us for a larger purpose.

    Often I am asked the question of why I think the plans of the elites will work.  I am told that this time it is different.  This time the people have awakened and they are taking their power back.  The obvious answer is that we are talking two different elites.  Most readers consider the elites to be the political and financial classes which have been allowed to develop.  The elite I reference have engineered those used and abused subjects for the specific purpose of attracting the anger and aggression of the disorganized masses.

    Some of this methodology and engineering have been further described in the following posts:

    How Rothschild Inc. Saved Donald Trump

    BREXIT – The New Modern Nationalism is Global Governance

    New Age Socialism and the End of Debt-Based Money Creation

    All of the above, like this article, are FREEPOM posts, which are meant to spread the message as far as possible.  Some information shouldn’t have a monetary value, and my attempt to spread truth is genuine.

    Trends are difficult to reverse, and the disorganized masses are impossible to organize without access to massive media formats.  Blogs such as Philosophy of Metrics are one of the only methods available of attempting to spread truth and awaken the masses to the methodology described above.  The information age has provided this opportunity to stimulate a true awakening.  Unfortunately this open media is being massively infiltrated and used through alternative media to manufacture the aggressive response required.  They serve the same purpose as the commoner leaflets in the lead up to the French Revolution.

    It is ironic that the site which is honestly attempting to provide an education on the methodologies and socioeconomic engineering being used is frequently accused of promoting the agenda of the elites. Such is the power and influence of the scripting which is being used.  Like the French population of the past, our populations today are blinded to the real causes and purpose of the events of our time.

    The question of why I feel so confident that these plans will work has its obvious answer in the fact that the question even exists.  Like John Robison, I am attempting to do my part for the good of humanity but feel burdened with the lack of acceptance and encouragement from the larger population.

    Standing as a man of conviction I will continue to research and present information for those few among us who still remain free in spirit and thought.  The ignorance of the disorganized masses will continue and this post will be attacked across the blogosphere as more JC entitlement and lack of understanding the economic fundamentals.

    Renewing the spark of life within each of us is more important than taking a punch in the face.  This transformation of the world's systems will continue and the disorganized masses will bitch and moan about engineered elites and scripted imbalances.  What was before will be again.  But this time I’m awake, and no matter what the world becomes the truth inside can never be altered or destroyed.

  • Clinton Is Spending $500k A Day On TV Ads While Trump Spends Nothing

    It's well known that throughout the GOP campaign and into the general election, Donald Trump has done things his own way, and for the most part it has worked out favorably. Most recently Trump made it known that at the GOP convention, there would be more than just traditional politicians to interact with, as the likes of Bobby Knight, Mike Tyson and Mike Ditka have been invited to attend.

    What is also known, and has sent the mainstream media and everyone else into a frenzy, is the fact that Trump's cash levels were dwarfed by Clinton at the start of June. Trump wasn't the least bit concerned with the levels of funding, saying "There could be unlimited cash on hand, as I would put up my own money, as I have already done through the primaries, spending over $50 million dollars."

    As it turns out, Clinton is going to need all of that cash the campaign is generating because as Bloomberg reports, the Clinton Campaign has run 9,781 ads from June 15-27 at an estimated cost of $6 million, or nearly $500,000 a day.

    For context as to the amount of advertising spending Clinton is doing, the $1 million Hillary spent on Orlando television from June 19-26 is significantly more than the $682,000 Obama spent exactly four years earlier seeking re-election.

    Clinton has focused heavily on Orlando, Denver, and Raleigh, the markets in battleground states, and in other markets such as Las Vegas, Clinton has only aired a few spots, allowing super-PAC Priorities USA do the bulk of the spending there.

    As Bloomberg points out, the Clinton campaign advertising shows no signs of slowing down. Among some of the bigger advertising reservations set to air during the first two weeks of July are $2.7 million on national cable and satellite television targeting specific markets and states, $1.1 million in the Tampa-St. Petersburg market and $853,000 in Charlotte, North Carolina.

    The Clinton campaign will also continue to rely heavily on Priorities USA to continue the barrage of advertising. Priorities USA says that it plans to spend at least $158 million in digital, television, and radio advertising through election day, including $10.5 million for advertising in Pennsylvania that it announced in the past week. The super-PAC raised more than $88 million through the end of May and says it has $45 million more in commitments.

    "Advertising is reality. Campaigns can talk about states being competitive or not competitive, but where they put their TV dollars reveals what they really think." said Ken Goldstein, a University of San Francisco professor.

    Goldstein's statement may actually be true, because during the time that Clinton was embarking on an all out media blitz, Donald Trump ran precisely… drum roll please… zero ads.

    "I don't even need commercials, if you want to know the truth" Trump said.

    * * *

    And so there we have it, the reason Trump isn't concerned about having a large cash balance is simply because, at least at this point, The Donald plans on remaining frugal and letting the mainstream media do the advertising for free.

  • Clinkle Goes Clunk

    We begin with this photograph of Lucas Duplan, entrepreneur extraordinaire:

    I first wrote about young Mr. Duplan in this post nearly two years ago. My post was about this new firm, Clinkle, garnering tens of millions of dollars in funding to create an app which would let you give little goodies (they called them “treats”) to your friends based on how much you used your credit card.

    It seemed like a moronic idea to me, and when at last the product was launched, the reviews were – – how shall I put this – – chilly:

    Lucas saw things differently, however. When describing his firm and its product, he stated: “Clinkle is a movement to push the human race forward by changing how we transact.” 

    Let’s take that one sentence and focus on two of its bits: first off, “movement”. Clinkle is (or was, as you shall soon read) a “movement”. To which my only intelligent reply is: go fuck yourself. The Bernie Sanders campaign is a movement. The growth over the past twenty years of organic produce is a movement. Putting out some lame-ass app no one uses is not a movement. Sorry, sweetie.

    The second bit – “push the human race forward” – is, of course, ten times worse. I am compelled to guzzle down a bottle of ipecac syrup, vomit into a bucket, and invert the aforementioned bucket on top of Mr. Duplan’s arrogant, self-aggrandizing head. But, again, as you shall soon see, none of this is necessary anymore.

    Because, as you might guess, Clinkle and its $40 million of funding has yielded nothing more than a puddle of piss evaporating in the midday summer sun of 2016. This should come as no huge surprise, however, given some of the earlier assessment of Duplan’s management prowess:

    0701-worst

    And the above headline wasn’t apparently the view of just some crank; employees seem to chime in with similar feelings as well:

    0701-quotes

    And, thus, the combination of a ridiculous, useless app and ham-handed management yields different Google results than I suspect Duplan dreamed he would be seeing these days:

    0701-goog

    There are some more self-aware societies when the instigator of such a mess would have committed seppuku, but the Silicon Valley is famously forgiving, so if you hop onto LInkedIn, you’ll find Lucas’ smiling face, ready for action.

    0630-asdf

    Take note of the portion I highlighted above, however. “Low margin, high cost business so discontinued.” Do you sniff the faint stench of non-responsibility here? Does it seem rather astonishing a person would brush off this multi-zillion dollar fiasco with a shrug of their shoulders. It’s almost like the synopsis of a failed blind date (“Yeah, she looked hot in her picture, but when I met her, she was 300 pounds, so we just went to Chipotle’s.”)  But I guess putting “Product laughed off the face of the planet and investors left behind choking in the midst of scorched earth.” doesn’t lend itself to a good LinkedIn profile. But his explanation (as if anyone was asking) seems awfully goddamned flippant.

    Of course, I was naturally curious to see what the former CEO of Clinkle was doing, and right there on his page it shows he is in fact the CEO of Treats (which, I suppose, could be considered a lateral career move, what with being a CEO and all).

    There’s one problem, though. As far as I can see, there’s no such thing as Treats, Inc. Well, there is, but I don’t think it’s what this guy is claiming to be the leader of……….

    0630-sad

    ……nor do I think it’s this one………..

    0630-clin2

    What I do know, however, is that the $40 million (or whatever the figure ultimately turned out to be) has resulted in the following home page for Clinkle.

    0630-clin

    For every success in Silicon Valley, there are a thousand failures. I only hope in sharing this example of one of them, I’ve managed to help push the human race forward. It’s what I do.

Digest powered by RSS Digest

Today’s News 1st July 2016

  • Two Union Workers In Spain Haven't Shown Up For Work In 15 Years

    Imagine having a job where you didn't actually show up for 15 years, but you continued to get paid – that would be a pretty amazing gig wouldn't it? Well, as it turns out, two guys in Jerez, Spain actually pulled that off.

    Two men, a chauffeur and a gardener, have been collecting full pay from Jerez city council in Andalucia without putting in a single shift for the council, as part of an apparent deal with local unions.

    According to the Telegraph, as registered representatives for the CGT union, the two men have the right to divide their time between their jobs and union activities, however when the council's human resources department carried out a recent audit, it found that the pair had not clocked in a single day in 2015 or 2016. Furthermore, upon contacting the two men to inquire about the findings, they said that they had not gone to work since 2001! The reason given was that the men had a "tacit deal" between the council and the union.

    One has returned to work, but his union colleague presented a letter "demonstrating that he was using the accumulation of union hours not taken up by other reps."

    The CGT union leader in Jerez, Juan Gonzalez, said the council's probe was a frontal attack on union freedom", and pointed out that union hours could legally be transferred between representatives, saying "we have 15 reps and each has 40 hours a month for union work. According to the agreement, these hours are not personalized but accumulative, and these colleagues have accumulated the hours that others did not use." – that's a lot of union activities to be sure.

    Jerez is one of Spain's most indebted local governments, owing half a billion euros to the banks the Telegraph notes. It's all good, what's a few more headcount to cover when Draghi is buying all of the debt in Europe anyway, right?

    The council is also investigating three other workers suspected of taking unjustifiable amounts of leave to perform union duties. Jerez is not alone however, in February it was revealed that nearby Cadiz city hall had a had a phantom civil servant on its payroll who had not been seen at work for six years.

    * * *

    There really isn't much else to say except that this is good work if you can get it. It reminds us of Milton from Office space who continued to get paid due to a glitch in the payroll after he was laid off… except Milton actually kept showing up for work.

  • The Italian Job: "How Did Things Go So Bad?"

    Submitted by Danielle DiMartino Booth via DiMartinoBooth.com,

    “You’re only supposed to blow the bloody doors off!”

    That one line, spoken on the big screen by Michael Caine was crowned, according to a 2003 Daily Telegraph survey, Britain’s favorite one-liner of film. That kind of staying power is remarkable considering The Italian Job, the original that is, was released in 1969, two years before Mark Wahlberg, who portrayed Caine’s character, Charlie Croker, in the movie’s 2003 remake, made his 1971 debut.

    As for the film’s American version and one-liners, the crown for favorite was won when Charlie’s 2003 on-screen nemesis Steve taunted: “You blew the best thing you had going for you. You blew the element of surprise.” Charlie’s reaction? A knock-out punch followed seamlessly by the understated comeback, “Surprised?”

    The element of surprise was on full display in the hours and days that followed Britain’s voters’ decisive move to Leave the EU. The Brexit referendum succeeded in blowing off a different set of doors, leaving taunting politicians and policymakers alike flat-footed, with a whole new fear, that of contagion, beginning to the south in Italy. Might the Italians pull of a Job of their own, following Great Britain’s lead in stealing back their own country?

    The hope, stated diplomatically by Gluskin Sheff’s inimitable David Rosenberg, a dear friend, is that Brexit will prove to be a, “wakeup call for the long-awaited fundamental changes with regards to the EU – make it more democratic and make it less bureaucratic and embark on immigration rules that do not sacrifice regional security.”

    Rosenberg’s concerns on security are more than justified in the case of Italy. According to the Italian Coast Guards’ latest tally, the 3,324 migrants rescued June 26 brought the total rescued in just four days to 10,000. Four days! Calm seas have triggered fresh waves of migrants, bringing the total thus far this year to 66,000. The forecast calls for 10,000 more to arrive every week until year’s end. Some 300,000 in total for 2016. The ease with which migrants can cross the seas to Italy means that country takes in 13 to 14 times more than Turkey and Greece. Is it any wonder Italians are exhausted?

    At a Brussels Summit, EU leaders were urged to “speed up and increase” the return of migrants deemed to not be bona-fide refugees. In actuality, many making the crossing are simply looking for economic opportunity rather than escaping any real danger. Estimates vary, but only between six and 19 percent of those ordered back to their home countries actually leave. It is patently apparent that the EU does not have sufficient measures in place to combat the problem on behalf of its disgruntled member nations, and must become much more vigilant in its approach.

    As economically and culturally debilitating as the migrant crisis has become, it’s critical to take a step back from this particular issue to understand the depth of Italy’s economic plight. The reality is, there’s something greater than just poorly managed migration underlying the unrest in Italy and its EU neighbors.

    While the migrant crisis clearly played into Brexit, the vote revealed much deeper anxieties driven by a very visible fact of British life, especially life after the financial crisis. The briefest of visits to the City of London, its streets lined with chauffeured Mercedes, offers ample prima facie evidence of what so many Brits know in their bones – that the distance between “them” and “the rest of us” has grown since the crisis broke.

    The average Brit knows they didn’t wake up yesterday ripe to pillory the “elite,” a word that’s crept back into the vernacular like a slowly spreading disease. But they do know they’re not among those who have risen to the creamy top in recent years but have rather been demoted to the ranks of those left behind.

    The fairy tale of the wealth effect, that what is good for those at the top of the pecking order is good for the masses, is apparently an international phenomenon. The one saving grace on this count is the British never succumbed to pressure to join single currency. That, however, is certainly not the case for the beleaguered Italians.

    Back in the summer of 2012, when Greece appeared poised to leave the EU and escape the euro currency via devaluation of the drachma, Merrill Lynch released a report ranking the countries who stood the most to gain economically from dropping the euro. Can you guess who came in at the top spot?

    More than any of its peers, the Italian economy has suffered since joining the euro in 1999. Since 2007, its economy has contracted by 10 percent and suffered not one, not two, but three recessions. Competitive export-led growth has been deeply impaired by virtue of Italy’s being effectively yoked to the massive German economy.

    Despite the rise of China, Germany has been able to maintain its top three ranking among world exporters. The secret weapon? That would be the euro. In 1998, the year before Germany switched to the euro, the country exported $540 billion. By 2015, that figure had swelled to $1.3 trillion. Italy’s exports have also grown, but not nearly as robustly, coming in last year at $459 billion compared to $242 billion the year before it joined the euro.

    Just as it once was the case with China, Germany benefits from its relatively weak currency. If Germany was not tethered to its weaker-economy neighbors and was still on the Deutsche Mark, it would have a significantly stronger currency and substantially lower exports due to the price of its exports being much more expensive for world markets.

    Back in 2011, UBS put pencil to paper and figured that losing the common currency would trigger an immediate effective tax increase for the average German citizen of about €7,000 and between €3,500 to €4,000 euros every single year going forward. By contrast, swallowing half the debt of Greece, Ireland and Portugal at that time would have generated a little over €1,000 tab per citizen. Now you see why bailing out is so easy to do, though the Germans do put on a great show of irritation at having to foot such bills. But let’s be honest. Consider the alternative.

    Reverse that effect and, with all else being equal, you begin to appreciate why Italy’s exports have become relatively more expensive, burdened as they are with a more expensive currency than they would have had. Consider that globalization had already done a number on the country’s once magnificent industrial base when Italy opted into the euro and left the lire behind. Since then, the country’s industrial capacity has been further decimated, shrinking by 15 percent. To take but one example, in 2007, Italy manufactured 24 million appliances; by 2012 it had declined to 13 million.

    Add up the economic consequences and you begin to understand why Italian unemployment is running north of 12 percent while putting four-in-ten young Italians are out of work. To the Italians, if anyone’s managed to pull off a Job, it’s those smug Germans.

    Three years ago, the Merrill report warned that Italy’s current account deficit would be an impediment to returning to the lire in that the deficit required foreign capital to keep current on its bills. Flash forward three years and Italy is running a current account surplus of 1.9 percent, a fairly recent phenomenon and more a reflection of its economic atrophy than a competitive trade position. Nevertheless, that is one obstacle to leaving the euro that’s disappeared.

    That is not to say that Italy will be able to ride off into some glowing economic sunset. Italy’s banks are thought to be the Continent’s weakest. There are $408 billion in past due loans sitting on Italian bank balance sheets. Investors value these loans at 20-30 cents on the dollar if they are secured, and as little as 5 cents if they are unsecured while banks have marked them at between 50-65 cents on the dollar.

    The yawning gap between market pricing and that of Italy’s banks is reminiscent of how unrealistically Lehman valued its loans before going under. Unicredit, Italy’s largest bank, has seen its stock price halved this year as investors worry its capital is insufficient to handle the Brexit fallout.

    Leaving the EU and being unshackled from the euro could well lead to an Italian debt default, which is meaningful given Italy is the third largest sovereign debt market in the world. But local laws also provide plenty of leeway for the government to restructure its debts without triggering a default. The one thing that is not in doubt is that the lire would provide the Italians with the relief they have so desperately needed since joining the single currency.

    On the flipside, the damage to Germany’s manufacturing sector could be sufficient to catalyze a Continental recession. Angela Merkel has probably lost considerable sleep being a unified Europe is her treasured baby. In all, Germany’s annual economic growth is boosted by a half-percentage point courtesy of its euro membership.

    While there is no denying the economic challenges facing Italy, the potential for its exiting the EU was hugely increased by the Brexit. After all, some 58% of Italians were already calling for a referendum vote. If those voters are angry today, imagine how much angrier they will be if the Brexit throws Europe into a recession that Mario Draghi cannot effectively battle given that he already has his stimulus measures running full throttle.

    Tellingly, the anti-establishment Five Star Movement, which has risen rapidly in power in recent months, has not called for a referendum to leave the EU, but rather to get rid of the euro. Beppe Grillo, the stand-up comedian who founded the party said the Brexit, “sanctions the failure of EU policies based on austerity and the selfishness of member States, which are incapable of being a community.” Yes, Stunad, it really is about the economy.

    The shame is Italy is its own bureaucratic basket case with little rule of law (think Mafia, tax avoidance and the impossibility of legislating anything from theory into practice). Brexit has lowered the odds Matteo Renzi’s government will stand the test of time and last until October, the date by which his referendum to streamline Italy’s bloated government must be taken up by the Italian electorate.

    Even if Renzi stands, Italy’s future in the EU looks to be at risk. The collapse in bank shares in the trading days following the Brexit has created an immediate crisis. Within 72 hours of the vote results, Italy was reported to be preparing a €40 billion rescue of its financial system. A direct recapitalization of the banks, funded by a special bond issue was on the table. But the Italians are also pleading for a moratorium of ‘bail-in’ rules and bondholder write-downs, both of which are prohibited under existing EU laws.

    Hate to go out on any limbs here, but odds are pretty good that those rules will be relaxed, all things considered.

    How on earth did things go so wrong? Could it be as simple as power-mongering and greed? To rob a line from the 2003 Italian Job, “There are two kinds of thieves in this world: The ones who steal to enrich their lives, and those who steal to define their lives.” Could it be that average working Italians, especially those who have been around for a good long while, feel as if they’ve been victims of both of the two kinds of theft, doubly wronged? “Basta!” their voices scream in defiance. Enough is enough!

  • The Collapse Of Western Democracy

    Authored by Paul Craig Roberts,

    Democracy no longer exists in the West. In the US, powerful private interest groups, such as the military-security complex, Wall Street, the Israel Lobby, agribusiness and the extractive industries of energy, timber and mining, have long exercised more control over government than the people. But now even the semblance of democracy has been abandoned.

    In the US Donald Trump has won the Republican presidential nomination. However, Republican convention delegates are plotting to deny Trump the nomination that the people have voted him. The Republican political establishment is showing an unwillingness to accept democratic outcomes.

    The people chose, but their choice is unacceptable to the establishment which intends to substitute its choice for the people’s choice.

    Do you remember Dominic Strauss-Kahn? Strauss-Kahn is the Frenchman who was head of the IMF and, according to polls, the likely next president of France. He said something that sounded too favorable toward the Greek people. This concerned powerful banking interests who worried that he might get in the way of their plunder of Greece, Portugal, Spain, and Italy. A hotel maid appeared who accused him of rape. He was arrested and held without bail. After the police and prosecutors had made fools of themselves, he was released with all charges dropped. But the goal was achieved. Strauss-Kahn had to resign as IMF director and kiss goodbye his chance for the presidency of France.

    Curious, isn’t it, that a woman has now appeared who claims Trump raped her when she was 13 years old.

    Consider the political establishment’s response to the Brexit vote. Members of Parliament are saying that the vote is unacceptable and that Parliament has the right and responsibility to ignore the voice of the people.

    The view now established in the West is that the people are not qualified to make political decisions. The position of the opponents of Brexit is clear: it simply is not a matter for the British people whether their sovereignty is given away to an unaccountable commission in Brussels.

    Martin Schultz, President of the EU Parliament, puts it clearly: “It is not the EU philosophy that the crowd can decide its fate.”

    The Western media have made it clear that they do not accept the people’s decision either. The vote is said to be “racist” and therefore can be disregarded as illegitimate.

    Washington has no intention of permitting the British to exit the European Union. Washington did not work for 60 years to put all of Europe in the EU bag that Washington can control only to let democracy undo its achievement.

    The Federal Reserve, its Wall Street allies, and its Bank of Japan and European Central Bank vassals will short the UK pound and equities, and the presstitutes will explain the decline in values as “the market’s” pronouncement that the British vote was a mistake. If Britain is actually permitted to leave, the two-year long negotiations will be used to tie the British into the EU so firmly that Britain leaves in name only.

    No one with a brain believes that Europeans are happy that Washington and NATO are driving them into conflict with Russia. Yet their protests have no effect on their governments.

    Consider the French protests of what the neoliberal French government, masquerading as socialist, calls “labor law reforms.” What the “reform” does is to take away the reforms that the French people achieved over decades of struggle. The French made employment more stable and less uncertain, thereby reducing stress and contributing to the happiness of life. But the corporations want more profit and regard regulations and laws that benefit people as barriers to higher profitability. Neoliberal economists backed the takeback of French labor rights with the false argument that a humane society causes unemployment. The neoliberal economists call it “liberating the employment market” from reforms achieved by the French people.

    The French government, of course, represents corporations, not the French people.

    The neoliberal economists and politicians have no qualms about sacrificing the quality of French life in order to clear the way for global corporations to make more profits. What is the value in “the global market” when the result is to worsen the fate of peoples?

    Consider the Germans. They are being overrun with refugees from Washington’s wars, wars that the stupid German government enabled. The German people are experiencing increases in crime and sexual attacks. They protest, but their government does not hear them. The German government is more concerned about the refugees than it is about the German people.

    Consider the Greeks and the Portuguese forced by their governments to accept personal financial ruin in order to boost the profits of foreign banks. These governments represent foreign bankers, not the Greek and Portuguese people.

    One wonders how long before all Western peoples conclude that only a French Revolution complete with guillotine can set them free.

  • The New Narrative For Earnings: Blame Brexit

    Every quarter there is always a fallback narrative put forth as to why companies fail to meet earnings expectations, and we now have that narrative for the rest of 2016 (and perhaps through 2025): Brexit.

    As we discussed yesterday, as we enter into Q2 earnings season the main focus on all earnings calls will be to what extent Brexit will impact business for the rest of the year. Will firms guide down materially due to the UK referendum, or will guidance largely not be impacted, this is going to be the main focus of analysts and investors. To wit:

    the main focus (by far) will be on the CQ2 earnings season (the first few reports will hit during the week of 7/11 but the heaviest volume will be during the week of 7/18 and 7/25). The CQ2 earnings season will be particularly important as investors are eager to hear updates from CEOs/CFOs on the extent to which Brexit-related disruptions materially impacted the outlook for their businesses. If the tone on the Jul/Aug conf. calls sounds relatively similar to the Apr/May updates (i.e. Brexit is acknowledged but doesn’t dramatically change H2 guidance) that would go a long way towards alleviating investor concern. Prior to the 6/23 referendum investors were penciling in a ~$130 SPX figure for ’17 – if that number only has a couple of dollars of downside stocks will continue stabilizing.

    Almost right on cue, here is Reuters today planting the seed that Brexit can now be used as an excuse for firms that need to lower guidance without any pushback.

    From Reuters

    Foreign exchange volatility and economic uncertainty after Britain's vote to leave the European Union have imperiled a projected profit rebound in the United States, where companies have been stuck in an earnings recession since last year.

     

    U.S. companies doing business abroad are at particular risk because of a jump in the dollar since last week's referendum and expectations of a potential stumble in European economies.

     

    A strong dollar and plummeting oil prices slammed U.S. corporate earnings starting in 2015, but the stabilization of crude prices and the dollar in recent months has led investors to bet on a return to modest growth starting in the third quarter.

     

    As the second-quarter reports gets underway in the coming weeks, executives' comments about the so-called Brexit's potential effects could alter Wall Street's expectations of when the profit slump will end.

     

    "This adds more fuel to the fire, that the so-called spurt in growth in the second-half of the year is going to be really tough to achieve," said Synovus Trust Company Senior Portfolio Manager Daniel Morgan, who believes analysts are too optimistic.

    To add to the narrative, Reuters notes that some companies such as Carnival are already warning on the impact Brexit will have on full-year earnings targets.

    Some U.S. companies are already voicing caution about Brexit.

     

    Cruise ship operator Carnival Corp (CCL.N) warned in its quarterly report on Tuesday that Britain's withdrawal from the European Union could affect global consumer confidence.

     

    Chief Financial Officer David Bernstein estimated on a conference call that weakness in the pound and euro would have an eight-cent impact on Carnival's full-year earnings per share, although he said higher customer demand would make up for that and he did not reduce his outlook.

    While it is true that there may be some impact on earnings related to Brexit, shifting the narrative solely to Brexit in order to mask the fact that the global economy is already stunningly weak is a sad, yet predictable tactic.

    And as a reminder, 2016 outlooks have been tweaked to the downside long before the UK referendum.

    As we said, none of this really matters as any and all misses that do take place will conveniently be blamed on Brexit as a "one-off" event, and P/E multiples which are already in their 99th percentile will continue to all time highs.

  • Driver In Fatal Self-Driving Tesla Crash Had Recently Posted Video Praising Car's Autopilot

    Call it a case of tragic irony.

    Earlier today, Tesla reported (with a one day delay so that perhaps its stock wouldn’t get clobbered ahead of quarter end rebalancing) that a 40-year-old Ohio man, named Joshua Brown, was killed when his 2015 Model S drove under the trailer of an 18-wheeler on a highway near Williston, Florida, sending Tesla stock lower nearly 3%.

    In its defense, Tesla said in a blog post that the autopilot didn’t notice the white side of the tractor trailer against a brightly lit sky, so the brake wasn’t applied; the company reported the May 7 incident to National Highway Traffic Safety Administration. Surprisingly, it took the company nearly two months to notify its shareholders of what was a material event to the business model of a company whose “autopilot” feature has been pinned as one of the core growth drivers, pardon the pun; furthermore, a virtually assured outcome of this tragic accident is a costly recall (not to mention litigation) one which will soak up even more of the company’s already massive cash burn.

    And while the details of the accident are sure to add fuel to the debate over whether self-driving cars are ready for the real world (they are not, especially when the “auto pilot” is merely a gimmick meant to boost the price of an overhyped stock, while masking the inherent flaws of a substandard luxury car by piling on even more hype), the real irony is that Brown, who was killed while using his Tesla Model S’s autopilot feature, had previously praised precisely the same feature and had posted video of Tesla autonomous driving ability helping to save him from a collision.

    Joshua Brown died May 7 in a motor vehicle accident, according to an online obituary. The same picture used with that obituary was used on the YouTube account that posted the near miss in April, and as MarketWatch reports a Florida coroner confirmed Thursday that the driver killed in the crash there was named Joshua Brown.

    In an image from an online video posted by Brown driving his Tesla Model S.

    According to the Google account linked to his YouTube, Brown was the owner and founder of Nexu Innovations, a research and development company based in Stow, Ohio, that dabbled in networking, product development and 3-D printing. His corporate bio states that he served in the U.S. Navy for more than 11 years after studying at the University of New Mexico.

    Tesla described Brown, without naming him, in its blog post as “a friend to Tesla and the broader EV community, a person who spent his life focused on innovation and the promise of technology and who believed strongly in Tesla’s mission.”

    Brown’s last post to his YouTube account was a second version of the video that received more than 1 million hits, with image stabilization turned off.

     

    In the description of the video, uploaded to YouTube on April 10, he praised the car and its autopilot features.

    Tesla Model S autopilot saved the car autonomously from a side collision from a boom lift truck. I was driving down the interstate and you can see the boom lift truck in question on the left side of the screen on a joining interstate road. Once the roads merged, the truck tried to get to the exit ramp on the right and never saw my Tesla. I actually wasn’t watching that direction and Tessy (the name of my car) was on duty with autopilot engaged. I became aware of the danger when Tessy alerted me with the “immediately take over” warning chime and the car swerving to the right to avoid the side collision.

     

    You can see where I took over when there’s a little bit of blip in the steering. Tessy had already moved to the right to avoid the collision. I was not able to slow down even more due to the heavy traffic (cars were behind me). Once I got behind him I slowly added more room between us until he exited. I was not tail gating after the incident.

     

    It was a mistake on the other driver’s part. He did not even know I was there until I honked my horn. There was a group of women in the black sedan to my left and they went nuts about the guy and what he did (all kinds of gesturing in their car). Once I was beside the truck as it slowed down on the ramp, the guy gestured a “sorry!” I gave him, “it’s okay” wave.

     

    Tessy did great. I have done a lot of testing with the sensors in the car and the software capabilities. I have always been impressed with the car, but I had not tested the car’s side collision avoidance. I am VERY impressed. Excellent job Elon!

     

    Note: I have over 39,000 miles on the car and I’ve had it since mid-July 2015. Hands down the best car I have ever owned and use it to its full extent. It has done many, many amazing things, but this was one of the more interesting things caught on the dashcam.

    Less than a month later he would be dead, having relied on the same “self-driving” feature. Perhaps it is time for the NHTSA to actually start doing its job instead of fawning over the shaky and increasingly more questionable credentials of a still very wealthy “real world Iron Man“, who in the aftermath of his shocking announcement to buy SolarCity, has in recent weeks been called a charlatan by an increasingly more vocal group of outside observers.

  • "Off The Grid" Indicators Reveal True State Of U.S. Economy

    By Nick Colas of Convergex

    Summary: Our basket of unorthodox economic indicators shows a U.S. economy that is growing, but at a very slow pace and with a notable sense of social unease.  On the plus side, used car prices are defying all expectations by remaining robust – that helps trade-in values for new car purchases.  Dealer inventories of new cars are also in good shape.  Food stamp program participation is trending lower, although +44 million Americans (14% of the total population) still need government assistance to eat.  On the cautionary side of the coin, large pickup truck sales have turned negative – a proxy for small business confidence in a range of industries.  Consumer spending per day is declining, and our Bacon Cheeseburger Index is still flashing a deflationary warning.  Lastly, the FBI reports that there have been 11.7 million background checks for firearm sales through May.  At this rate, total year sales could reach 28 million, versus 8-9 million before the Financial Crisis.

    We’ve been doing these “Off the Grid” indicator reports for years, and the most common question we get about them is “Why”?  As in “Why do we care about data points that policymakers don’t talk about?”   And “Why does any of this matter?”

    Now we have an example of why: Brexit.  To look at the standard economic talking points, the British people should have been happy to go with the status quo and “Remain”.  Consider these customary measures of employment, inflation, output, and well-being:

    On the plus side of the ledger:

    • The auto industry is a large employer of American workers who do not have a college degree. This cohort has had a tough economic time since before the Financial Crisis, and auto industry jobs pay well.  Keeping auto assembly plants running at stable line rates (and avoiding even temporary layoffs) is therefore important to this often overlooked cohort.
    • Currently, dealer inventories of cars and trucks are in good shape at 59 days supply.  The ideal number is 60.  This means as long as light vehicle demand remains constant, automakers can keep to their Q2 and Q3 build schedules.
    • Used car prices remain surprisingly robust. Auto auction company Manheim publishes an index of used vehicle values, and the most recent data shows prices remain at 2011 levels.  That’s a positive for new car and truck demand, since potential buyers usually have a vehicle to trade in at the dealer or sell privately.  The better the value of that car or truck, the more likely the consumer will be able to afford a new vehicle.
    • Fewer people are Googling “I want to sell my kidney”. No joke – this has been a top 3 autofill for Google when you enter “I want to sell my” for the last 2 years.  It has been replaced with “Furniture”.
    • Participation in the Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (aka food stamps) is slowly declining. The most current roster has 44.3 million Americans in the program, down from 45.6 million a year ago. It is hard to say how much of this is better economic conditions versus reductions in coverage (childless single people have become illegible for the program in some states).  Worth noting: even at 44 million people, that is still 14% of the entire US population.  Before the Financial Crisis, there were less than 25 million in the program.

    And some points of concern:

    • Large pickup truck sales are down year-over-year. This is one of our favorite indicators of small business growth in “Real America” (i.e. not coding the latest food delivery or dating app).  May sales were down 3.1% from last year, one of the worst comparisons since mid 2011.
    • Gallup’s consumer survey of daily spending patterns shows the average American spending $93/day in out of pocket expense, up from $91/day last year but lower than the $98/day of 2014.
    • People are buying more precious metals than mutual funds. The six month rolling averages of U.S. Mint sales of gold and silver bullion coins are: $85 million (Silver) and $65 million (Gold). Both are higher than a year ago.  By contrast, US mutual funds have seen a total of $31 billion in redemptions this year.
    • Our Bacon Cheeseburger Index – an equal weighted measure of the CPI inputs for bacon, ground beef and cheese – is still in deflationary territory for the second consecutive quarter at -2.5%. Don’t laugh – this measure of real world inflation (and therefore one that informs consumer expectations) was flashing a warning sign long before Chair Yellen and the Fed publicly revised their long term growth forecasts lower earlier this month.

    We’ll close on one point that isn’t so much economic as social – the number of FBI background checks for firearm sales. This data is available monthly, and through May it shows that Americans have done the paperwork to make 11.7 million legal purchases of one gun or more. Taking that as a run rate for the year, 2016 could see 28 million firearm sales using the FBI check data as a proxy for transactions. That compares to a three year rolling average of 21.7 million.  Since 2007, the FBI has processed over 150 million firearm purchase background checks. That is one for every two Americans.

    This is obviously a hot topic issue in a presidential election year, and we have no desire to touch this particular third rail of American politics.  From an economic and social standpoint, however, we think it is important to understand the numbers behind the debate. Before the Financial Crisis, the FBI typically processed 8-10 million checks per year. This year, that number might be 3x higher. That is a lot of guns.

  • What's The Car Preference Of Millennials? Bentley – Of Course

    As many millennials have resorted to living with their parents in order to save on expenses, it turns out that "the other half" are out driving luxury cars.

    Millennials (described as ages 19-34) who aren't living at home are are choosing premium cars and SUVs as their ride of choice ABC News reports. Bentley, the luxury British automaker first noticed the shift a few years ago as millennials starting leasing and financing vehicles such as the Continental GT in 2013, and now millennials account for a stunning 8% of Bentley sales the company said.

    "Millennials represent an increasingly important customer base. They are the largest potential customer group today, and their influence is greater than simply the money they have to spend. We believe that this generation's approach to life and social issues will have more impact than merely their money." said James Pillar, Bentley's head of marketing. For Bentley, we're sure money spent buying their cars is the top ranked impact that millennials will have.

    Manhattan Motorcars in New York City has sold 33 new Bentleys so far this year, eight of which were sold to millennials the dealership said.

    "Millennials are looking to set themselves apart. They want to be catered to, and they want a unique experience. They want to make a statement." said Danielle Weinstein, a salesperson with Manhattan Motorcars. Weinstein posts Bentley videos on a YouTube channel she set up to connect with millennials who have the cash to splurge on a luxury car (the average lease is about $2,400 a month). "Millennials are drawn to social media advertising. They come into the dealership to network. I know social media attracts millennials." Weinstein added.

    AutoTrader.com conducted a study of millennial car buyers and shoppers in 2013 and found that 32% of millennials said they "like to impress people with their lifestyle", and 40% "like to show off their taste." In addition, millennials said owning the "best brand" is important to them.

    Perfect, young and materialistic – if these millennial Bentley drivers aren't already employed by a Wall Street firm, we suggest they immediately apply.

    The luxury car of choice isn't just Bentley however, as Audi, Jaguar and Land Rover have all acknowledged an uptick in Millennial business.

    "We've seen a 23% increase in millennials coming to the brand in the past two years," said Loren Angelo, Audi's USA director of marketing.

    Kim McCullough, the company's vice president of marketing, said "Land Rover buyers are the youngest buyers of luxury SUVs, with half being between the ages of 20-48. With the recent addition of the Jaguar F-PACE and XE, preorders for those models reflect a younger buyer."

    Millennials are choosing to primarily lease instead of buy according to Karl Brauer, a director at Kelley Blue Book. "Millennials are not interested in the pure buying model, and a lot of them don't want to buy a car for the long term. Leasing also makes owning a car more affordable," adding that "they have to buy cars now. They've reached that life stage. They've got a wife and kids." – which apparently means one has to immediately go purchase a Bentley.

    * * *

    In summary, much like the rest of America and everywhere else around the world, wealth inequality is alive and well within the millennial generation especially. Either you're living with your parents in order to save on rent, or you're driving a Bentley – how can any of this end badly?

  • Defending your liberty with a rifle.

     

    “When governments fear the people, there is liberty.  When the people fear the government, there is tyranny.”

    -Author unknown, but darn sure historically accurate.

     

    So, many of you probably read James Traub’s article this week.  It seems to have caused quite a stir.

    ‘Elites’ Called To Arms: “It’s Time To Rise Up Against The Ignorant Masses

    I couldn’t help but read it in context with my earlier article, hedgeless_horseman’s Revolutionary Call to Arms.  I hope that many of you read my article and already have started to proceed through the 20 steps in order.  

    However, if you are a veteran or active duty military, I invited you to skip to items 15-18, in my article, Never forget? Most veterans don’t give a shit about America’s perpetual warfare.

    15.  Research your two senators and one congressman at https://www.opensecrets.org/ Make a list of their 10 biggest donors, and send the list to “your representative” in an email or letter.

    16.  Read War is a Racket, by Major General Smedley D. Butler.

    17.  Read On Killing: The Psychological Cost of Learning to Kill in War and Society, by Lt. Col. Dave Grossman.

    18.  Watch the online video of the TED Talk, A radical experiment in empathy, by Sam Richards.

    I certainly don’t see myself as “leadership” per Traub’s use of the term, but I do value truth, and do try to love my neighbor as I love myself.    To that end, I will continue to try to “un-delude the ignorant” (especially myself) with more of what Traub calls, “reason, expertise, and the lessons of history.”  Speaking of the lessons of history, especially in relation to Items 11-12 of my Revolutionary Call to Arms, I would like to reflect for a moment on this passage from the Declaration of Independence before getting to expertise and reason.

    “WE hold these Truths to be self-evident, that all Men are created equal, that they are endowed by their Creator with certain unalienable Rights, that among these are Life, Liberty, and the Pursuit of Happiness–That to secure these Rights, Governments are instituted among Men, deriving their just Powers from the Consent of the Governed.”

    Is that “elitist”?  “All men created equal…”  Hardly.  

    Now, the Second Amendment in the Bill of Rights:

    “A well regulated Militia, being necessary to the security of a free State, the right of the people to keep and bear Arms, shall not be infringed.”

    Is that “elitist”?  “…the right of the people [ignorant masses] to keep and bear Arms…”  It sounds rather egalitarian to me, and it is plain to understand why the elites don’t care much for the Second Amendment.

    Sorry to jump around so much, but what I am trying to get to, painfully so, is this.  Standing armies are controlled by the governments, which are now so obvioulsy controlled by the elite, and are very much a force of tyranny.  You see, local militias are controlled by The People, not the government, and are indeed, “necessary to the security of a free State.”  I understand that many of our nation’s founders agree with me on these points.  

    To quote the author of #16 on my Revolutionary Call to Arms:

    I wouldn’t go to war again as I have done to protect some lousy investment of the bankers. There are only two things we should fight for. One is the defense of our homes and the other is the Bill of Rights. War for any other reason is simply a racket.

     

    Major General Smedley Butler, USMC, 

    Two-Time Congressional Medal of Honor Winner

    Author of, War is a Racket!

    So, if you have completed my Revolutionary Call to Arms, agree with Major General Butler, agree with the Second Amendment, agree with Frédéric Bastiat’s ideas in his book, The Law, understand the costs and risks illustrated by Lt. Col. Dave Grossman, and nonetheless you still choose to be ready, willing, and able to secure a free state for yourself and loved ones, then I give you free of charge and with much brotherly love, hedgeless_horseman’s E-Z Internet Guide For The Ignorant And De-Luded ZeroHedge Reader With Too Much Money And Very Little Patience That Wants To Secure a Free State and Become A Rifleman Without Joining the US Military.

    Yes! It is another hedgeless_horseman gun article! 

    I have covered defending your life with a pistol.  

    I have covered defending your property with a shotgun. 

    Now, I cover defending your liberty with a rifle.

    Before handling a firearm, it is most important for EVERYONE in the household to know, understand, and follow these four safety rules:

    1) Treat all weapons as if they are loaded.

    2) Do not point the weapon at anyone or anything that you do not want to shoot, kill, or destroy.

    3) Do not put your finger on the trigger until you have 1) target, 2) sights on target, and 3) perception that either A) “serious bodily injury or death is imminent for myself or another person,” or B) firing range is hot and training drill is live. 

    4) Be aware of, and take responsibility for, all bystanders that may be behind or near the target.

    I add a fifth rule, to the common four, which is to not be under the influence of any mind-altering chemical such as alcohol or dope when handling a firearm.

    I absolutely refuse to be within a mile of anyone that I see not following these rules, which is why I generally avoid public gun ranges, and suggest that you shoot at a nice, lonely, high, dirt hill, way out in the boonies, or pay for a membership at a private tactical range that screens all members and guests and has at least 270 degree bays.

    First, purchase an under the bed long-gun safe, like this, for security and rapid access.

    Next, and I cannot stress this point enough, get instruction from an experienced professional.  Specifically, take at least two weekends of tactical rifle training.   It does not matter whether you are a 10-year veteran of law enforcement, a Marine with two tours in the sandbox, or both, you will still learn much and improve significantly with good instruction.   Taking the state’s required, “course,” to test for a concealed handgun license (CHL) is not even close to adequate instruction.  Usually, all the CHL course does is inform you of the laws regarding concealed carry, and assign you with some basic level of proficiency that can be used against you in court.

    A good instructor will teach you the safety rules and how to safely and correctly manipulate your rifle, including operating the safety, loading, unloading, checking if loaded, reloading, managing stoppages, managing squibs, slinging, carrying, shouldering, firing, and possibly even field stripping your rifle. It is likely that you will also learn how to hit your target, and be able to do so relatively quickly.  It takes much more practice for you to get the hits when you are under stress, shooting a moving target, lying in the mud, hiding behind cover, it is dark, it is cold and raining, and you are being shot at. 

    Nobody said it is easy being a Minuteman. It is hard, but also rewarding and fun.

    Now, on to selecting your rifle and beginning to outfit your person as a rifleman.

    From ol’ muzzle loaders where powder and ball are rammed down the barrel with a rod, to today’s breach-loaded, detachable-magazine, semi-automatic and select-fire rifles, there are many mechanisms for loading, firing, and reloading a rifle.  For hunting deer, elk, and antelope I love and adore my pre-64 Winchester Model 70 Featherweight bolt action rifle in .308 Win.  Even with my old and heavy Redfield Widefield 4x scope she is light enough to pack up and down mountain ranges above 10,000 feet, while packing the hind quarter of a bull elk.  Military and police snipers often use bolt actions because they are very accurate, as do Olympic shooters for the same reason.  On a good day with my bolt rifle, I can still one-hole 3 shots at 100m, clover leaf up to about 200m, and get a kill shot on a pronghorn well past 500m.  However, if there are multiple targets that might be as close to me as 1 meter, and which are shooting back at me (unlike a pronghorn), then I definitely want a detachable-magazine and semi-automatic rifle with which I can fire a large amount of lead downrange very quickly.  If, per chance, you live in a truly free nation where your right to bear arms has not been infringed, then, by all means, consider a select-fire version with both semi-automatic and full-automatic (or 3-shot burst) capability.  Everyone should know and abide by their local gun laws, no matter how Draconian, illogical, and unconstitutional they may be.  These laws are for your protection/sarc.  I will leave the pump action for shotguns, and the lever action in my saddle scabbard and for SASS (Life Member).

    Next, lets talk about caliber, which is the size of the ammunition.  Plagerizing Wikipedia, a battle rifle is a military service rifle that fires a full-power rifle cartridge such as 7.62×51mm NATO or 7.62×54mmR. Compared to assault rifles and their intermediate cartridges, the higher-caliber rounds provide greater power and range, though they render magazine capacity low and produce strong recoil, making them less than ideal for fully automatic fire.  And the rifles and ammunition are heavy to carry, especially for older folks that are out of shape. Here are three examples:

    M14 or new M1A 

    FN FAL or new clone 

    HK-91 or new clone 

    Assault rifles are lighter and less powerful than a battle rifle.  The two most common in the world are the Russian AK-47 (7.62×39) and the American M16 (5.56mm / .223). These Cold War era rifles have faced each other in conflicts since the early 1960s and remain the subject of countless comparisons and endless internet debate.  I own versions of both rifles, and my general assessment is that AKs are heavier and less accurate because they are usually mass produced with heavy steel parts (rolled and stamped) by vodka-soaked commies working on cold-dark assembly lines.  Whereas M16s are lighter because they are made with molded plastic and precision machined aluminum by beer-breathed rednecks working on CAD computers and expensive CNC machines, and less reliable because they are designed to shit where they eat (gas operated).

    It is important to note that both the AK-47 and M16 were originally designed as select-fire rifles by two brilliant men, respectively, Mikhail Kalashnikov and Eugene Stoner.  This means they are intended to have both semi-automatic and full-automatic capability.  Full auto means that when the trigger is pulled the rifle keeps firing at a high rate until the trigger is released, or the ammo runs out (very quickly), where semi-auto fires only once per trigger pull.  

    In my best Boris Alotovkrap accent: In Soviet Amerika, idiot politician has force genius design basterdized, because politboro decide only supreme government employees can be trusted to possess full-auto capability to defend Motherland (with few very expensive and very burdensome fascist exceptions of course).

    We are told this is not tyranny, nor does it infringe on our natural right to bear arms.

    Clearly…

    “All animals are equal, but some are more equal than others.”

     

    -Orwell’s Animal Farm

    Again, I beg of you to please…

    11.  Read The Law, by Frédéric Bastiat.

    12.  Make a list of your natural rights.

    13.  Read The Constitution of the United States and The Bill of Rights.

    14.  Read Animal Farm, by George Orwell.

     

    http://www.zerohedge.com/news/2016-01-06/hedgelesshorsemans-revolutionar…s

    It is important to understand that the civilian version of the M-16 assault rifles, the AR-15 and short barreled version designated M-4, are different and less capable than the original design in use by the tax-payer-funded government employees. Also, both the AK and AR have experienced subsequent redesigns to gerry rig other calibers, such as the AK-74 and AR-10, with less than superior results.

    Another important fact to consider is that battle rifles and their ammunition are much heavier than assault rifles.  When you add a magnified optic and an additional 60 to 260 rounds of ammunition, this weight difference really adds up, especially since very few rifle battles are fought entirely from the sitting position, with a bench rest, in the shade, at the rifle range, which you drove to in your air conditioned truck. 

    For example:

    6.9 lbs for M4 w/ 30 rounds 

    10.5 lbs for AK-47 w/ 30 rounds

    10.7 lbs for M1A w/ 20 rounds

    Remember my mantra for the GBH pack/Bug-Out-Bag:

    In general, when given a choice, always choose the lighter weight and/or more expensive option.  Lighter weight is fast.  Lighter weight uses much less energy.

     

    http://www.zerohedge.com/contributed/2012-19-10/fear-we-are-returning-ti…

     

    http://www.zerohedge.com/news/2016-06-10/elevated-freeways-are-perfect-k…

    I will say that I still employ the very light and highly reliable FN FiveseveN and PS90 as mentioned in those articles.  They are great Personal Defense Weapons (PDW), and I trust my life to them, but I wouldn’t want to use a PDW as a rifleman fighting for my liberty.

    The good news is that there are newer rifles that blend the reliability of the AK’s gas piston with the accuracy and lighter weight of the AR, and do so in a design that was meant to accommodate either 5.56 or 7.62 from its inception. The downside is that these new rifles are more expensive.  So?  Sell some stocks (preferably ALLY, CACC, and the Danish banks) and fund the fun.  I am no tax lawyer, thank the Lord, but I think that security is a legitimate business expense.  No?

    Here are my three favorite traditional style rifles that meet all of my requirements.  All are top shelf and will make you the envy of everyone down at The Club.  Choose the 5.56 option unless you are a very fit BAMF, then maybe consider the heavier 7.62, especially if you live out west with wide open spaces.

    Sig Sauer 516/716 Patrol 

    http://www.sigsauer.com/CatalogProductList/rifles-sig516.aspx  

    http://www.sigsauer.com/CatalogProductList/rifles-sig716.aspx

     

    H&K MR556A1/MR762A1

    http://hk-usa.com/product/rifles/

     

    FN SCAR 16S/Light 5.56/ 17S/Heavy 7.62

    https://www.fnamerica.com/products/tactical/scar-series/scar-16/

    https://www.fnamerica.com/products/tactical/scar-series/scar-17/

     

    Sadly, yes, they are all European rifles.  Maybe someone will make a good argument for a high quality American-made piston rifle in the comments section below, but the US Military sure does like my three European choices.

    Regarding barrel length, get the standard version, and avoid the Federal tax and registration of the shorter barrels.  It is good to be able to buy and sell a rifle at garage sales without reporting it to Big Brother.  Buy a Sig P16 pistol, in addition to the 16″ carbine, if you feel you must have a short barrel too.  

    If you don’t want to hold up a long and heavy barrel, or are small in stature, or a woman, or want to have the same rifle as your wife and kids, like I do, then consider these even more recent designs that are highly compact gas-piston bullpups, with shorter total lengths and ergonomics similar to the PS90, but in heavier and more powerful calibers.  The Tavor is Israel’s current military service rifle, and this newer version of the civilian model is supposed to be even better than the first.  I have generally not liked Kel-Tec products (probably a victim of the fallacy that price adds value), but after some familiarization I ordered some of these new .308 bullpups, in the hope that they may someday replace my beloved FNs.  We will see.  It appears the Tavor will only be available in the 5.56 and 9mm. 

    Tavor X95 5.56

    https://iwi.us/Law-Enforcement/Firearms/X95.aspx

     

    Kel-Tec RDB 5.56 / RFB 7.62

    http://www.keltecweapons.com/our-guns/pistol/rdb

    http://www.keltecweapons.com/our-guns/rifle/rfb

     

    A quick sidebar about color and camouflage on a rifle.  The human eye is very good at picking out a black rifle at a distance.  A man carrying a long black object just screams, “rifle,” or at least it does to my brain. I like to say that in a fire fight, the guy with the biggest and blackest rifle gets shot first.  I believe that Simo Häyhä would agree.  This is why I spray paint my very expensive rifles and optics in banded patterns of flat tan, brown, and/or green Krylon paint.  You may choose to purchase your rifle from the factory in those colors.  Functional dark earth (FDE) brown or Desert Tan are better for dry areas such as the western USA.  Olive drab (OD) green is better for wooded areas such as the Eastern USA.  Grey is gaining in popularity for urban environments.  And of course white is best if, like The White Death Simo Häyhä, you find yourself fighting in the snow. 

    If your spouse is pissed about how much you are spending on a rifle, don’t mention the magnified optic and tritium iron sights you are going to put on it. A rifle is only as good as the sights, especially if you are over 30 years old.  In my opinion, for our purpose here in this article, you simply cannot beat a Trijicon ACOG (no batteries, good glass, good reticle design, and absolutely bomb proof) in combination with a set of 45 degree offset Dueck Defense RTS Night Sights.      

    TA31F: Trijicon 4×32 ACOG, Dual Illuminated Red Chevron .223 Ballistic Reticle w/ TA51 Flattop Mount 

    or this one for the 7.62/.308 rifles…

    TA11E: Trijicon ACOG 3.5×35 Scope, Dual Illuminated Red Chevron BAC .308 Flattop Reticle w/ TA51 Mount

    and a set of these…

    Dueck Defense 45 degree Rapid Transition Sight with Trijicon Night Sights

     

    To carry your rifle get an Urban Sentry Hybrid Sling in matching Coyote, Olive Drab, or Grey 

    To carry additional magazines, get a Blue Force TenSpeed chest rig in matching Coyote, Olive Drab, or Grey

    To protect your sight and hearing get and wear good eye and ear protection, ear muffs, not ear plugs.  I like the Wiley-X and Smith shooting glasses.

    You can get bulk ammo online at Ammunition To Go.  You will want to start with at least 2,000 rounds and build from there, as you can easily shoot more than 500 rounds in a single weekend of training. 

    A range card is not necessary, because both the ACOG and RTS have built-in ranging capability.

    You will want to have a cleaning kit something like this. 

    Order at least 20 factory magazines to start, a couple of spare firing pins, and a spring set.

    I am not a fan of suppressors, because of the registration requirement and the extra weight.  Get one if you feel that you must, but put it in the name of a gun trust.  I hear that the waiting period is currently a few months.

    After you take some tactical rifle classes, start shooting your rifle more, gain some proficiency, and begin to read, learn, and think more about fire fights, you will likely learn that there is a trade off between the operational security of a single rifleman and the far greater effectiveness of a fire team.  To that end, I will end the article with a bit about modern day militias excerpted from the website of one here in Texas:

     

    http://texasmilitia.info/

     

    As an all volunteer force the militia differs from the military. All of our Texas Militia units are autonomous. No militia unit commands any other militia unit and we do not need a state militia commander or a centralized militia command which could be taken out or compromised. All patriots are encouraged to start at least a 3 man fire team in their neighborhood or area and build up from there.

     

    It is good if you have had some military training but realize that militia tactics differ from military tactics.The goals of military tactics are to rapidly take and then hold ground while incurring acceptable losses. The militia has no need to rapidly take ground and no need to hold ground. Rather than incur acceptable losses the militia must minimize losses. The military has body armor, medevac, doctors, and hospitals, while the militia has no medevac, no doctors, no hospitals, and few have body armor. The military has re-supply and nearly all the ammo they want while militia resources are limited and our only re-supply would be what we could take from the invaders. The militia trains to fight an extended war of hit and run attrition until the invaders lose the will to fight. The militia teaches guerrilla warfare modified military tactics not military sweep through with acceptable losses tactics.

     

    Our militia training is free of charge. Our training is focused on small unit light infantry combat tactics. 

     

    We will practice ambushes, counter-ambushes, and patrolling. We will also have class room type training so bring a note book and a pencil too. Our force on force small unit light infantry battle training with blanks will be conducted as combat simulations to learn from not as games.

     

    Your first mistake on a battlefield could be your last mistake. We all need to train and we need to train often. Most men are already proficient with a rifle. What you can learn training with us are small unit light infantry combat tactics, how to fight as a team, the art of fire and maneuver, and how to train a local defense group to fight as a team.

     

    As it says on New Hampshire license plates, LIVE FREE OF DIE.  Ironic, don’t you think, considering the wide spread use of license plate readers by the government that requires licenses to travel freely.

    Si vis pacem, para bellum, God bless the United States of America and especially Texas, and God bless each of you dear ZeroHedge readers.

    h_h

  • The Militarization Of The US Goes Beyond Police Departments"

    Originally posted at TelesurTV.net,

    Nonmilitary federal agencies have spent almost US$1.5 billion on guns, ammunition, and military-style equipment.

     The Internal Revenue Service spent nearly US$11 million on arms.

     

    A new report by a taxpayer watchdog group reveals that the growing militarization in the United States goes beyond police departments by showing how nonmilitary federal agencies are arming themselves like military units.

    The report “The Militarization of America” examines government expenditures by 67 federal agencies between 2006 and 2014 and found that they spent US$1.48 billion stockpiling guns, ammunition and other military-style equipment.

    “The recent growth of the federal arsenal begs the questions: Just who are the feds planning to battle?” American Tranparency’s Adam Andrzejewski, the author of the report, recently wrote in Forbes.

    The report states that “administrative agencies including the Food and Drug Administration, Small Business Administration, Smithsonian Institution, Social Security Administration, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, United States Mint, Department of Education, Bureau of Engraving and Printing, National Institute of Standards and Technology, and many other agencies purchased guns, ammo, and military-style equipment.”

    For example, the Internal Revenue Service spent nearly US$11 million arming itself, while the Environmental Protection Agency spent US$3.1 million.

    The report also states: “The Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service spent US$4.77 million purchasing shotguns, .308 caliber rifles, night vision goggles, propane cannons, liquid explosives, pyro supplies, buckshot, LP gas cannons, drones, remote controlled helicopters, thermal cameras, military waterproof thermal infrared scopes, and more.”

    “As the Obama administration and its allies are pushing hard for an assault weapons ban on private citizens, taxpayers are asking why IRS agents need AR-15s,” wrote report author Andrzejewski. “After grabbing legal power, federal bureaucrats are amassing firepower. It’s time to scale back the federal arsenal.”

    *  *  *

    Full report below:

     

    Oversight TheMilitarizationOfAmerica 06102016

     

    *  *  *

    Are they arming themselves against terrorists or you?

Digest powered by RSS Digest